As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 2, 2011
File Nos. 811-07763
333-10015

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
[X]
Pre-Effective Amendment No.
   
[   ]
Post-Effective Amendment No.
50
 
[X]

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
[X]
   
Amendment No.
51
 
[X]
 
(Check appropriate box or boxes)

MASTERS’ SELECT FUNDS TRUST
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

4 Orinda Way, Suite 230-D, Orinda, California 94563
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(925) 254-8999
(Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Kenneth E. Gregory
4 Orinda Way, Suite 230-D
Orinda, California 94563
(Name and address of agent for Service)

Copies of Communications to:
Mitchell Nichter, Esq.
Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker, LLP
55 Second Street, 24th Floor
San Francisco, California 94105

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
(Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering)

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

[X]
 
Immediately upon filing pursuant to Rule 485(b).
[   ]
 
on (date) pursuant to Rule 485(b).
[   ]
 
on (date) pursuant to Rule 485(a)(1).
[   ]
 
60 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485 (a)(1).
[   ]
 
75 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485 (a)(2).
[   ]
 
on (date) pursuant to Rule 485(a)(2).

If appropriate, check the following box:

[   ]
 
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed
post-effective amendment.
 
EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
This Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registration Statement of Masters’ Select Funds Trust is being filed to register a new Fund to the Trust: Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund.

 
 

 
 

 
Litman Gregory Funds Trust
 
 

 
 
Prospectus
 
(Share Class – Ticker Symbol)

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund
 
Institutional Class – MASFX
 
Investor Class – MASFNX
 


September 2, 2011





As with all mutual funds, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") has not approved or disapproved these securities, nor has the SEC judged whether the information in this prospectus is accurate or adequate.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 

Table of Contents
 
1
1
7
7
8
8
9
14
14
26
36
37
38
 
 
 
 

 

Summary Section

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund

Investment Objective

The Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Alternative Strategies Fund”) seeks to achieve long-term returns with lower risk and lower volatility than the stock market, and with relatively low correlation to stock and bond market indexes.

Fees and Expenses of the Alternative Strategies Fund


This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund.

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)
 
Institutional
Class
Investor
Class
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases
None
None
Redemption Fee   (as a percentage of amount redeemed within 180 days of purchase)
2.00%
2.00%
Exchange Fees
None
None

Annual Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
   
 
Institutional
Class
Investor
Class
Management Fees
1.40%
1.40%
Distribution and or Service (12b-1) Fees
None
0.25%
Other Expenses (1)
0.44%
0.44%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
1.84%
2.09%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (2 )
(0.35%)
(0.35%)
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement
1.49%
1.74%
(1)   
Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
(2)   
Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (“Litman Gregory”), the advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund, has contractually agreed to waive a portion of the advisory  fees and/or reimburse a portion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s operating expenses (excluding any taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization, borrowing costs (including commitment fees), dividend expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses such as but not limited to litigation costs) through September 30, 2012 (unless otherwise sooner terminated) to ensure that the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement for the Institutional Class and the Investor Class will not exceed 1.49% and 1.74%, respectively. That agreement may be renewed after September 30, 2012 for periods not exceeding one year and may be terminated by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of Litman Gregory Funds Trust on sixty (60) days’ written notice to Litman Gregory. Litman Gregory may also decline to renew that agreement on thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Trust.  Any fee waiver or expense reimbursement made pursuant to that agreement is subject to the repayment by the Alternative Strategies Fund within three (3) years following the fiscal year in which the fee waiver or expense reimbursement occurred but only if the Alternative Strategies Fund is able to make the repayment without exceeding its current expense limitation and the repayment is approved by the Board.
 
 

 
Example


This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Alternative Strategies Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Alternative Strategies Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods.  The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Alternative Strategies Fund's operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 
One Year
Three Years
Five Years
Ten Years
Institutional Class
$152
$545
$963
$2,130
Investor Class
$177
$621
$1,092
$2,393

Portfolio Turnover

The Alternative Strategies Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund are held in a taxable account.  These costs, which are not reflected in the estimated annual fund operating expenses or in the example, will affect the Alternative Strategies Fund’s performance.

Principal Strategies

Litman Gregory, the advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund, believes that it is possible to identify highly skilled and experienced investment managers who can successfully execute various investment approaches that target materially lower volatility than the stock market or that have a low correlation or low sensitivity to traditional investment strategies, or both, so that the overall performance of the Alternative Strategies Fund is not heavily dependent on steadily rising stock or bond market to earn its return over a market cycle. Furthermore, Litman Gregory believes that by allocating assets among multiple investment managers with different but complimentary strategies it can further enhance the risk-adjusted return potential of an overall fund portfolio over a full market cycle.

Based on these beliefs, the Alternative Strategies Fund’s strategy is to engage a number of established investment managers as sub-advisors (each a “sub-advisor” or “manager”) to offer investors a mix of strategies that Litman Gregory believes offer risk-return characteristics that are attractive individually and even more compelling collectively.  The Alternative Strategies Fund is intended to be used by investors as a source of diversification for traditional stock and bond portfolios to reduce volatility and potentially enhance returns relative to various measures of risk.

Allocations among sub-advisors are based on a number of factors, including Litman Gregory’s expectation for the risk-adjusted return potential of each sub-advisor’s strategy, the impact on overall portfolio risk, with the objective of maximizing return subject to the goals of low volatility and relatively low correlation with broad financial markets, especially the stock market.  Litman Gregory may at times adjust the allocations of capital to sub-advisors if it believes there is a highly compelling tactical opportunity in a particular sub-advisor’s strategy. A tactical opportunity could represent the potential for an exceptional risk-adjusted return opportunity relative to the other strategies, or it may represent a superior risk reduction opportunity that could benefit the Alternative Strategies Fund’s overall portfolio. No strategy will be allocated less than 15% of portfolio assets or more than 35% of portfolio assets. It is possible that additional managers and strategies will be added to the Alternative Strategies Fund in the future.
 
 

 
Sub-advisor strategies may seek to benefit from: opportunities to combine securities with differing risk characteristics; market inefficiencies; arbitrage opportunities; opportunities to provide liquidity; tactical opportunities in asset classes or securities; special situations such as spin offs; as well as other opportunities in areas such as real estate or managed futures.  In the aggregate, the managers can invest globally in stocks of companies of any size, domicile or market capitalization, government and corporate bonds and other fixed income securities and currencies, including short positions of any of the foregoing, within their respective segments of the Alternative Strategies Fund.  They may also invest in derivatives to manage risk or enhance return and can also utilize leverage to a limited degree.  Each of the managers may invest in illiquid securities; however, the Fund as a whole may not hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.  In some cases, the sub-advisors may seek to replicate strategies they employ in their private (hedge) funds.  In other cases, the sub-advisors may seek to enhance strategies they run in other public funds by focusing on their highest conviction ideas to a greater extent or by pursuing certain aspects of their strategies with greater flexibility.  However, the Alternative Strategies Fund will only invest directly in portfolio securities selected by the sub-advisors and will not invest in any pooled investment vehicles or accounts managed by the sub-advisors.
 
Each sub-advisor will have an investment approach that generally focuses on a particular asset class or specific strategies. Currently, the strategies the sub-advisors focus on are as follows: (1) an arbitrage oriented strategy, (2) an opportunistic income strategy which will often focus on mortgage related securities, (3) a contrarian opportunity strategy that allows tactical investments throughout the capital structure (stocks and bonds), asset classes, market capitalization, industries and geographies, and (4) an absolute return fixed income strategy that focuses on the tactical allocation of long and short global fixed income opportunities and currencies.  Litman Gregory may hire sub-advisors that focus on other strategies in the future, and not all strategies that may be appropriate will be represented in the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio at all times.
 
The sub-advisor that manages the arbitrage strategy seeks to generate long-term returns of at least mid-single-digits with low correlation to the equity and bond markets and may follow merger arbitrage, convertible arbitrage and capital structure arbitrage strategies.  This objective is pursued by investing in equity and debt securities of U.S. and non-U.S. companies that are impacted by corporate events such as mergers, acquisitions, restructurings, refinancings, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other special situations.
 
The sub-advisor that manages the opportunistic income strategy allocates investments to fixed income instruments and other investments with no limit on the duration of the portfolio.  The sub-advisor may invest in, without limitation, asset-backed securities; domestic and foreign corporate bonds, including high-yield bonds; municipal bonds; bonds or other obligations issued by domestic or foreign governments, including emerging markets countries; real estate investment trust (“REIT”) debt securities; and mortgage related securities.  When investing in mortgage related securities, the sub-advisor may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) issued by domestic or foreign private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by mortgage related securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; commercial mortgage backed securities (CMBS); obligations issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by whole mortgage loans or mortgage related securities without a government guarantee but typically with some form of private credit enhancement; “interest only” and “principal only” stripped mortgage securities; inverse floating rate securities; and debt or equity tranches of collateralized debt obligations collateralized by mortgage related securities.
 

 

The sub-advisor that managers the contrarian opportunity strategy focuses on investments that offer absolute rather than relative value.  The goal is to provide equity-like returns over longer periods ( i.e. , five to seven years) while protecting against the permanent loss of capital.  Attention is directed toward those companies offering the best combination of such quality criteria as strong market share, good management, and high normalized return on capital.
 
The sub-advisor that manages the absolute return fixed income strategy seeks to achieve positive total returns over a full market cycle with relatively low volatility.  The sub-advisor intends to pursue its objective by utilizing a flexible investment approach that allocates investments across a global range of investment opportunities related to credit, currencies and interest rates, while employing risk management strategies designed to mitigate downside risk.  Under normal market conditions, the sub-advisor.may invest (1) up to 75% of the total assets allocated to it in below investment-grade fixed income securities and related derivatives; (2) up to 75% of the total assets allocated to it in investments denominated in non-U.S. currencies and related derivatives, including up to 50% in investments denominated in emerging market currencies and related derivatives; and (3) up to 20% of the total assets allocated to it in equity related securities and derivatives.
 
Principal Risks


As with all mutual funds, it is possible to lose money on an investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund. An investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund is not a deposit of any bank and is not guaranteed, endorsed or insured by any financial institution, government authority or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The principal risks of investing in the Alternative Strategies Fund are:

·  
Equity Securities Risk.   This is the   risk that the value of equity securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably, due to factors affecting the general market, an entire industry or sector, or particular companies.  These factors include, without limitation, adverse changes in economic conditions, the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor sentiment; increases in production costs; and significant management decisions. This risk is greater for small- and medium-sized companies, which tend to be more vulnerable to adverse developments than larger companies.
 
 

 
·  
Debt Securities Risk . This is the risk that the value and liquidity of debt securities may be reduced under certain circumstances.  The value of debt securities can fluctuate in response to issuer activity and changes in general economic and credit market conditions, including changes in interest rates.
 
·  
Below Investment-Grade Fixed Income Securities Risk .    This is the risk of investing in below investment-grade fixed income securities (also known as “junk bonds”), which may be greater than that of higher rated fixed income securities.  These securities are rated Ba through C by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) or BB through D by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) (or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization), or, if not rated by Moody’s or S&P, are considered by the sub-advisors to be of similar quality.  These securities have greater risk of default than higher rated securities.  The market value of these securities is more sensitive to corporate developments and economic conditions and can be volatile. Market conditions can diminish liquidity and make accurate valuations difficult to obtain.  There is no limit to the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to invest in below investment-grade fixed income securities; however, under normal market conditions, it does not expect to invest more than 50% of its total assets in below investment-grade fixed income securities.

·  
Interest Rate Risk .  This is the risk that debt securities will decline in value because of changes in interest rates. A fund with a longer average portfolio duration will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than a fund with a shorter average portfolio duration.

·  
Credit Risk . This is the risk that the Alternative Strategies Fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a fixed income security, or the counterparty of a derivatives contract or other transaction, is unable or unwilling (or is perceived to be unable or unwilling) to make timely payment of principal and/or interest, or to otherwise honor its obligations.

·  
Convertible Securities Risk .  This is the risk that the market value of convertible securities may fluctuate due to changes in, among other things, interest rates; other general economic conditions; industry fundamentals; market sentiment; the issuer’s operating results, financial statements, and credit ratings; and the market value of the underlying common or preferred stock.

·  
Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk .  This is the risk of investing in mortgaged-backed securities, which includes interest rate risk, prepayment risk and the risk of defaults on the mortgage loans underlying these securities.
 
 
·  
Currency Risk .  This is the risk that investing in foreign currencies may expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and that such fluctuations in the exchange rates may negatively affect an investment related to a currency or denominated in a foreign currency.  The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in foreign currencies for investment and hedging purposes.
 
·  
Foreign Investment and Emerging Markets Risks .    This is the risk that an investment in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may cause the   Alternative Strategies Fund to experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies, due to factors such as currency conversion rate fluctuations, currency blockages, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting, accounting and auditing standards, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, and smaller and less-strict regulation of securities markets.  These risks are greater in emerging markets.   There is no limit to the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to invest in emerging markets, however the fund does not expected to invest the majority of its assets in emerging market securities under normal market conditions.  There is no limit to the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to invest in emerging market securities; however, under normal market conditions, it does not expect to invest more than 50% of its total assets in emerging market securities.
 
·  
Currency Risk .  This is the risk that investing in foreign currencies may expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and that such fluctuations in the exchange rates may negatively affect an investment related to a currency or denominated in a foreign currency.  The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in foreign currencies for investment and hedging purposes.
 
·  
Leverage Risk .   This is the risk that leverage may cause the effect of an increase or decrease in the value of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio securities to be magnified and the Alternative Strategies Fund to be more volatile than if leverage was not used.  Leverage may result from certain transactions, including the use of derivatives and borrowing.
 
 

 
·  
Derivatives Risk .  This is the risk that an investment in derivatives may not correlate completely to the performance of the underlying securities and may be volatile and that the insolvency of the counterparty to a derivative instrument could cause the Alternative Strategies Fund to lose all or substantially all of its investment in the derivative instrument, as well as the benefits derived therefrom.

·  
Short Sale Risk .  This is the risk that the value of a security the Alternative Strategies Fund sells short does not go down as expected. The risk of loss is theoretically unlimited if the value of the security sold short continues to increase. In addition, short sales may cause the Alternative Strategies Fund to be compelled, at a time disadvantageous to it, to buy the security previously sold short, thus resulting in a loss. To meet current margin requirements, the Alternative Strategies Fund is required to deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that the total deposit with the broker is maintained daily at 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short.

·  
Merger Arbitrage Risk .  This is the risk that a proposed reorganization in which the Alternative Strategies Fund invests may be renegotiated or terminated.

·  
Multi-Strategy Management Risk .    This is the risk that   the Alternative Strategies Fund could experience overlapping security transactions as a result of having different portfolio managers using different strategies to manage the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets.   Certain portfolio managers may be purchasing securities at the same time other portfolio managers may be selling those same securities, which may lead to higher transaction expenses compared to a fund using a single investment strategy.
 
·  
Portfolio Turnover Risk .   This is the risk that the Alternative Strategies Fund may experience high portfolio turnover rates as a result of its investment strategies.  High portfolio turnover rates may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund are held in a taxable account.

·  
Unfavorable Tax Treatment Risk:     This is the risk that a material portion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s return could be in the form of net investment income or short-term capital gains, some of which may be distributed to shareholders and taxed at ordinary income tax rates.


Performance


Because the Alternative Strategies Fund is not yet operational, no performance information is presented for the Alternative Strategies Fund at this time. In the future, performance information will be presented in this section of the Prospectus. The performance information, when presented, will give investors some indication of the risks of an investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund by showing changes in the Alternative Strategies Fund’s performance from year to year and by comparing the Alternative Strategies Fund’s performance with the performance of a broad-based market index and other indexes.

Management


Investment Advisor
Portfolio Manager
   
Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC
Jeremy DeGroot, CFA, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager

Sub-Advisor
Portfolio Manager
   
DoubleLine Capital LP
Jeffrey Gundlach, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer, Portfolio Manager
   
 
 
 
Sub-Advisor
Portfolio Manager
First Pacific Advisors, LLC
Steven Romick, CFA, Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer, Portfolio Manager
 
Brian Selmo, Portfolio Manager
 
Mark Landecker, Portfolio Manager
   
Loomis Sayles and Company, LP
Matthew Egan, Vice President and Portfolio Manager
 
Kevin Kearns, Vice President and Portfolio Manager
 
Todd Vandam, Vice President and Portfolio Manager
   
Water Island Capital, LLC
John Orrico, President and Portfolio Manager
 
Todd Munn, Portfolio Manager
 
Roger Foltynowicz, Portfolio Manager
 
Gregg Loprete, Portfolio Manager

 


You may purchase, redeem or exchange Alternative Strategies Fund shares on any business day by written request via mail (The Litman Gregory Funds Trust, c/o Boston Financial Data Services, P.O. Box 219922, Kansas City, MO 64121-9922), by wire transfer, by telephone at 1-800-960-0188, or through a financial intermediary.  The minimum initial and subsequent investment amounts for the Alternative Strategies Fund are shown below.

 
Type of Account
Minimum Initial
Investment
Minimum Additional
Investment
Minimum
Account Balance
 
Regular
     
- Institutional Class
 $100,000
 $250
 $2,500
- Investor Class
 $1,000
 $100
    $250
Retirement Account
     
- Institutional Class
 $5,000
 $100
    $250
- Investor Class
    $500
 $100
    $250
 
Automatic Investment Account
     
- Institutional Class
 $2,500
 $250
 $2,500
- Investor Class
 $2,500
 $250
 $2,500

The minimum investment amounts may be waived or lowered for investments effected through banks and other institutions that have entered into arrangements with the Alternative Strategies Fund or the distributor of the Alternative Strategies Fund and for investments effected on a group basis by certain other entities and their employees, such as investments pursuant to a payroll deduction plan and asset-based or wrap programs. Please consult your financial intermediary for information about minimum investment requirements. The Alternative Strategies Fund reserves the right to change or waive the minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements at any time.

The Trust reserves the right to close the Alternative Strategies Fund to new investors at any time.
 
 

 

The Alternative Strategies Fund’s distributions will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.  Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal from those accounts.
 

If you purchase shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Alternative Strategies Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Alternative Strategies Fund shares and related services.  These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Alternative Strategies Fund over another investment.  Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
 
 

 

Description of Principal Investment Risks

All mutual funds carry a certain amount of risk. The Alternative Strategies Fund’s returns will vary, and you could lose money on your investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund. An investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured, endorsed or guaranteed by any financial institution, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.  Your investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund is exposed to different risks, many of which are described above in the “Principal Risks” section and in more detail below.  Additional information about the risks of investing in the Alternative Strategies Fund is included in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Equity Securities Risk
The value of equity securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unexpectedly, due to various factors, including factors affecting the general market, such as adverse changes in economic conditions, the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor sentiment. Equity securities may also lose value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as increases in production costs, and factors directly related to a specific company, such as significant decisions made by its management. Certain equity securities may decline in value even during periods when the prices of equity securities in general are rising, or may not perform as well as the market in general. The prices of equity securities may also experience greater volatility during periods of challenging market conditions such as the one that the market recently experienced. This risk is greater for small- and medium-sized companies, which tend to be more vulnerable to adverse developments than larger companies.
   
Debt Securities Risk
The value and liquidity of debt securities may be reduced under certain circumstances. The value of debt securities can fluctuate, sometimes rapidly, in response to issuer activity and changes in general economic and credit market conditions, including changes in interest rates. The prices of debt securities can be volatile, and there can be severe limitations in the ability to value or sell certain debt securities, including those that are of higher credit quality, during periods of reduced credit market liquidity such as the one that the market recently experienced.
   
 
 
 
 
Below Investment-Grade Fixed Income Securities Risk
Below investment-grade fixed income securities (also known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative.  These securities are rated Ba through C by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) or BB through D by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) (or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization), or, if not rated by Moody’s or S&P, are considered by the sub-advisors to be of similar quality.  These securities may be subject to greater risks than those of higher rated fixed income securities, including greater risk of default. The market value of below investment-grade fixed income securities is more sensitive to individual corporate developments and economic changes than higher rated securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not accurate, regarding below investment-grade fixed income securities may depress prices and diminish liquidity for such securities. The market for below investment-grade fixed income securities may be less active than the market for higher rated securities, which can adversely affect the price at which these securities may be sold. Less active markets may diminish the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to obtain accurate market quotations when valuing the portfolio securities and thereby giving rise to valuation risk. In addition, the Alternative Strategies Fund may incur additional expenses if a holding defaults and the Alternative Strategies Fund has to seek recovery of its principal investment. Below investment-grade fixed income securities may also present risks based on payment expectations.
For example, these securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, the Alternative Strategies Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security resulting in a decreased return for investors.  There is no limit to the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to invest in below investment-grade fixed income securities; however, under normal market conditions, it does not expect to invest more than 50% of its total assets in below investment-grade fixed income securities.
   
Interest Rate Risk
Changes in interest rates may cause the value of debt securities to decline. Generally, the value of debt securities rises when prevailing interest rates fall and falls when prevailing interest rates rise.  A fund with a longer average portfolio duration will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than a fund with a shorter average portfolio duration.
   
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk that the issuer or the guarantor of a fixed income security, or the counterparty to a derivatives contract or other transaction, is unable or unwilling (or is perceived to be unable or unwilling) to make timely payments of principal and/or interest, or to otherwise honor its obligations. The Alternative Strategies Fund will be subject to credit risks with respect to the counterparties of its derivative transactions. Many of the protections afforded to participants on organized exchanges, such as the performance guarantee of an exchange clearing house, are not available in connection with OTC derivative transactions, such as foreign currency transactions. As a result, in instances where the Alternative Strategies Fund enters into OTC derivative transactions, the Alternative Strategies Fund will be subject to the risk that its direct counterparties will not perform their obligations under the transactions and that the Alternative Strategies Fund will sustain losses or be unable to realize gains.
   
 
 
 
Convertible Securities Risk
Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. Because convertible securities are higher in an issuer’s capital structure than equity securities, convertible securities are generally not as risky as the equity securities of the same issuer. However, convertible securities may gain or lose value due to changes in, among other things, interest rates; other general economic conditions; industry fundamentals; market sentiment; and the issuer’s operating results, financial statements and credit ratings.  The value of convertible securities also tends to change whenever the market value of the underlying common or preferred stock fluctuates.
   
Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk
Mortgage-backed securities represent participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders. The values of some mortgage-backed securities may expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. When interest rates rise, the value of mortgage-related securities generally will decline; however, when interest rates are declining, the value of mortgage related-securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed income securities. The rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may shorten or extend the effective maturity of the security beyond what was anticipated at the time of purchase. If unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages increase the effective maturity of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of the security can be expected to increase. The value of these securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantee and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will meet their obligations.  Mortgage-backed securities that are collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-related securities depend on the payments of principal and interest made by or through the underlying assets, which may not be sufficient to meet the payment obligations of the mortgage-backed securities.
   
Foreign Investment and Emerging Markets Risks
Investing in foreign (non-U.S) securities may expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to risks not typically associated with U.S. investments. These risks include, among others, adverse fluctuations in currency conversion rate, currency blockages, and adverse political, social and economic developments affecting a foreign country. In addition, foreign securities may have less publicly available information and may be more volatile and/or less liquid. Investments in foreign securities could also be affected by factors such as differences in financial reporting, accounting and auditing standards, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, smaller and less-strict regulation of securities markets, restrictions on receiving investment proceeds from a foreign country, and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations. These risks are greater in the emerging markets.  There is no limit to the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to invest in emerging market securities; however, under normal market conditions, it does not expect to invest more than 50% of its total assets in emerging market securities.
   
 
 
 
Currency Risk
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in foreign currencies for investment and hedging purposes.  Investing in foreign currencies exposes the fund to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  Fluctuations in the exchange rates between different currencies may negatively affect an investment. The Alternative Strategies Fund may be subject to currency risk because it may invest a significant portion of its assets in currency-related instruments, such as forward currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts, options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures, cross-currency instruments (such as swaps) and direct investments in foreign currencies. The Alternative Strategies Fund also is subject to currency risk because it may invest in securities or other instruments denominated in, or receive revenues in, foreign currencies. The sub-advisors may elect not to hedge currency risk, which may cause the Alternative Strategies Fund to incur losses that would not have been incurred had the risk been hedged.
   
Leverage Risk
Leverage may result from certain transactions, including the use of derivatives and borrowing. Although leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and gain, it also creates certain risks. For example, the use of leverage may cause the effect of an increase or decrease in the value of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio securities to be magnified and the Alternative Strategies Fund to be more volatile than if leverage was not used.  Under normal circumstances, the Alternative Strategies Fund may borrow amounts up to one third of the value of its total assets except that it may exceed this limit to satisfy redemption requests or for other temporary purposes.
   
Derivatives Risk
Some of the instruments in which the Alternative Strategies Fund may invest may be referred to as “derivatives,” because their value “derives” from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These instruments include options, futures contracts, forward currency contracts, swap agreements and similar instruments. The market value of derivative instruments and securities sometimes is more volatile than that of other instruments, and each type of derivative instrument may have its own special risks.  Some OTC derivative instruments may expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to the credit risk of its counterparty. In the event the counterparty to such a derivative instrument becomes insolvent, the Alternative Strategies Fund may lose all or substantially all of its investment in the derivative instrument, as well as the benefits derived therefrom.  Investing for hedging purposes or to increase the Alternative Strategies Fund’s return may result in certain additional transaction costs that may reduce the Alternative Strategies Fund’s performance. In addition, when used for hedging purposes, no assurance can be given that each derivative position will achieve a close correlation with the security or currency against which it is being hedged, or that a particular derivative position will be available when sought by the sub-advisers. While hedging strategies involving derivatives can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other investments of the Alternative Strategies Fund. Certain derivatives may create a risk of loss greater than the amount invested.
   
 
 
 
Short Sale Risk
The Alternative Strategies Fund may suffer a loss if it sells a security short and the value of the security does not go down as expected.  The risk of loss is theoretically unlimited if the value of the security sold short continues to increase. Short sales expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to the risk that it may be compelled to buy the security sold short (also known as “covering” the short position) at a time when the security has appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Alternative Strategies Fund. The Alternative Strategies Fund’s investment performance may also suffer if it is required to close out a short position earlier than it had intended. In addition, the Alternative Strategies Fund may be subject to expenses related to short sales that are not typically associated with investing in securities directly, such as costs of borrowing. These expenses may negatively impact the performance of the Alternative Strategies Fund.  To meet current margin requirements, the Alternative Strategies Fund is required to deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that the total deposit with the broker is maintained daily at 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short.
   
Merger Arbitrage Risk
Merger arbitrage seeks to profit from the successful completion of mergers, takeovers, tender offers, leveraged buyouts, spin offs, liquidations and other corporate reorganizations (each, a “deal”).  The success of merger arbitrage depends on the discount between the deal price and the price of the target company’s stock after the deal is announced but before it is closed.  If a proposed reorganization in which the Alternative Strategies Fund invests is renegotiated or terminated, the Alternative Strategies Fund may suffer a loss.
   
Multi-Strategy Management Risk
Because segments of the Alternative Strategies Fund's assets are managed by different portfolio managers using different strategies, it could experience overlapping security transactions. Certain portfolio managers may be purchasing securities at the same time that other portfolio managers may be selling those same securities, which may lead to higher transaction expenses compared to a fund using a single investment management strategy.  Litman Gregory’s and the sub-advisors’ judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of a particular asset class or individual security in which the Alternative Strategies Fund invests may prove to be incorrect, and there is no guarantee that Litman Gregory’s judgment will produce the desired results.  In addition, the Alternative Strategies Fund may allocate its assets so as to under- or over-emphasize certain strategies or investments under market conditions that are not optimal, in which case the Alternative Strategies Fund’s value may be adversely affected.
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk
Certain of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s investment strategies may result in it having higher portfolio turnover rates. Higher portfolio turnover may cause the Alternative Strategies Fund to experience increased transaction costs, dealer markups, brokerage expenses and other acquisition costs, and may cause shareholders to incur increased taxes on their investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund. The portfolio managers do not consider portfolio turnover rate a limiting factor in making investment decisions on behalf of the Alternative Strategies Fund consistent with its investment objective and policies. Variations in portfolio turnover rates may be due to fluctuations in shareholder purchase, exchange and redemption transactions, market conditions or changes in the portfolio manager’s outlook.
   
Unfavorable Tax Treatment Risk
Various types of investments in which the Alternative Strategies Fund may invest, including derivatives, mortgage related securities, and REITs, may cause the Alternative Strategies Fund’s returns to be in the form of net investment income or short-term capital gains, some of which may be distributed to shareholders and taxed at ordinary income tax rates.
 

 
Fund Management and Investment Styles

The Advisor

 
The Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Alternative Strategies Fund” or the “Fund”) is managed by Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (“Litman Gregory”), 4 Orinda Way, Orinda, California, 94563.  Litman Gregory has overall responsibility for assets under management. In carrying out this responsibility, Litman Gregory recommends the selection of managers as sub-advisors of the Alternative Strategies Fund (each, a “manager” or “sub-advisor”) to the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), evaluates the performance of the managers and monitors changes at the managers’ organizations that may impact their abilities to deliver superior future performance. In addition, Litman Gregory determines when to reallocate or rebalance the managers’ assets, taking into account many factors, including tactical over- or under-weightings of managers at certain points in time, determines the amount of cash equivalents (if any) that may be held in addition to cash in each of the managers’ sub-portfolios, coordinates with the managers with respect to diversification and tax issues and oversees the operational aspects of the Alternative Strategies Fund.
 
Jeremy DeGroot, CFA, is the Portfolio Manager of the Alternative Strategies Fund.  He is also a member of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC and serves as its Chief Investment Officer.  He is the co-portfolio manager of the Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund, Litman Gregory Masters International Fund, Litman Gregory Masters Value Fund, Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund and Litman Gregory Masters Focused Opportunities Fund. Prior to joining Litman Gregory in 1999, DeGroot was a Manager in KPMG Peat Marwick's Economic Consulting Services practice since 1998.  From 1989 to 1997, he was a Senior Economist with the Law & Economics Consulting Group, Inc., providing economics and financial analysis to Fortune 500 clients.  He has a Master’s degree in Economics from the University of California Berkeley.

Sub-Advisor Evaluation and Selection
 
Litman Gregory is responsible for hiring and replacing managers. Before hiring a sub-advisor, Litman Gregory performs extensive due diligence.  This includes quantitative and qualitative analysis, including (but not limited to) an evaluation of: the investment process, the consistency of its execution and discipline; individual holdings; strategies employed, past mistakes, risk controls, team depth and quality; operations and compliance; and business focus and vision.  Litman Gregory’s evaluation process includes review of literature and documents, quantitative historical performance evaluation, extensive discussions with members of the investment team and firm management and background checks through industry contacts.  Each of the sub-advisor’s management fee is also an important consideration.  It is Litman Gregory’s objective to hire sub-advisors who it believes are skilled and will deliver strong market cycle returns when taking risk into account. Litman Gregory will favor managers who it believes focus on markets or investment strategies that are inherently low risk on an absolute basis or relative to their return potential; and managers who have a clearly risk-sensitive mindset in executing their portfolio strategy. Generally, Litman Gregory prefers managers who it believes will be able to add value through security selection and from tactical allocations to securities, markets or strategies at times when it believes such allocations are compelling from a risk/return perspective.

Multi-Manager Issues


More on Multi-Style Management:   The investment methods used by the managers in selecting securities for the Alternative Strategies Fund vary.  The segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio under the direction of each manager will, under normal circumstances, differ from the segments directed by the other managers in a variety of ways, including with respect to fundamental investment strategy, security type, portfolio composition, turnover, issuer capitalization and issuer financial condition.  Because selections are made independently by each manager, it is possible that a security held by one portfolio segment may also be held by other portfolio segments of the Alternative Strategies Fund or that several managers may simultaneously favor the same asset class or industry segment.  Litman Gregory monitors the overall portfolio on an ongoing basis to assess whether it believes such overlaps, if any, may result in the lack of adequate diversification.
 
 

Litman Gregory is responsible for establishing target allocations and adjusting allocations of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets among the sub-advisor portfolios, the timing and degree of which will be determined in its sole discretion by Litman Gregory. At times, allocation adjustments may be considered tactical with over- or under-allocations to certain managers based on Litman Gregory’s assessment of the risk and return potential of each manager’s strategy at that point in time.  Manager allocations are also influenced by each manager’s historical returns and volatility, which are assessed by examining the performance of strategies run by the managers in their private (hedge) funds or other accounts that Litman Gregory believes to be similar to those that will be used for the Alternative Strategies Fund.  Litman Gregory has analyzed the individual and combined performance of the managers in a variety of investment environments, including the 2008 financial crisis as well as other types of positive and negative market environments.  Each manager independently selects the brokers and dealers to execute transactions for the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund being managed by that manager.
In the event a manager ceases to manage a segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio, Litman Gregory will select a replacement manager or allocate the departing manager’s assets among the remaining managers.  The securities that were held in the departing manager’s segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio may be allocated to and retained by another manager of the Fund or may be liquidated in an orderly manner, taking into account various factors, which may include but are not limited to the market for the security and the potential tax consequences.  Litman Gregory may also add additional managers in order to increase diversification or capacity of the Alternative Strategies Fund.

The Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) provides additional information about the compensation of each portfolio manager at each sub-advisor, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities of the Alternative Strategies Fund.

Multi-Manager Exemptive Order:   Litman Gregory has obtained an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which permits it, subject to certain conditions, to select new managers with the approval of the Board and without obtaining shareholder approval.  The order also permits Litman Gregory to change the terms of agreements with the managers or to continue the employment of a manager after an event that would otherwise cause the automatic termination of services. Shareholders must be notified of any manager changes.  Shareholders have the right to terminate arrangements with a manager for the Alternative Strategies Fund by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund.  The order also permits the Alternative Strategies Fund to disclose managers’ fees only in the aggregate in its registration statement.  
 
 

 
Advisory Fees


The Alternative Strategies Fund pays a monthly advisory fee to Litman Gregory based on the Alternative Strategies Fund’s average daily net assets.  The table below illustrates the base fees paid to Litman Gregory along with reduced fees paid on assets in excess of certain levels (breakpoints).

Asset Level
Advisory Fee
Up to $2 billion
1.40%
Between $2 and $3 billion
1.30%
Between $3 and $4 billion
1.25%
Excess over $4 billion
1.20%
 
Litman Gregory, not the Alternative Strategies Fund, is responsible for payment of the sub-advisory fees to the managers, each of whom is compensated monthly on the basis of the assets committed to its discretion.  Based on the initial allocation of Fund assets among the sub-advisors, the aggregate fees payable to the sub-advisors is 0.825%.

Litman Gregory has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fees and/or reimburse a portion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s operating expenses (excluding any taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization, borrowing costs (including commitment fees), dividend expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses and extraordinary expenses such as but not limited to litigation costs) through September 30, 2012 (unless otherwise sooner terminated) to ensure that the Alternative Strategies Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement will not exceed 1.49% and 1.74% on the daily net assets attributable to the Institutional Class and the Investor Class, respectively, subject to possible recoupment from the Alternative Strategies Fund in the future by Litman Gregory on a rolling three-year basis ( i.e. , within three years following the fiscal year in which the fees were waived or the expenses were reimbursed) if such recoupment can be achieved within the foregoing expense limits and the recoupment is approved by the Board.

 
Portfolio Holdings Information


A description of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s policies and procedures regarding disclosure of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio holdings can be found in the SAI, which can be obtained free of charge by contacting the Alternative Strategies Fund’s transfer agent at 1-800-960-0188.

Portfolio Managers and Investment Strategies

Investment Manager/Firm
Target Allocation Range
Strategy
Jeffrey Gundlach/DoubleLine Capital LP
15%-35%
Opportunistic Income
Steven Romick, Brian Selmo, Mark Landecker, First Pacific Advisors, LLC
15%-35%
Contrarian Opportunity
Matt Eagan, Kevin Kearns, Todd Vandam/Loomis Sayles &Company, LP
15%-35%
Absolute Return Fixed Income
John Orrico, Todd Munn, Roger Foltynowicz, Gregg Loprete/Water Island Capital, LLP
15%-35%
Arbitrage
 
 

 
Opportunistic Income Strategy
Jeffrey Gundlach
DoubleLine Capital LP
333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800
Los Angeles, CA  90071

Jeffrey Gundlach is the portfolio manager responsible for the opportunistic income strategy, which is the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets managed by DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine”) (the “Opportunistic Income Strategy”).  Gundlach is Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of DoubleLine, which he co-founded in 2009.  He is the portfolio manager for the DoubleLine Core Fixed Income Fund, co-portfolio manager for the DoubleLine Total Return Bond Fund, and one of the portfolio managers for the DoubleLine Multi-Asset Growth Fund.  Gundlach also manages private accounts.  Prior to founding DoubleLine, Gundlach was associated with TCW Group Inc., where he was Chief Investment Officer, Group Managing Director and President.

Gundlach and his team at DoubleLine operate under the cardinal mandate of delivering superior risk-adjusted fixed income returns.  They seek to deliver positive absolute returns in excess of an appropriate aggregate fixed income index with portfolio volatility that is similar to U.S. long-term treasury securities.  Investment ideas employed by Gundlach and his team must offer an asymmetric, positively skewed risk-reward profile.  As a result, a great deal of their analysis seeks to identify fixed income securities that they believe offer greater potential payoff than potential loss under multiple scenarios.  Ultimately, a combination of risk management, asset allocation and security selection forms Gundlach’s investment process.

Portfolios are constructed with the intent to outperform under a range of future outcomes.  DoubleLine’s risk integration process seeks to combine assets that will perform differently in different scenarios so that the overall portfolio generates acceptable performance.  This process includes balancing the strength of cash flows from certain asset classes against various potential economic or market risks.

When considering a specific investment in any sector, Gundlach’s primary focus is on the predictability of the cash flow generated during an entire interest rate or credit cycle.  When volatility is low, he emphasizes securities he expects to generate the best overall return over a cycle rather than simply buying the highest yield at a given point in time.

In implementing the Opportunistic Income Strategy, Gundlach allocates investments to fixed income instruments and other investments with no limit on the duration of the portfolio.  He may invest in, without limitation, asset-backed securities; domestic and foreign corporate bonds, including high-yield bonds; municipal bonds;  bonds or other obligations issued by  domestic or foreign  governments, including emerging markets countries; real estate investment trust (“REIT”) debt securities; and mortgage related securities.  Gundlach’s investments in mortgage related securities may at times represent a substantial portion (up to 100%) of the segment allocated to him when certain market conditions exist that Gundlach believes offer potentially attractive risk adjusted returns.  He may, to a limited extent, employ leverage within the Opportunistic Income Strategy, which is also being used for other accounts managed by DoubleLine.

When investing in mortgage related securities, Gundlach may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government such as the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal National  Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation; collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) including real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICS) issued by domestic or foreign private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by mortgage related securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; commercial mortgage backed securities (CMBS); obligations issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by whole mortgage loans or mortgage related securities without a government guarantee but typically with some form of private credit enhancement; “interest only” and “principal only” stripped mortgage securities; inverse floating rate securities; and debt or equity tranches of collateralized debt obligations collateralized by mortgage related securities. Gundlach compares opportunities in other sectors of the global fixed income market to opportunities available in the mortgage sector with the aim of attempting to construct a portfolio with the most attractive return potential given his risk management objectives.
 
 

 
Contrarian Opportunity Strategy
Steven Romick, CFA
Brian Selmo, CFA
Mark Landecker, CFA
First Pacific Advisors, LLC
11400 West Olympic Blvd, Suite 1200
Los Angeles, CA  90064

Steven Romick, Brian Selmo and Mark Landecker are the portfolio managers responsible for the contrarian opportunity strategy, which is the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets managed by First Pacific Advisors, LLC (“FPA”) (the “Contrarian Opportunity Strategy”).   Romick joined FPA in 1993 and is currently a Managing Partner of the firm.  He has been the portfolio manager of the FPA Crescent Fund since its inception in 1993, manages separate accounts in FPA’s Contrarian Value style and is also manager of the FPA Hawkeye Fund, LLC and the FPA Multi-Advisor Fund, LP.   Selmo joined FPA in 2008 and is the director of research for the FPA Crescent Fund in the Contrarian Value style and FPA Hawkeye Fund, LLC. He was previously a founder and managing member of Eagle Lake Capital, LLC from 2006 to 2008. He was a portfolio manager at Coast Asset Management from 2003 to 2006, a senior analyst at Third Avenue Management from 2001 to 2003, and an analyst at Rothschild, Inc. from 2000 to 2001.    Landecker joined FPA in 2009 as a portfolio manager for the FPA Global Opportunity Fund and is also a research analyst for the Contrarian Value style and FPA Hawkeye Funds, LLC. Prior to joining FPA, Landecker served as a portfolio manager at both Kinney Asset Management and Arrow Investments, Inc. He also has experience in corporate finance, consulting, and private equity.
 
It is anticipated that this segment will be managed, to the degree practical, with the intent to replicate elements of private funds also managed by FPA. The elements replicated could include investment strategies such as hedging, highly concentrated positions, illiquid and restricted securities, international investments, coupled with the potential for maintaining high levels of liquidity. The manager expects to implement these strategies through investing opportunistically in a wide variety of securities as discussed below.
 
The Contrarian Opportunity Strategy leads to investments that offer absolute rather than relative value with an objective of strong risk-adjusted returns.   As absolute return investors, the FPA team seeks genuine bargains rather than relatively attractive securities.  The goal is to provide equity-like returns over longer periods ( i.e. , five to seven years) while protecting against the permanent loss of capital.   Attention is directed toward those companies offering the best combination of such quality criteria as strong market share, good management, and high normalized return on capital.  A company purchased might not look inexpensive, considering current earnings and return on capital; however, its valuation may reflect such conditions as a weak economy, an increase in raw material costs, a management misstep, or any number of other temporary conditions. The FPA team believes that price drops caused by such developments can, and often do, provide buying opportunities.

The FPA team employs the broad mandate of the FPA contrarian strategy to invest across the capital structure, asset classes, market capitalization, industries and geographies using a wide variety of instruments. The FPA team invests in an opportunistic manner, based on its view of the world and the businesses/situations that it understands.  It looks for what is out of favor, taking into account the current landscape and how it might change over time, both organically and through exogenous events.  The FPA team emphasizes independent research and spends little time with Wall Street analysts because it prefers to focus its research on interactions with business operators and industry leaders.

The FPA team narrows the universe of potential investments by establishing five categories: Long Equity, Short Equity, Credit, Cash and Equivalents and a smaller “Other” category.
 
 

 
Long Equity:   The FPA team may invest in companies with solid balance sheets and unquestionable competitive strength and shareholder-centric management; companies of lesser quality but with strong long-term upside potential; companies with shorter term upside potential driven by identified catalysts that are expected to have a positive impact on the value of the underlying business such as balance sheet optimization, operational turnarounds or corporate actions; and companies whose disparate parts have greater aggregate value than the current stock price and may engage in intra-company arbitrage of such companies by either holding long positions in one share class of such a company and shorting another share class of the same company or longing a parent or holding company and shorting one or several of its underlying companies to create a stub equity position that is valued at a deep discount to intrinsic value.

Short Equity :   The FPA team will seek opportunities in deteriorating companies with declining business metrics that are not reflected in the stock price; companies with balance sheet issues such as overstated asset accounts that may result in operational cash flows that fall significantly short of net income; paired trades that involve shorting a company in the same industry as one of the long position the FPA team holds to serve as a partial hedge against industry specific risk; and intra-company arbitrage as discussed above.

Credit:    The FPA team will consider performing credits that have a yield to maturity reasonably in excess of U.S. Treasuries of comparable maturity and that the holder has a high likelihood of receiving principal and interest payments.  The FPA team will also consider the bonds of corporations that it believes have some chance but a low likelihood of needing to restructure their debt.  These bonds may have higher yields than those of performing credits.  The FPA team may also purchase distressed debt, which it defines as corporate debt that has either defaulted or which has a high likelihood of being restructured, either voluntarily or by default.

Other: Investments will typically include illiquid securities that the FPA team believes allow it to take advantage of situations that are not available in the public markets.  These could include private equity, debt and real estate investments. Investment in illiquid securities is typically limited to no more than 15% of the FPA team’s portfolio.

Cash and Equivalents: Investments in cash and cash equivalents are a residual of the FPA team’s investment process rather than a macro-driven rationale.  The FPA team believes that liquidity is an important risk management tool and also believes that it provides the ability to take advantage of future opportunities.

Once the FPA team decides which categories provide the best opportunities to achieve its long-range goal of equity-like returns with less than market risk, it then identifies specific investment opportunities within those categories.  The goal of gaining comfort with a given investment is based on determining what it needs to know in order to prove the correctness of the original thesis that drew its interest and triggered further research.  This research process is supported by reading current and historic SEC filings and conference call transcripts, reviewing pertinent periodicals, studying the competition, and establishing a valuation model. The FPA team works to gain a knowledge edge and an understanding of the business or industry that may not be universal. Such due diligence may take the form of conversations with ex-employees, vendors, suppliers, competitors and industry consultants.   As a result of the process, the FPA team invests only in positions that it believes offer a compelling economic risk/reward proposition on an absolute basis. If prospective investments do not meet that requirement, then the FPA team waits until it can purchase a security at a substantial discount to that company’s worth or intrinsic value.  The FPA team also factors a macro-economic view into its security analysis and portfolio construction, which may cause it to be over-weighted in certain asset classes or sectors at times while completely avoiding others.

The FPA team distinguishes between the risk of permanent loss of capital and volatility, and seeks to distinguish their strategy by using volatility to its advantage rather than its detriment. Instead of composing a portfolio designed to mimic the performance of a benchmark or index, the FPA team utilizes the deeply-held contrarian philosophy oriented toward pushing back on a rising market by reducing exposure (thus allowing cash to increase), and conversely, leaning into a falling market and spending that cash to opportunistically buy inexpensive securities.  The goal is to invest in securities that have what they believe to be advantageous upside/downside characteristics; that is, the FPA team seeks to make sure that it could potentially make a multiple of what it could potentially lose.
 
 

 
Absolute Return Fixed Income Strategy
Matt Eagan
Kevin Kearns
Todd Vandam
Loomis Sayles & Company, LP
One Financial Center
Boston, MA  02111

Matthew Eagan, Kevin Kearns and Todd Vandam are the portfolio managers responsible for the absolute return fixed income strategy, which is the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets managed by Loomis Sayles & Company, LP (“Loomis”) (the “Absolute Return Fixed Income Strategy”).  Eagan joined Loomis in 1997 as a fixed income analyst and is currently Vice President and the lead portfolio manager of the Loomis Sayles Absolute Strategies Fund, as well as an associate portfolio manager for the Loomis Sayles Bond Fund, the Loomis Sayles Strategic Income Fund and other fixed income funds managed by Loomis.   Prior to joining Loomis, he was a senior fixed income analyst at the Liberty Mutual Life Insurance Company and a senior credit analyst for BancBoston Financial Company.  Kearns joined Loomis in 2007 and is a vice president, portfolio manager and senior derivatives strategist in the absolute return and credit opportunity areas within the fixed income group. He co-manages credit and absolute return institutional portfolios, including the Loomis Sayles Credit Long Short Fund, the Loomis Sayles Absolute Strategies Fund and the Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Real Return Fund. Prior to joining Loomis, he was the director of derivatives, quantitative analysis and risk management at Boldwater Capital Management and managing director at Fleet Boston in Boston.  Vandam is a vice president of Loomis and co-portfolio manager of the Loomis Sayles Absolute Strategies Fund. He is also senior credit strategist for Loomis, where he works with the fixed income high yield and investment grade teams. Prior to joining Loomis in 1994, Vandam worked as a Field Artillery Officer in the United States Army.

The Absolute Return Fixed Income Strategy has an absolute return investment objective, which means that it is not managed relative to an index and that it attempts to achieve positive total returns over a full market cycle with relatively low volatility. The Loomis team intends to pursue its objective by utilizing a flexible investment approach that allocates investments across a global range of investment opportunities related to credit, currencies and interest rates, while employing risk management strategies designed to mitigate downside risk.

The Loomis team may invest up to 75% of the total assets of the segment allocated to it in below investment-grade fixed income securities (also known as “junk bonds”) and derivatives that have returns related to the returns on below investment-grade fixed income securities. Under normal market conditions, the Loomis team also may invest up to 75% of the total assets of the segment allocated to it in investments denominated in non-U.S. currencies and related derivatives, including up to 50% in investments denominated in emerging market currencies and related derivatives. Under normal conditions, the Loomis team may invest up to 20% of the total assets of the segment allocated to it in equity-related securities and derivatives. There is no limit on the amount of preferred securities. The Loomis team expects that exposure to these asset classes will often be obtained substantially through the use of derivative instruments. Currency positions that are intended to hedge the Loomis team’s non-U.S. currency exposure ( i.e. , currency positions that are not made for investment purposes) will offset positions in the same currency that are made for investment purposes when calculating the limitation on investments in non-U.S. and emerging market currency investments because the Loomis team believes that hedging a currency position is likely to negate some or all of the currency risk associated with the original currency position. Restrictions will apply at the time of purchase.

The Loomis team’s investment process employs both top-down (macro themes) and bottom-up (security selection) components and uses the resources of the entire Loomis Sayles infrastructure.  The Loomis team identifies key macro themes over a 3- and 12-month horizon and assesses top-down risk/return opportunities across the interest rate curve, credit markets and currencies.  The Loomis team draws on the strength and depth of the entire Loomis research team as it evaluates these themes.  Fourteen Macro and Market Sector teams support the Loomis team by sharing their sector’s risk/return characteristics and uncovering specific credits that they believe may offer the best return potential.
 
 

 
In selecting investments for the Absolute Return Fixed Income Strategy, the Loomis team develops long-term portfolio themes driven by macro-economic indicators. These include secular global economic trends, demographic trends and labor supply, analysis of global capital flows and assessments of geopolitical factors. The Loomis team then develops shorter-term portfolio strategies based on factors including, but not limited to, economic, credit and Federal Reserve cycles, top-down sector valuations and bottom-up security valuations. The Loomis team employs active risk management, with a focus on credit, interest rate and currency risks. Additionally, the Loomis team will use risk management tools in constructing and optimizing the portfolio and seek to manage risk on an ongoing basis.  The Loomis team expects to actively evaluate each investment idea based upon its return potential, its level of risk and its fit within the team’s overall macro strategy when deciding whether to buy or sell investments, with the goal of continually optimizing the portfolio.

The Loomis team seeks to gain a performance edge by integrating the global macro themes with Loomis’ best bottom-up security selection, risk analysis and trading capabilities to create the best expected risk/return portfolio.   The Loomis team will pursue its investment goal by obtaining long investment exposures through direct cash investments and derivatives and short investment exposures substantially through derivatives. A “long” investment exposure is an investment that rises in value with a rise in the value of an asset, asset class or index and declines in value with a decline in the value of that asset, asset class or index. A “short” investment exposure is an investment that rises in value with a decline in the value of an asset, asset class or index and declines in value with a rise in the value of that asset, asset class or index. The Loomis team’s long and short investment exposures may, at times, each reach 150% of the assets invested in this segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund (excluding instruments primarily used for duration management and short-term investments (such as cash and money market instruments)), although these exposures may be higher or lower at any given time.

Investments:   In connection with its principal investment strategies, the Loomis team may invest in a broad range of U.S. and non-U.S. fixed income securities, including, but not limited to, corporate bonds, municipal securities, U.S. and non-U.S. government securities (including their agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored entities), securities of supranational entities, emerging market securities, commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities, CMOs, other mortgage-related securities (such as adjustable rate mortgage securities), asset backed securities, bank loans, convertible bonds, Rule 144A securities, REITs, zero-coupon securities, step coupon securities, pay-in-kind securities, inflation-linked bonds, variable and floating rate securities, private placements and commercial paper and preferred securities. Additionally, the Absolute Return Fixed Income Strategy involves limited investments in equities and exchange–traded funds (“ETFs”).

Non-U.S. Currency Investments: Under normal market conditions, the Loomis team may engage in a broad range of transactions involving non-U.S. and emerging market currencies, including, but not limited to, purchasing and selling forward currency exchange contracts in non-U.S. or emerging market currencies, investing in non-U.S. currency futures contracts, investing in options on non-U.S. currencies and non-U.S. currency futures, investing in cross currency instruments (such as swaps), investing directly in non-U.S. currencies and investing in securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies. The Loomis team may also engage in non-U.S. currency transactions for investment or for hedging purposes.
 
 

 
Derivative Investments: For investment and hedging purposes, the Loomis team may invest substantially in a broad range of derivatives instruments, and sometimes the majority of its investment returns will derive from its derivative investments.  These derivative instruments include, but are not limited to, futures contracts (such as treasury futures and index futures), forward contracts, options (such as options on futures contracts, options on securities, interest rate/bond options, currency options, options on swaps and over-the-counter (“OTC”) options), warrants (such as non-U.S. currency warrants) and swap transactions (such as interest rate swaps, total return swaps and index swaps).  In addition, the Loomis team may invest in credit derivative products that may be used to manage default risk and credit exposure.  Examples of such products include, but are not limited to, credit default swap index products (such as LCDX, CMBX and ABX index products), single name credit default swaps, loan credit default swaps and asset-backed credit default swaps.  Derivative instruments (such as those listed above) can be used to acquire or to transfer the risk and returns of a security without buying or selling the security. The Loomis team’s strategy may be highly dependent on the use of derivatives, and to the extent that they become unavailable or unattractive the Loomis team may be unable to fully implement its investment strategy.

The Loomis team is not limited as to the duration of its portfolio, which will change over time but is likely to be within a range of -5 years to +10 years.
 
 

 
Arbitrage Strategy
John Orrico CFA
Todd Munn
Roger Foltynowicz
Gregg Loprete
Water Island Capital LLC
41 Madison Avenue, 42 nd Floor
New York, NY  10010

John Orrico, Todd Munn, Roger Foltynowicz and Gregg Loprete are the portfolio managers responsible for the arbitrage strategy, which is the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets managed by Water Island Capital, LLC (“Water Island”) (the “Arbitrage Strategy”).  Orrico founded Water Island in 2000 and serves as its President.   He is the co-portfolio manager of The Arbitrage Fund and The Arbitrage Event-Driven Fund.  Munn joined Water Island in 2003 and is currently a portfolio manager at the firm.  He has worked as a senior analyst and trader on both U.S. and foreign arbitrage portfolios as well as special situations since joining the firm.  Foltynowicz joined Water Island in 2003 and is a portfolio manager at the firm. He is responsible for analyzing arbitrage situations and special situations for both the Arbitrage and Arbitrage Event Drive Funds.  Loprete joined Water Island in 2009 and serves as a portfolio manager on The Arbitrage Event-Driven Fund. He is responsible for management of the firm’s convertible and fixed income investments, while also providing insight into and support for ongoing Arbitrage Fund research from the perspective of the credit markets.

The Water Island team seeks to generate long-term returns of at least mid-single-digits with low correlation to the equity and bond markets. This objective is pursued by investing in equity and debt securities of companies that are impacted by corporate events such as mergers, acquisitions, restructurings, refinancings, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other special situations.  More specifically, the Water Island team follows any one of three arbitrage strategies: merger arbitrage, convertible arbitrage or capital structure arbitrage and may invest in both U.S. and non-U.S. securities.  The Water Island team intends to focus the portfolio in only their highest conviction risk-adjusted ideas across these strategies, and will, to a limited extent, employ leverage within the Arbitrage Strategy.
 
Merger Arbitrage: Merger arbitrage is a highly specialized investment approach designed to profit from the successful completion of mergers, takeovers, tender offers, leveraged buyouts, spin offs, liquidations and other corporate reorganizations. When a merger or acquisition deal is announced, the target’s stock price typically appreciates because the acquirer typically pays a premium relative to the current market price. Until the deal closes, however, the target’s stock price generally trades at a discount to the deal price.  This discount is called “the spread.” The spread typically exists because investors demand compensation for the risk that the deal may fail to close and for the time value of money for the time it takes the deal to close.  The most common arbitrage activity, and the approach the Water Island team generally will use, involves purchasing the shares of an announced acquisition target company at a discount to their expected value upon completion of the acquisition.  The Water Island team may engage in selling securities short when the terms of a proposed acquisition call for the exchange of common stock and/or other securities. In such a case, the common stock of the company to be acquired may be purchased and, at approximately the same time, an equivalent amount of the acquiring company’s common stock and/or other securities may be sold short. The Water Island team may also execute the merger arbitrage strategy by using a company’s debt.

Convertible Arbitrage: Convertible arbitrage is a specialized strategy that seeks to profit from mispricing between a firm's convertible securities and its underlying equity. The most common convertible arbitrage approach, and the strategy the Water Island team generally will use, matches a long position in the convertible security with a short position in the underlying common stock. The Water Island team seeks to purchase convertible securities at discounts to their expected future values and sell short shares of the underlying common stock in order to mitigate equity market movements. As stock prices rise and the convertible security becomes more equity sensitive, the Water Island team will sell short additional common shares in order to maintain the relationship between the convertible and the underlying common stock. As stock prices fall, the Water Island team will typically buy back a portion of shares it had sold short. Positions are typically designed to earn income from coupon or dividend payments and from the short sale of common stock.
 
 

 
Capital Structure Arbitrage: Capital structure arbitrage seeks to profit from relative pricing discrepancies between related debt and/or equity securities. For example, the Water Island team may purchase a senior secured security of an issuer and sell short an unsecured security of the same issuer. In this example the trade would be profitable if credit quality spreads widened or if the issuer went bankrupt and the recovery rate for the senior debt was higher. Another example might involve the manager purchasing one class of common stock while selling short a different class of common stock of the same issuer. It is expected that, overtime, the relative mispricing of the securities will disappear, at which point the position will be liquidated.

Among these three arbitrage strategies, the primary focus of the Arbitrage Strategy is expected to be merger arbitrage.  The Water Island team will typically be long the target’s shares and short the acquirer’s stock (to hedge the market risk where the acquirer is using stock and not cash to fund the acquisition).  The Water Island team will also use options in an attempt to hedge deal-specific and market risks, especially in the case of cash-only deals where the team will only long the target’s stock.

To answer the fundamental questions,  the Water Island team reviews SEC filings, talk to sell-side and buy-side analysts, listen to company conference calls where management explains the rationale behind the merger, talk to key shareholders to assess how they will vote on the deal, talk to competitors, suppliers, and customers to assess, for example, overlaps in products and services that might not pass regulatory scrutiny, and, in some situations, talk to lawyers to get a legal opinion, especially if the deal involves regulators in multiple jurisdictions. The Water Island team builds pro-forma balance-sheet, income, and cash-slow statements, typically looking out 12 months, to see where the synergies of the combined entity may lie.

A key area of emphasis for the Water Island team is assessing the downside risk associated with deal failure.  Either a decrease in the share price of the target or an increase in the share price of the acquirer would have negative implications, so the Water Island team performs valuation analysis to assess downside from a deal break. This analysis involves looking at how the companies have traded relative to their own history and peers. There are other considerations as well, including whether or not the target’s share price prior to the deal announcement had an embedded “acquisition premium,” which may lead the team to adjust their downside risk assessment.

The Water Island team will have exposure to foreign deals on a limited basis because deals outside of the U.S. often involve additional complexities and risks, including different laws and regulations than the U.S., along with currency risks.  Given a similar risk/reward in a foreign deal and a U.S. deal, the Water Island team will generally lean toward the latter.

Legal Proceedings Involving a Sub-Advisor


Trust Company of the West ("TCW") has commenced litigation against DoubleLine and four employees of DoubleLine. The four employees (including Jeffrey Gundlach) are former employees of TCW or its affiliates. The suit against DoubleLine and the defendant employees alleges, among other things, misappropriation of confidential and proprietary information. The lawsuit seeks, among other things, damages in excess of $200 million and a constructive trust on the limited partnership interests of DoubleLine in favor of TCW.  There can be no assurances as to the outcome of any litigation. TCW has also separately initiated litigation with similar allegations against DoubleLine Funds Trust (“DFT”), a registered open-end investment company, and certain of DFT’s trustees (none of whom serves on Litman Gregory Funds Trust’s Board of Trustees) (the “DFT Trustees”).  The claims against DFT and the DFT Trustees were later dismissed, and TCW has subsequently filed amended claims against DFT but not the DFT Trustees.
 
 
 
TCW raised a fund under the U.S. Treasury’s Legacy Securities Public Private Investment Program (the “PPIP”) in the fall of 2009 to be managed by Mr. Gundlach, as key person, and announced in January 2010, subsequent to the termination of Mr. Gundlach, that it had voluntarily withdrawn the fund from the PPIP and would conduct an orderly liquidation of the fund. DoubleLine has advised that employees and former employees of DoubleLine have been interviewed by representatives of the Special Inspector General of the Troubled Asset Relief Program, and by the office of the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York, in connection with the PPIP and in connection with the same allegations of misappropriation of proprietary information made by TCW in its litigation against DoubleLine. DoubleLine has advised that it understands that the inquiry stems at least in part from a federal grand jury inquiry. DoubleLine has also advised that it has cooperated with the inquiry and has voluntarily produced documents.
 
The Board and its independent legal counsel received and considered oral and written reports from the Advisor regarding the due diligence performed by the Advisor related to the legal proceedings involving DoubleLine and TCW, including discussions with counsel to DoubleLine, discussions with current clients of DoubleLine, and a review of pleadings, court rulings, and other similar materials.  The Board also considered the Advisor’s recommendation to retain DoubleLine as a sub-advisor to the Fund despite the pending legal proceedings involving DoubleLine.  Additionally, special outside legal counsel was engaged to review the publicly available records of the proceedings and to evaluate the merits of TCW’s allegations.  After considering the information received and such other factors as it considered to be relevant, the Board determined to accept the Advisor’s recommendation and engage DoubleLine as a sub-advisor to the Fund, and the Board determined that the likelihood of a material adverse impact on the viability of the Fund resulting from the proceedings should be remote.

Litigation and investigation and defense of any governmental inquiry or investigation can be expensive and time consuming, and their results can be unpredictable. There can be no assurances as to the outcome of these matters. The litigation and any governmental inquiry or investigation could consume a material amount of DoubleLine's resources thereby potentially impairing DoubleLine's ability to attract or retain talented personnel or otherwise effectively manage its portion of the Alternative Strategies Fund. In the event of an adverse outcome or if expenses of the litigation and related matters are greater than anticipated, DoubleLine's ability to manage its portion of the Alternative Strategies Fund may be materially impaired, and shareholders, or the viability of the Alternative Strategies Fund, could be adversely affected.  Please refer to the SAI for additional information.
 
 
 
Shareholder Services

The Alternative Strategies Fund is a no-load fund, which means that you pay no sales commissions of any kind.  Each business day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open, the Fund calculates its share price, which is also called the Fund’s NAV per share.  Shares are purchased at the next share price calculated after your investment is received and accepted.  Share price is calculated as of the close of the NYSE, normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Eligibility
The Alternative Strategies Fund is not registered for sale outside of the United States and is available for purchase only by residents of the United States of America, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Description of Classes
The Trust has adopted a multiple class plan.  The Alternative Strategies Fund offers two classes of shares – Institutional Class shares and Investor Class shares – in this Prospectus.  The two different classes of shares represent investments in the same portfolio of securities, but the classes are subject to different expenses and may have different share prices as outlined below:

·  
Institutional Class shares are not charged a Rule 12b-1 distribution and servicing fee, and are sold with no sales load.
·  
Investor Class shares are charged a 0.25% Rule 12b-1 distribution and servicing fee, and are sold with no sales load.

How to Buy Shares


Step 1

The first step is to determine the type of account you wish to open.  The following types of accounts are available to investors:

Individual or Joint Accounts
For your general investment needs:
Individual accounts are owned by one person.  Joint accounts can have two or more owners (tenants).

Retirement Accounts
Allow individuals to shelter investment income and capital gains from current taxes.  In addition, contributions to these accounts may be tax deductible.  Retirement accounts (such as individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), Rollover IRAs, Simplified Employee Pension Plans (“SEP IRAs”) and Roth IRAs) require specific applications and typically have lower minimums.

Other retirement plans, such as Keogh or corporate profit-sharing plans, 403(b) plans and 401(k) plans, may invest in the Alternative Strategies Fund.  All of these accounts need to be established by the plan’s trustee.  The Fund does not offer versions of these plans.

If you are investing through a tax-sheltered retirement plan, such as an IRA, for the first time, you will need an IRA Application and Adoption Agreement.  Retirement investing also involves separate investment procedures.
 
 

 
Gifts or Transfers to Minors (UGMA, UTMA)
To invest for a child’s education or other future needs:
These custodial accounts provide a way to give money to a child and obtain tax benefits. An individual can give up to $12,000 per year per child without paying a federal gift tax. Depending on state laws, you can set up a custodial account under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (“UGMA”) or the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (“UTMA”).

Trust
For money being invested by a trust:
The trust must be established before an account can be opened.  The Alternative Strategies Fund may require additional documentation regarding the formation of the trust prior to establishing an account.

Business or Organization
For investment needs of corporations, associations, partnerships or other groups:
The Alternative Strategies Fund does not require a special application.  However, the Fund may require additional information prior to establishing an account.

Step 2

How to Choose a Share Class

Before you buy shares in the Alternative Strategies Fund, you need to decide which class of shares best suits your needs.  Each class is essentially identical in legal rights and invests in the same portfolio of securities.  The difference in the fee structures between the classes for the Fund is primarily the result of its separate arrangements for shareholder and distribution services and is not the result of any difference in the amounts charged by Litman Gregory for investment advisory services.  Accordingly, the investment advisory expenses do not vary by class for the Fund.

Investor Class Shares
Investor Class shares may be appropriate if you intend to retain the services of a financial adviser, mutual fund supermarket, retirement plan or other financial intermediary.  Investor Class shares have adopted plans of distribution, or “12b-1 Plans,” which provide revenue that may be used to pay for the services of financial planners, mutual fund supermarkets, and other distribution activities, although Investor Class shares may not be available for purchase through some financial intermediaries.  Investor Class shares pay up to 0.25% of their average annual net assets for these services and activities.  You must invest a minimum of $1,000 in the Fund to open an account with Investor Class shares.

Institutional Class Shares
Institutional Class shares may be appropriate if you intend to make your own investment decisions and will invest directly with the Alternative Strategies Fund.  Institutional Class shares do not have 12b-1 Plans, and thus have a lower expense ratio, which will result in higher investment returns over time.  You must invest a minimum of $100,000 in the Fund to open an account in Institutional Class shares.  Institutional Class shares may not be available for purchase through some financial intermediaries.

Step 3

The third step involves determining the amount of your investment.  The Alternative Strategies Fund has established the following minimum investment levels for your initial investment, additional investments and ongoing account balances for Institutional Class shares and Investor Class shares:
 
 

 
 
Type of Account
Minimum Initial
Investment
Minimum Additional
Investment
Minimum
Account Balance
 
Regular
     
- Institutional Class
 $100,000
 $250
 $2,500
- Investor Class
     $1,000
 $100
    $250
Retirement Account
     
- Institutional Class
 $5,000
 $100
    $250
- Investor Class
    $500
 $100
    $250
 
Automatic Investment Account
     
- Institutional Class
 $2,500
 $250
 $2,500
- Investor Class
 $2,500
 $250
 $2,500

Step 4

The fourth step involves completing your application to open your account.  All shareholders must complete and sign an application in order to establish their account.  The type of application depends on the type of account you chose to open.  Regular investment accounts, including individual, joint tenant, UGMA, UTMA, business, or trust accounts, must complete the Alternative Strategies Fund’s standard New Account Application.  Shareholders who wish to establish retirement accounts must complete the IRA Application and Adoption Agreement.  Shareholders who wish to transfer retirement holdings from another custodian must also complete the IRA Transfer of Assets Form.  Be sure to complete the section of the application indicating the amount you are investing in the Fund.

Step 5

The final step in opening your account is to mail the completed application, along with your check payable to the Litman Gregory Alternative Strategies Fund.   The Fund does not accept third-party checks, money orders, cashiers checks, starter checks, official bank checks, credit cards, cash or checks or wires from foreign financial institutions. If you send any of these instruments, your purchase order will be rejected, and your investment in the Fund will be delayed.

The mailing addresses for the Fund are:

For Regular Delivery:
For Overnight Delivery:
The Litman Gregory Funds Trust
c/o Boston Financial Data Services
P.O. Box 219922
Kansas City, MO 64121-9922
The Litman Gregory Funds Trust
c/o Boston Financial Data Services
330 West Ninth Street
Kansas City, MO 64105

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, please note that the Fund’s transfer agent will verify certain information on your account application as part of the Fund’s Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program.  Until such verification is made, the Fund may temporarily limit share purchases.  As requested on the application, you should supply your full name, date of birth, social security number and permanent street address.  Mailing addresses containing only a P.O. Box will not be accepted.  Your information will be handled by us as discussed in our privacy notice.  Please contact the Fund’s transfer agent at 1-800-960-0188 if you need additional assistance when completing your application.

If you wish to open or add to your account by wire, please call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions.
 
 
 
After your account is open, you may increase the amount of your investment by:
·  
Mailing a check to the above addresses along with a letter or the form at the bottom of your account statement.  Be sure to put your account number on your check and in your letter, and please refer to Step 4 above for a list of instruments that will not be accepted for investment.
 
·  
Wiring money from your bank. Call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions.
 
·  
Making automatic investments if you signed up for the Automatic Investment Plan when you opened your account.
 

How to Sell Shares


You can arrange to take money out of your account at any time by selling (redeeming) some or all of your shares.  Your shares will be sold at the next NAV per share (share price) calculated after your order is received.

To sell shares in a non-retirement account, you may use any of the methods described in this section.  To sell shares in a retirement account, your request must be made in writing.

Certain requests must include a medallion guarantee.   This is designed to protect you and the Alternative Strategies Fund from fraud.  Your request must be made in writing and include a medallion guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

You wish to redeem more than $25,000 worth of shares.
 
Your account registration information has changed within the past 30 days.
 
The redemption check is being mailed to a different address from the one on your account (address of record).
 
The check is being made payable to someone other than the account owner.
 

Please note that there may be other special cases in which a Medallion Guarantee may be required.  Each signature must be guaranteed by an eligible signature guarantor, which must participate in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the leading signature guarantee program recognized by all major financial service associations throughout the United States and Canada.   You should be able to obtain a medallion guarantee from a bank, broker-dealer, credit union (if authorized under state law), securities exchange or association, clearing agency or savings association.  A notary public cannot provide a medallion guarantee.

Selling Shares by Letter
Write and sign a “letter of instruction” with:

Your Name
Your Fund’s account number
The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed

Please note the following special requirements for redeeming shares for different types of accounts:

·  
Individual, Joint Tenant, Sole Proprietorship, UGMA or UTMA Accounts: The letter of instruction must be signed by all persons required to sign for transactions, exactly as their names appear on the account.
 
 
 
·  
Retirement Account: The account owner should complete a Retirement Distribution Form. Call 1-800-960-0188 to request one.
 
·  
Trust Account: The trustee must sign the letter indicating capacity as trustee.  If a trustee’s name is not in the account registration, provide a copy of the trust document certified within the past 60 days.
 
·  
Business or Organization: At least one person authorized by corporate resolutions to act on the account must sign the letter.  Include a corporate resolution (certified within the past 6 months) with corporate seal or medallion guarantee.
 
·  
Executor, Administrator, Conservator or Guardian: Call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions.

Unless otherwise instructed, the Fund will send a check to the address of record.

Mail your letter to:

For Regular Delivery:
For Overnight Delivery:
The Litman Gregory Funds Trust
c/o Boston Financial Data Services
P.O. Box 219922
Kansas City, MO 64121-9922
The Litman Gregory Funds Trust
c/o Boston Financial Data Services
330 West Ninth Street
Kansas City, MO 64105

Selling Shares by Telephone
You must select this option on your New Account Application if you wish to use telephone redemption; it is not automatically available.   If you selected the telephone redemption option on your New Account Application, you can sell shares simply by calling 1-800-960-0188.  The amount you wish to redeem (up to $25,000) will be wired to your bank account (address of record).   This option is not available for retirement accounts.

Selling Shares by Wire
You must sign up for the wire feature before using it.  To verify that it is in place, please call 1-800-960-0188.  The minimum wire amount is $5,000.  Your wire redemption request must be received by the Alternative Strategies Fund before 4:00 p.m.  Eastern time for money to be wired the next business day.   This option is not available for retirement accounts.

Shareholder and Account Policies


Statements, Reports, and Inquiries
Statements and reports that the Alternative Strategies Fund sends you include the following:

·  
Confirmation statements (after every transaction that affects your account balance or your account registration)
 
·  
Financial reports (every six months)
 
·  
Account statements (every six months)
 

Boston Financial Data Services, the Fund’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”), is located at 330 West Ninth Street, Kansas City, Missouri, 64105.  You may call the Transfer Agent at 1-800-960-0188 if you have questions about your account.
 
 

 
Quasar Distributors, LLC, the Funds’ principal underwriter, is located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

Exchange Privilege
Shareholders may exchange shares among the Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund, the Litman Gregory Masters International Fund, the Litman Gregory Masters Value Fund, the Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund and the Litman Gregory Masters Focused Opportunities Fund, all of which are offered in a separate Prospectus, and the Alternative Strategies Fund, by mailing or delivering written instructions to the Transfer Agent.  Shares may only be exchanged for shares of the same share class.  Please specify the names and class of the applicable series of the Trust, the number of shares or dollar amount to be exchanged, and your name and account number.  You may not utilize an exchange to establish an account into a closed fund.

Exchanging Shares by Telephone
You must select this option on your New Account Application if you wish to use telephone exchange; it is not automatically available.   If you selected the telephone exchange option on your new account application, you may also exchange shares (maximum $25,000 worth) by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-800-960-0188 between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on a day that the NYSE is open for normal trading.  The Alternative Strategies Fund will suspend, without notice, the exchange privilege on any accounts it reasonably believes are being used by “market timers.”

Automatic Investment/Withdrawal Plans
One easy way to pursue your financial goals is to invest money regularly.  The Alternative Strategies Fund offers a convenient service that lets you transfer money into your Fund account automatically.  Although Automatic Investment Plans do not guarantee a profit and will not protect you against loss in a declining market, they can be an excellent way to invest for retirement, a home, educational expenses and other long-term financial goals.   The investment will automatically be processed through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) system.  Shares will be issued at the net asset value per share after the Fund accepts your order, which will typically be the day after you provide proper instructions to the Transfer Agent (assuming you do so prior to the close of the NYSE).

A systematic withdrawal plan permits you to receive a fixed sum on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis from accounts with a value of $5,000 or more.  Payments may be sent electronically to your bank of record or to you in check form.  Certain restrictions apply for retirement accounts.  Call 1-800-960-0188 for more information.

Share Price
The Alternative Strategies Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open.  The Fund calculates its NAV per share as of the close of business of the NYSE, normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

The Fund’s NAV per share is the value of a single share.  The NAV per share is computed by adding the value of the Fund’s investments, cash and other assets, subtracting its liabilities and then dividing the result by the number of shares outstanding.  The NAV per share is also the redemption price (price to sell one share).

The Fund’s assets are valued primarily on the basis of market quotations.  Securities and other assets for which reliable market quotations are not readily available will be valued at their fair value as determined under the guidelines established by, and under the general supervision and responsibility of, the Board.  Fair value pricing is intended to be used as necessary in order to accurately value the Fund’s portfolio securities and its net asset values.  The Fund’s SAI further describes the Fund’s valuation procedures.  Since securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges may trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not price its shares, the value of the Fund’s securities (and thereby its NAV) may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Fund’s shares.
 
 

 
General Purchase Information
·  
All of your purchases must be made in U.S. dollars, and checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.
 
·  
The Alternative Strategies Fund does not accept cash, money orders, cashiers checks, starter checks, official bank checks, credit cards or third-party checks.  If you send any of these instruments, your purchase order will be rejected, and your investment in the Fund will be delayed.
 
·  
If your check does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be liable for any losses or fees the Fund or the Transfer Agent incur.
 
·  
Your ability to make automatic investments may be immediately terminated if any item is unpaid by your financial institution.
 
·  
The Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order.  For example, a purchase order may be refused if, in Litman Gregory’s opinion, it is so large that it would disrupt management of the Fund.  Orders will also be rejected from persons believed by the Fund to be “market timers.”
 
 
12b-1 Plan
The Trust has adopted a Distribution Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (the “Distribution Plan”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, on behalf of the Alternative Strategies Fund.  Under the Distribution Plan, the Fund is authorized to pay the Fund’s distributor a fee for the sale and distribution of the Investor Class shares of the Fund and services the Fund’s distributor provides to shareholders.  The maximum amount of the fee authorized under the Distribution Plan is 0.25% of average daily net assets attributable to Investor Class shares for the Fund.   Because this fee is paid out of the Fund’s assets on an on-going basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment in the Fund and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.  Institutional Class shares are not subject to the Distribution Plan.

Buying and Selling Shares through Financial Intermediaries
You may buy and sell shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund through certain financial intermediaries (and their agents) that have made arrangements with the Fund to sell its shares.  When you place your order with such a financial intermediary or its authorized agent, your order is treated as if you had placed it directly with the Fund’s Transfer Agent, and you will pay or receive the next price calculated by the Fund.  The financial intermediary (or agent) may hold your shares in an omnibus account in the financial intermediary’s (or agent’s) name, and the financial intermediary (or agent) maintains your individual ownership records. The Fund may pay the financial intermediary (or agent) a fee for performing this account maintenance service.  The financial intermediary (or agent) may charge you a fee for handling your order.  The financial intermediary (or agent) is responsible for processing your order correctly and promptly, keeping you advised regarding the status of your individual account, confirming your transactions and ensuring that you receive copies of the Fund’s Prospectus.
 
 

 
Redemptions
·  
Normally, redemption proceeds will be mailed to you on the next business day, but if making immediate payment could adversely affect the Alternative Strategies Fund, it may take up to seven days to pay you.  The Fund may also delay payment if there have been changes in your mailing address or account registration within 30 days of the date of the redemption.
 
·  
Redemptions may be suspended or payment dates postponed when the NYSE is closed (other than weekends or holidays), when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as permitted by the SEC.
 
·  
If the amount you are redeeming from the Fund exceeds 1% of the Fund’s net assets or $250,000 during any 90-day period, the Fund reserves the right to honor your redemption request by distributing to you readily marketable securities instead of cash.  You may incur brokerage and other costs in converting to cash any securities distributed.
 

Fee Imposed on Certain Redemptions of Shares .
The Alternative Strategies Fund imposes a short-term redemption fee on redemptions or exchange of shares held for less than 180 days.  The fee is 2% of the redemption value and is deducted from the redemption proceeds.

The fee is retained by the Fund for the benefit of its long-term shareholders.  It is applied to discourage short-term trading of the Fund by market timers or other investors who do not share the long-term strategy of the Fund, and to reduce the expenses of long-term shareholders for the trading costs and other costs associated with short-term investment in the Fund.

The “first in, first out” (FIFO) method is used to determine the holding period; this means that if you bought shares on different days, the shares purchased first will be redeemed first for the purpose of determining whether the fee applies.

Redemption fees will not be charged on shares acquired by reinvestment of dividends or distributions from the Fund, on shares held in an account of a qualified retirement plan, such as a 401(k) plan or IRA account, or on shares held in an asset allocation plan administered by a financial intermediary, provided that such asset allocation plan has been pre-approved by the Fund for such waiver.

Policy Regarding Excessive Trading and Market Timing
The Board has adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of Alternative Strategies Fund shares by Fund shareholders.  These policies are summarized below and are implemented in part, through the Fund’s redemption fee described above.

Purchases and exchanges of shares of the Fund should be made for long-term investment purposes only.  The Fund, as a matter of policy, actively discourages market timing and excessive short term trading and may block accounts or take other action to prevent this type of activity.
 
 

 
Investors seeking to engage in excessive trading or market timing practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection and, despite the efforts of the Fund to prevent such trading, there is no guarantee that the Fund or its agents will be able to identify such investors or curtail their practices.  The ability of the Fund and their agents to detect and curtail excessive trading or short term trading practices may also be limited by operational systems and technological limitations.  In addition, the Fund receives purchase, exchange and redemption orders through financial intermediaries and cannot always know or reasonably detect excessive trading that may be facilitated by these intermediaries or by the use of omnibus account arrangements.  Omnibus accounts are common forms of holding Fund shares.  Entities utilizing such omnibus account arrangements may not identify customers’ trading activity in shares of the Fund on an individual basis.  Consequently, the Fund may not be able to detect frequent or excessive trading in Fund shares attributable to a particular investor who effects purchase and/or exchange activity in Fund shares through a broker, dealer or other financial intermediary acting in an omnibus capacity.  Also, there may be multiple tiers of these entities, each utilizing an omnibus account arrangement, which may further compound the difficulty to the Fund of detecting excessive or short duration trading activity in Fund shares.  In seeking to prevent disruptive trading practices in the Fund, the Fund and its agents consider the information actually available to them at the time.  However, the Fund’s distributor has entered into written shareholder information agreements with the Fund’s financial intermediaries under which each intermediary has agreed to, upon request, provide the Fund with certain shareholder and identity trading information and execute certain instructions from the Fund so that the Fund can enforce its disruptive trading policies.

The Fund reserves the right in its discretion to reject any purchase, in whole or in part (including, without limitation, purchases by persons whose trading activity in Fund shares Litman Gregory believes could be harmful to the Fund).  The Fund may decide to restrict purchase and sale activity in its shares based on various factors, including whether frequent purchase and sale activity will disrupt portfolio management strategies and adversely affect Fund performance.

Frequent purchases and redemptions of the Fund’s shares may present certain risks for the Fund and its shareholders. These risks may include, among other things, dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders, interference with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolios and increased brokerage and administrative costs.  The Fund may have difficulty implementing long-term investment strategies if it is unable to anticipate what portion of its assets it should retain in cash to provide liquidity to its shareholders.  The Fund may invest in non-U.S. securities; accordingly, there is an additional risk of undetected frequent trading in Fund shares by investors who attempt to engage in time zone arbitrage.  There can be no assurance that the Fund or Litman Gregory will identify all frequent purchase and sale activity affecting the Fund.

The Fund May Close Small Accounts.   Due to the relatively high cost of maintaining smaller accounts, the shares in your account (unless it is a retirement plan or custodial account) may be redeemed by the Fund if, due to redemptions you have made, the total value of your account is reduced to less than $2,500 (unless you invest in Investor Class shares only through a Regular Account, in which case less than $250).  If the Fund decides to make such an involuntary redemption, you will first be notified that the value of your account is less than $2,500 (or $250, as applicable), and you will be allowed 30 days to make an additional investment to bring the value of your account to at least $2,500 (or $250, as applicable,) before the Fund takes any action.

Unclaimed Property.   Your mutual fund account may be transferred to your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your state’s abandoned property laws.

Dividends, Capital Gains and Taxes


The Alternative Strategies Fund generally distributes substantially all of its net income and capital gains, if any, to shareholders each year.  Normally, dividends and capital gains are distributed in November or December.
 
 

 
Distribution Options
When you open an account, specify on your application how you want to receive your distributions.  If the option you prefer is not listed on the application, call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions.  The Alternative Strategies Fund offers three options:
 
·  
Reinvestment Option . Your dividend and capital gains distributions will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of the Fund.  If you do not indicate a choice on your application, you will be assigned this option.
 
·  
Income-Earned Option . Your capital gains distributions will be reinvested automatically, but you will be sent a check for each dividend distribution.
 
·  
Cash Option . You will be sent a check for your dividend and capital gains distributions ($10 minimum check amount).  The Fund will automatically reinvest all distributions under $10 in additional shares of the Fund, even if you have elected the cash option.  If the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver your check or if your check remains uncashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account at the Fund’s then current net asset value and to reinvest all subsequent distributions.

For retirement accounts, all distributions are automatically reinvested.  When you are over 59½ years old, you can receive distributions in cash.

When the Fund deducts a distribution from its NAV, the reinvestment price is the Fund’s NAV per share at the close of business that day.  Cash distribution checks will be mailed within seven days.

Understanding Distributions
As an Alternative Strategies Fund shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the Fund’s net income and gains on its investments.  The Fund passes its earnings along to investors as distributions.  The Fund earns dividends from stocks and interest from short-term investments.  These are passed along as dividend distributions.  The Fund realizes capital gains whenever it sells securities for a higher price than it paid for them.  These are passed along as capital gains distributions.

Taxes
As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in the Fund will be taxed.  If your account is not a tax-deferred retirement account, you should be aware of these tax implications.

Taxes on Distributions . Distributions are subject to federal income tax and may also be subject to state and local taxes.  If you live outside of the United States, your distributions could also be taxed by the country in which you reside.  Your distributions are taxable when they are paid, whether you take them in cash or reinvest them.  Distributions declared in December and paid in January, however, are taxable as if they were paid on December 31.

For federal tax purposes, the Alternative Strategies Fund’s income and short-term capital gains distributions are taxed as regular or “qualified” dividends; long-term capital gains distributions are taxed as long-term capital gains.  Every January, the Fund will send you and the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) a statement showing the taxable distributions.

Taxes on Transactions . Your redemptions, including transfers between series of the Trust, are subject to capital gains tax.  A capital gain or loss is the difference between the cost of your shares and the price you receive when you sell them.  Whenever you sell shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund, the Fund will send you a confirmation statement showing how many shares you sold and at what price.  You will also receive a consolidated transaction statement every January.  It is up to you or your tax preparer, however, to determine whether the sales resulted in a capital gain and, if so, the amount of the tax to be paid.  Be sure to keep your regular account statements; the information they contain will be essential in calculating the amount of your capital gains.
 
 

 
“Buying a Dividend.” If you buy shares just before the Alternative Strategies Fund deducts a distribution from its NAV, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of a taxable distribution.

There are tax requirements that all funds must follow in order to avoid federal taxation.  In their efforts to adhere to these requirements, the Fund may have to limit its investment activity in some types of instruments.

When you sign your New Account Application, you will be asked to certify that your Social Security or Taxpayer Identification number is correct and that you are not subject to 28% withholding for failing to report income to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”).  If you violate IRS regulations, the IRS can require the Fund to withhold 28% of your taxable distributions and redemptions.

Financial Highlights

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Alternative Strategies Fund’s financial performance since its commencement of operations.  However, because the Fund was recently created, it does not have a financial performance record.  Financial information for the fiscal period ending December 31, 2011 will be included in the Fund’s Annual Report, which will be available upon request free of charge after February 28, 2011.
 
 

 
Privacy Notice

The Alternative Strategies Fund may collect non-public personal information about you from the following sources:

•           Information we receive about you on applications or other forms;
•           Information you give us orally; and
•           Information about your transactions with us.

We do not disclose any non-public personal information about our shareholders or former shareholders without the shareholder’s authorization, except as required by law or in response to inquiries from governmental authorities.  We restrict access to your personal and account information to those employees who need to know that information to provide products and services to you.  We also may disclose that information to non-affiliated third parties (such as to brokers or custodians) only as permitted by law and only as needed for us to provide agreed services to you.  We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to guard your non-public personal information.

If you hold shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, such as a broker-dealer, bank, or trust company, the privacy policy of your financial intermediary would govern how your non-public personal information would be shared with non-affiliated third parties.
 
 

 
For More Information

Statement of Additional Information :

The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about the Alternative Strategies Fund.  A current SAI is on file with the SEC and is herein incorporated into this Prospectus by reference.  It is legally considered a part of this Prospectus.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports:

Additional information about the Alternative Strategies Fund’s investments will be available in the Fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.  In the Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during the last fiscal year.

The SAI, Annual Report to Shareholders and Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders are available, without charge, upon request.  To request an SAI, Annual Report to Shareholders or Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders, or to make shareholder inquiries or obtain other information about the Fund, please call 1-800-960-0188.  You may also obtain a copy of our SAI or Annual or Semi-Annual Reports, free of charge, by accessing our website (http://www.mastersfunds.com), or by writing to us.

SEC Contact Information:


If you have access to the Internet, you can view the SAI, the Annual or Semi-Annual Report and other information about the Alternative Strategies Fund on the EDGAR Database at the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Website at www.sec.gov.  You may also visit the SEC Public Reference Room in Washington D.C. to review and copy information about the Fund (including the SAI). Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling 1-202-551-8090.  You may request copies of information available on the EDGAR Database by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520 or by an electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov .  The SEC charges a duplicating fee for this service.

Fund Information:


Fund
Abbreviation
Symbol
CUSIP
Fund Number
Litman Gregory Alternative Strategies Fund
Alternative
     
Institutional Class
 
MASFX
53700T801
421
Investor Class
 
MASNX
53700T884
447

Website:

www.mastersfunds.com

Litman Gregory Funds Trust
P.O. Box 219922
Kansas City, MO 64121-9922
1-800-960-0188

Quasar Distributors, LLC, Milwaukee, WI 53202
© 2011 Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC. All rights reserved.

Investment Company Act File No: 811-0776
 
 
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund - Institutional Class – MASFX
Investor Class – MASNX


Statement of Additional Information

Dated September 2, 2011

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, and it should be read in conjunction with the prospectus dated September 2, 2011, as it may be amended from time to time, of Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Alternative Strategies Fund” or the “Fund”), a series of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”).  Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor” or “Litman Gregory” ) is the investment advisor of the Fund.  The Advisor has retained certain investment managers as sub-advisors (each a “Manager,” and, collectively, the “Managers”), each responsible for portfolio management of a segment of the Fund’s total assets.  A copy of the Fund’s prospectus may be obtained from the Trust without charge at 4 Orinda Way, Suite 200-D, Orinda, California 94563, telephone (800) 960-0188.
 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
FUND HISTORY

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on August 1, 1996 and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as an open-end management investment company. Prior to June 30, 2011, the Trust was known as the Masters’ Select Funds Trust.  From December 1997 through June 2011, the Trust was known as the Masters’ Select Investment Trust.  From August 1996, when the Trust was organized until December 1997, the Trust was known as the Masters Concentrated Select Trust.  The Trust consists of six separate series: Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund (the “Equity Fund”), Litman Gregory Masters International Fund (the “International Fund”), Litman Gregory Masters Value Fund (the “Value Fund”), Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund (the “Smaller Companies Fund”), Litman Gregory Masters Focused Opportunities Fund (the “Focused Opportunities Fund”), and the Alternative Strategies Fund.  This SAI relates only to the Alternative Strategies Fund.

The Equity Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1996.  On April 30, 2009, the existing unnamed class of shares was redesignated as the Institutional Class, and the Investor Class commenced operations.

The International Fund commenced operations on December 1, 1997.  On April 30, 2009, the existing unnamed class of shares was redesignated as the Institutional Class, and the Investor Class commenced operations.

The Value Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2000.  On April 30, 2009, the existing unnamed class of shares was redesignated as the Institutional Class.

The Smaller Companies Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2003.  On April 30, 2009, the existing unnamed class of shares was redesignated as the Institutional Class.

The Focused Opportunities Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2006.  On April 30, 2009, the existing unnamed class of shares was redesignated as the Institutional Class.

The Alternative Strategies Fund anticipates commencing operations on or about September 30, 2011.


The investment objective of the Alternative Strategies Fund is fundamental and therefore may be changed only with the favorable vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.  The Alternative Strategies Fund’s objective is set forth in the Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.  The discussion below supplements information contained in the prospectus as to the investment policies of the Alternative Strategies Fund.

Investment policies or descriptions that are described as percentages of “the Fund’s net assets” are measured as percentages of the Fund’s net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes.

Cash Position
When a Manager believes that market conditions are unfavorable for profitable investing, or when a Manager is otherwise unable to locate attractive investment opportunities, the Fund’s cash or similar investments may increase.  In other words, the Fund does not always stay fully invested in stocks and bonds.  Cash or similar investments generally are a residual - they represent the assets that remain after a portfolio manager has committed available assets to desirable investment opportunities.  However, the Advisor or a Manager may also temporarily increase the Fund’s cash position to protect its assets or maintain liquidity.  Partly because the Managers act independently of each other, the cash positions of the Fund may vary significantly.

When the Fund’s investments in cash or similar investments increase, it may not participate in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested in stocks or bonds.
 
 

 
Equity Securities
The Fund may invest in equity securities consistent with its investment objective and strategies.  Common stocks, preferred stocks and convertible securities are examples of equity securities.

All investments in equity securities are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time.  Historically, the equity markets have moved in cycles and the value of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio may fluctuate substantially from day to day.  Owning an equity security can also subject the Fund to the risk that the issuer may discontinue paying dividends.

To the extent the Fund invests in the equity securities of small or medium-size companies, it will be exposed to the risks of small- and medium-sized companies.  Such companies often have limited product lines or services, have narrower markets for their goods and/or services, and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies.  In addition, because these companies are not well-known to the investing public, they may not have significant institutional ownership and may be followed by relatively few security analysts, and there will normally be less publicly available information when compared to larger companies.  Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, can decrease the price and liquidity of securities held by the Fund.  As a result, as compared to larger-sized companies, the performance of smaller-sized companies can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of the Fund’s portfolio.

Common Stock.   A common stock represents a proportionate share of the ownership of a company and its value is based on the success of the company’s business, the cash a company generates, and the value of a company’s assets.  However, over short periods of time, the price of any company, whether successful or not, may increase or decrease in price by a meaningful percentage.  In addition to the general risks set forth above, investments in common stocks are subject to the risk that in the event a company in which the Fund invests is liquidated, the holders of preferred stock and creditors of that company will be paid in full before any payments are made to the Fund as a holder of that company’s common stock.  It is possible that all assets of that company will be exhausted before any payments are made to the Fund.

Preferred Stock .  Preferred stocks are equity securities that often pay dividends at a specific rate and have a preference over common stocks in dividend payments and liquidation of assets.  A preferred stock has a blend of the characteristics of a bond and common stock.  It can offer the higher yield of a bond and has priority over common stock in equity ownership, but does not have the seniority of a bond and, unlike common stock, its participation in the issuer’s growth may be limited.  Although the dividend is set at a fixed annual rate, in some circumstances it can be changed or omitted by the issuer.

Convertible Securities and Warrants.   The Fund may invest in convertible securities and warrants.  A convertible security is a fixed-income security (a debt instrument or a preferred stock) which may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same or a different issuer.  Convertible securities are senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar non-convertible securities.  While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar non-convertible security), a convertible security also affords an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock.

A warrant gives the holder the right to purchase at any time during a specified period a predetermined number of shares of common stock at a fixed price.  Unlike convertible debt securities or preferred stock, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend.  Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors, and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach or have reasonable prospects of reaching a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event the warrant may expire without being exercised, resulting in a loss of the Fund’s entire investment therein).
 
 

 
Other Corporate Debt Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in non-convertible debt securities of foreign and domestic companies over a cross-section of industries.  The debt securities in which the Fund may invest will be of varying maturities and may include corporate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar corporate debt instruments.  The value of a longer-term debt security fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than do shorter-term debt securities.

Risks of Investing in Debt Securities
There are a number of risks generally associated with an investment in debt securities (including convertible securities).  Yields on short-, intermediate-, and long-term securities depend on a variety of factors, including the general condition of the money and bond markets, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation, and the rating of the issue.

Debt securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields and are generally subject to potentially greater capital appreciation and depreciation than obligations with short maturities and lower yields.  The market prices of debt securities usually vary, depending upon available yields.  An increase in interest rates will generally reduce the value of such portfolio investments, and a decline in interest rates will generally increase the value of such portfolio investments.  The ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective also depends on the continuing ability of the issuers of the debt securities in which the Fund invests to meet its obligations for the payment of interest and principal when due.

Risks of Investing in Lower-Rated Debt Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest a portion of its net assets in debt securities rated below “Baa” by Moody’s, below “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or below investment grade by other recognized rating agencies, or in unrated securities of comparable quality under certain circumstances. Securities with ratings below “Baa” by Moody’s and/or “BBB” by S&P are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”  Such bonds are subject to greater market fluctuations and risk of loss of income and principal than higher rated bonds for a variety of reasons, including the following:

Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes.   The economy and interest rates affect high yield securities differently from other securities.  For example, the prices of high yield bonds have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments.  Also, during an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress which would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest obligations, to meet projected business goals, and to obtain additional financing.  If the issuer of a bond defaults, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery.  In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high yield bonds and the Fund’s asset values.

Payment Expectations.   High yield bonds present certain risks based on payment expectations.  For example, high yield bonds may contain redemption and call provisions.  If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, the Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors.  Conversely, a high yield bond’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of the Fund’s assets.  If the Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its high yield bonds without regard to their investment merits, thereby decreasing the asset base upon which the Fund’s expenses can be spread and possibly reducing the Fund’s rate of return.

Liquidity and Valuation.   To the extent that there is no established retail secondary market, there may be thin trading of high yield bonds, and this may impact a Manager’s ability to accurately value high yield bonds and the Fund’s assets and hinder the Fund’s ability to dispose of the bonds.  Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield bonds, especially in a thinly traded market.

Credit Ratings.   Credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield bonds.  Also, since credit rating agencies may fail to timely change the credit ratings to reflect subsequent events, a Manager must monitor the issuers of high yield bonds in the Fund’s portfolio to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the bonds’ liquidity so the Fund can meet redemption requests.  The Fund will not necessarily dispose of a portfolio security when its rating has been changed.
 
 

 
Risks of Investing in Distressed Companies
From time to time, the Alternative Strategies Fund, may purchase the direct indebtedness of various companies (“Indebtedness”), or participation interests in Indebtedness (“Participations”), including Indebtedness and Participations of reorganizing companies.  Indebtedness can be distinguished from traditional debt securities in that debt securities are part of a large issue of securities to the general public which is typically registered with a securities registration organization, such as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and which is held by a large group of investors.  Indebtedness may not be a security, but rather, may represent a specific commercial loan or portion of a loan which has been given to a company by a financial institution such as a bank or insurance company.  The company is typically obligated to repay such commercial loan over a specified time period. By purchasing the Indebtedness of companies, the Fund in effect steps into the shoes of the financial institution which made the loan to the company prior to its restructuring or refinancing.  Indebtedness purchased by the Fund may be in the form of loans, notes or bonds.

The length of time remaining until maturity on the Indebtedness is one factor the Managers consider in purchasing a particular Indebtedness.  Indebtedness which represents a specific Indebtedness of the company to a bank, is not considered to be a security issued by the bank selling it.  The Alternative Strategies Fund may purchase loans from national and state chartered banks as well as foreign banks, and they normally invest in the Indebtedness of a company which has the highest priority in terms of payment by the company, although on occasion lower priority Indebtedness also may be acquired.

Participations represent fractional interests in a company’s Indebtedness.  The financial institutions that typically make Participations available are banks or insurance companies, governmental institutions, such as the Resolution Trust Corporation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or certain organizations such as the World Bank, which are known as “supranational organizations.”  Supranational organizations are entities established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development.  The Alternative Strategies Fund also may purchase trade claims and other direct obligations or claims (“Trade Claims”) of reorganizing companies. Indebtedness, Participations and Trade Claims may be illiquid as described above.

Short-Term Investments
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in any of the following short-term securities and instruments:

Bank Certificates or Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits.  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.  Certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances acquired by the Fund will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic or foreign banks or financial institutions which at the time of purchase have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. Government.  If the Fund holds instruments of foreign banks or financial institutions, it may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a fund that invests only in debt obligations of U.S. domestic issuers.  See “Foreign Investments” below.  Such risks include those related to future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of withholding taxes by the particular country in which the issuer is located on interest income payable on the securities, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, the possible establishment of exchange controls and the possible adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these securities.
 
 

 
Domestic banks and foreign banks are subject to different governmental regulations with respect to the amount and types of loans that may be made and interest rates that may be charged.  In addition, the profitability of the banking industry depends largely upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions.  General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operations of the banking industry.

As a result of federal and state laws and regulations, domestic banks are, among other things, required to maintain specified levels of reserves, limited in the amount they can loan to a single borrower, and subject to other regulations designed to promote financial soundness.  However, such laws and regulations do not necessarily apply to foreign bank obligations that the Fund may acquire.

In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under its investment objectives and policies stated above and in its prospectus, the Fund may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks.  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.

Savings Association Obligations.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in certificates of deposit (interest-bearing time deposits) issued by savings banks or savings and loan associations that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million, based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such obligations is fully insured by the U.S. Government.

Commercial Paper, Short-Term Notes and Other Corporate Obligations.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and short-term notes.  Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations.  Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year.

Commercial paper and short-term notes in which the Fund may invest will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “AA-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by a Manager to be of comparable quality.  These rating symbols are described in Appendix A.

Corporate obligations include bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance longer-term credit needs than supported by commercial paper.  While such obligations generally have maturities of ten years or more, the Fund may purchase corporate obligations that have remaining maturities of one year or less from the date of purchase and that are rated “AA” or higher by S&P or “Aa” or higher by Moody’s.

Loan Participations and Assignments (Bank Debt)
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in bank debt, which includes interests in loans to companies or their affiliates undertaken to finance a capital restructuring or in connection with recapitalizations, acquisitions, leveraged buyouts, refinancings or other financially leveraged transactions and may include loans which are designed to provide temporary or bridge financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets, the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations.  These loans, which may bear fixed or floating rates, have generally been arranged through private negotiations between a corporate borrower and one or more financial institutions (“Lenders”), including banks.  The Fund’s investment may be in the form of participations in loans (“Participations”) or of assignments of all or a portion of loans from third parties (“Assignments”).

The Fund has the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling a Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower.  In connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the Participation.  Thus, the Fund assumes the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the Participation.  In addition, in connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no role in terms of negotiating or effecting amendments, waivers and consents with respect to the loans underlying the Participations.  In the event of the insolvency of the Lender, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower.
 
 

 
In certain cases, the rights and obligations acquired by the Fund through the purchase of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning selling institution.  Assignments are sold strictly without recourse to the selling institutions, and the selling institutions will generally make no representations or warranties to the Fund about the underlying loan, the borrowers, the documentation of the loans or any collateral securing the loans.

Investments in Participations and Assignments involve additional risks, including the risk of nonpayment of principal and interest by the borrower, the risk that any loan collateral may become impaired and that the Fund may obtain less than the full value for the loan interests sold because they may be illiquid.  Purchasers of loans depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of interest and repayment of principal.  If scheduled interest or principal payments are not made, the value of the instrument may be adversely affected.

Investments in loans through direct assignment of a financial institution’s interests with respect to a loan may involve additional risks.  For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.

A loan is often administered by a bank or other financial institution that acts as agent for all holders.  The agent administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement.  Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund may have to rely on the agent to apply appropriate credit remedies against a borrower.  If assets held by the agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on the loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal or interest.

Interests in loans are also subject to additional liquidity risks.  Loans are generally subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale.  Loans are not currently listed on any securities exchange or automatic quotation system, but are traded by banks and other institutional investors engaged in loan syndication.  As a result, no active market may exist for some loans, and to the extent a secondary market exists for other loans, such market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.  Consequently, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of Assignments or Participations in response to a specific economic event such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower, which can result in a loss.  In such market situations, it may be more difficult for the Fund to assign a value to Assignments or Participations when valuing the Fund’s securities and calculating its net asset value (“NAV”).

Money Market Funds
The Alternative Strategies Fund may under certain circumstances invest a portion of its assets in money market funds.  The 1940 Act generally prohibits the Fund from investing more than 5% of the value of its total assets in any one investment company or more than 10% of the value of its total assets in investment companies as a group, and also restricts its investment in any investment company to 3% of the voting securities of such investment company.  There are some exceptions, however, to these limitations pursuant to various rules promulgated by the SEC.   The Advisor and the Managers will not impose advisory fees on assets of the Fund invested in a money market mutual fund.  However, an investment in a money market mutual fund will involve payment by the Fund of its pro rata share of advisory and administrative fees charged by such fund.

Municipal Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in municipal securities.  Municipal securities are issued by the states, territories and possessions of the United States, their political subdivisions (such as cities, counties and towns) and various authorities (such as public housing or redevelopment authorities), instrumentalities, public corporations and special districts (such as water, sewer or sanitary districts) of the states, territories, and possessions of the United States or their political subdivisions.  In addition, municipal securities include securities issued by or on behalf of public authorities to finance various privately operated facilities, such as industrial development bonds, that are backed only by the assets and revenues of the non-governmental user (such as hospitals and airports).
 
 

 
Municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for a variety of public purposes, including general financing for state and local governments, or financing for specific projects or public facilities.  Municipal securities are classified as general obligation or revenue bonds or notes. General obligation securities are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue securities are payable from revenue derived from a particular facility, class of facilities, or the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source, but not from the issuer’s general taxing power.  The Fund will not invest more than 25% of its total assets in a single type of revenue bond. Private activity bonds and industrial revenue bonds do not carry the pledge of the credit of the issuing municipality, but generally are guaranteed by the corporate entity on whose behalf they are issued.

Municipal leases are entered into by state and local governments and authorities to acquire equipment and facilities such as fire and sanitation vehicles, telecommunications equipment, and other assets.  Municipal leases (which normally provide for title to the leased assets to pass eventually to the government issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt.  The debt-issuance limitations of many state constitutions and statutes are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that provide that the governmental issuer has no obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis.

Government Obligations
The Alternative Strategies Fund may make investments in U.S. Government obligations.  Such obligations include Treasury bills, certificates of indebtedness, notes and bonds, and issues of such entities as the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Export-Import Bank of the United States, Tennessee Valley Authority, Resolution Funding Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Federal Housing Administration, Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), and the Student Loan Marketing Association (“SLMA”).

Some of these obligations, such as those of the GNMA, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of the Export-Import Bank of United States, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others, such as those of the FNMA, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others, such as those of the SLMA, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.  No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to U.S. Government-sponsored instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so by law.

The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in sovereign debt obligations of foreign countries.  A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest in a timely manner may be affected by a number of factors, including its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and the political constraints to which it may be subject.  Emerging market governments could default on their sovereign debt.  Such sovereign debtors also may be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and other entities abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt.  The commitments on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a sovereign debtor’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations.  Failure to meet such conditions could result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debt in a timely manner.
 
 

 
Zero Coupon Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in zero coupon securities issued by the U.S. Treasury.  Zero coupon Treasury securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons and receipts, or certificates representing interests in such stripped debt obligations or coupons.  Because a zero coupon security pays no interest to its holder during its life or for a substantial period of time, it usually trades at a deep discount from its face or par value and will be subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities that make current distributions of interest.

Variable and Floating Rate Instruments
The Alternative Strategies Fund may acquire variable and floating rate instruments.  Such instruments are frequently not rated by credit rating agencies; however, unrated variable and floating rate instruments purchased by the Fund will be determined by a Manager under guidelines established by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) to be of comparable quality at the time of the purchase to rated instruments eligible for purchase by the Fund.  In making such determinations, a Manager will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuers of such instruments (such issuers include financial, merchandising, bank holding and other companies) and will monitor their financial condition.  An active secondary market may not exist with respect to particular variable or floating rate instruments purchased by the Fund.  The absence of such an active secondary market could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of the variable or floating rate instrument involved in the event that the issuer of the instrument defaults on its payment obligation or during periods in which the Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss to the extent of the default.  Variable and floating rate instruments may be secured by bank letters of credit.

Asset-Backed Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in asset-backed securities.  Asset-backed securities are securities issued by trusts and special purpose entities that are backed by pools of assets, such as automobile and credit-card receivables and home equity loans, which pass through the payments on the underlying obligations to the security holders (less servicing fees paid to the originator or fees for any credit enhancement).  Typically, the originator of the loan or accounts receivable paper transfers it to a specially created trust, which repackages it as securities with a minimum denomination and a specific term.  The securities are then privately placed or publicly offered.  For example, the Fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), and other similarly structured entities.  CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities.  A CBO is a trust, which is backed by a diversified pool of high-risk, below investment grade fixed-income securities.  A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.

The value of an asset-backed security is affected by, among other things, changes in the market’s perception of the asset backing the security, the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the loan pool, the originator of the loans and the financial institution providing any credit enhancement.  Payments of principal and interest passed through to holders of asset-backed securities are frequently supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a letter of credit, surety bond, limited guarantee by another entity or by having a priority to certain of the borrower’s other assets.  The degree of credit enhancement varies, and generally applies to only a portion of the asset-backed security’s par value.  Value is also affected if any credit enhancement has been exhausted.

Mortgage-Related Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in mortgage-related securities.  Mortgage-related securities are derivative interests in pools of mortgage loans made to U.S. residential home buyers, including mortgage loans made by savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others.  Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations.  The Fund may also invest in debt securities which are secured with collateral consisting of U.S. mortgage-related securities, and in other types of U.S. mortgage-related securities.
 
 

 
The effects of the sub-prime mortgage crisis that began to unfold in 2007 continue to manifest in nearly all the sub-divisions of the financial services industry.  Sub-prime mortgage-related losses and write downs among investment banks and similar institutions reached significant levels in 2008.  The impact of these losses among traditional banks, investment banks, broker/dealers and insurers has forced a number of such institutions into either liquidation or combination, while also drastically increasing the volatility of their stock prices.  In some cases, the U.S. government has acted to bail out select institutions, such as insurers; however the risks associated with investment in stocks of such insurers has nonetheless increased substantially.

Congress has passed legislation to provide the U.S. Department of the Treasury with the authority to issue up to $700 billion of Treasury securities to finance the purchase of troubled assets from financial institutions.  There can be no assurance that this legislation will cause the risks associated with investment in the stock market in general or in financial services company stocks to decrease.
 
U.S. Mortgage Pass-Through Securities.   Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates.  Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment that consists of both interest and principal payments.  In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities.  Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred.  Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-throughs.”  These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

The principal governmental guarantor of U.S. mortgage-related securities is GNMA, a wholly-owned United States Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development.  GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Agency or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration.

Government-related guarantors include FNMA and FHLMC.  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders and subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.  FNMA purchases conventional residential mortgages not insured or guaranteed by any government agency from a list of approved seller/services which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers.  FHLMC is a government-sponsored corporation created to increase availability of mortgage credit for residential housing and owned entirely by private stockholders.  FHLMC issues participation certificates which represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC’s national portfolio.  Pass-through securities issued by FNMA and participation certificates issued by FHLMC are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA and FHLMC, respectively, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

Although the underlying mortgage loans in a pool may have maturities of up to 30 years, the actual average life of the pool certificates typically will be substantially less because the mortgages will be subject to normal principal amortization and may be prepaid prior to maturity.  Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected by changes in market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of the pool certificates.  Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayments tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of the certificates.  Accordingly, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular pool.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”).   A domestic or foreign CMO in which the Fund may invest is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security.  Like a bond, interest is paid, in most cases, semiannually.  CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, FNMA or equivalent foreign entities.
 
 

 
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral.  CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid.  Monthly payment of principal and interest received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to the class having the earliest maturity date or highest maturity.  Classes that have longer maturity dates and lower seniority will receive principal only after the higher class has been retired.

Multi-class pass-through securities are equity interests in a pool of mortgage assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multi-class pass-through securities. Payments of principal of and interest on the mortgage assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the Fund to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multi-class pass-through securities. CMOs may be sponsored by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Under current law, every newly created CMO issuer must elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (a “REMIC”).

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes.  Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis.  The principal of and interest on the mortgage assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways.

In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. The Fund may also invest in, among others, parallel pay CMOs and Planned Amortization Class CMOs (PAC Bonds). Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class.  These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date.

Real Estate Investment Trusts
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).  REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in either real estate or real estate-related loans. REITs involve certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general (such as possible declines in the value of real estate, lack of availability of mortgage funds, or extended vacancies of property). Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended and changes in interest rates. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to risks associated with such industry. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, risks of default by borrowers, and self-liquidation. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks, including prepayment risk. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans the interest rates on which are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than more widely held securities. The Fund’s investment in a REIT may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received or may result in the Fund making distributions that constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. In addition, distributions by the Fund from REITs will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, or, generally, for treatment as qualified dividend income.
 
 

 
Foreign Investments and Currencies
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers that are not publicly traded in the United States.  The Fund may also invest in depositary receipts and in foreign currency futures contracts and may purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot basis.

Depositary Receipts.   Depositary Receipts (“DRs”) include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other forms of depositary receipts.  DRs are receipts typically issued in connection with a U.S. or foreign bank or trust company which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts.   A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures contracts, forward contracts:

·  
Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).
·  
Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to futures contracts which are traded only on exchanges regulated by the CFTC.
·  
Do not require an initial margin deposit.
·  
May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a commodities exchange.

Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies.   A “settlement hedge” or “transaction hedge” is designed to protect the Fund against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars “locks in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. The Fund may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific investments.

The Fund may use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge, sometimes referred to as a “position hedge,” would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Fund could also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Fund’s investment is denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a “proxy hedge,” could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value of such currency.
 
 

 
The Fund may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency, including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy, sometimes known as a “cross-hedge,” will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will cause the Fund to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.

It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract. Accordingly, the Fund may have to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the Fund may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

Risks of Investing in Foreign Securities.   Investments in foreign securities involve certain inherent risks, including the following:

Political and Economic Factors.   Individual foreign economies of certain countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the United States’ economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, diversification and balance of payments position.  The internal politics of certain foreign countries may not be as stable as those of the United States.  Governments in certain foreign countries also continue to participate to a significant degree, through ownership interest or regulation, in their respective economies.  Action by these governments could include restrictions on foreign investment, nationalization, expropriation of goods or imposition of taxes, and could have a significant effect on market prices of securities and payment of interest.  The economies of many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by the trade policies and economic conditions of their trading partners.  Enactment by these trading partners of protectionist trade legislation could have a significant adverse effect upon the securities markets of such countries.

Currency Fluctuations.   The Fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, a change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets denominated in that currency.  Such changes will also affect the Fund’s income.  The value of the Fund’s assets may also be affected significantly by currency restrictions and exchange control regulations enacted from time to time.

Market Characteristics.   The Managers expect that many foreign securities in which the Fund invests will be purchased in over-the-counter markets or on exchanges located in the countries in which the principal offices of the issuers of the various securities are located, if that is the best available market.  Foreign exchanges and markets may be more volatile than those in the United States.  While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and the Fund’s portfolio securities may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. Government securities.  Moreover, settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in United States markets, and may include delays beyond periods customary in the United States.  Foreign security trading practices, including those involving securities settlement where Fund assets may be released prior to receipt of payment or securities, may expose the Fund to increased risk in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer.

Transactions in options on securities, futures contracts, futures options and currency contracts may not be regulated as effectively on foreign exchanges as similar transactions in the United States, and may not involve clearing mechanisms and related guarantees.  The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by the imposition of different exercise terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States.  The value of the Fund’s positions may also be adversely impacted by delays in its ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States.
 
 

 
Legal and Regulatory Matters.   Certain foreign countries may have less supervision of securities markets, brokers and issuers of securities, and less financial information available to issuers, than is available in the United States.

Taxes.   The interest payable on certain of the Fund’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to the Fund’s shareholders.

Costs.   To the extent that the Fund invests in foreign securities, its expense ratio is likely to be higher than those of investment companies investing only in domestic securities, since the cost of maintaining the custody of foreign securities is higher.

Emerging markets.   Some of the securities in which the Fund may invest may be located in developing or emerging markets, which entail additional risks, including less social, political and economic stability; smaller securities markets and lower trading volume, which may result in a less liquidity and greater price volatility; national policies that may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries, or expropriation or confiscation of assets or property; and less developed legal structures governing private or foreign investment.

In considering whether to invest in the securities of a foreign company, a Manager considers such factors as the characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends and the performance of securities markets within the U.S. and those within other countries, and also factors relating to the general economic, governmental and social conditions of the country or countries where the company is located.  The extent to which the Fund will be invested in foreign companies and countries and depository receipts will fluctuate from time to time within the limitations described in the prospectus, depending on a Manager’s assessment of prevailing market, economic and other conditions.

Options on Securities and Securities Indices
Purchasing Put and Call Options.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may purchase covered “put” and “call” options with respect to securities which are otherwise eligible for purchase by the Fund and with respect to various stock indices subject to certain restrictions.  The Fund will engage in trading of such derivative securities primarily for hedging purposes.

If the Fund purchases a put option, the Fund acquires the right to sell the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option (for “American-style” options) or on the option expiration date (for “European-style” options).  Purchasing put options may be used as a portfolio investment strategy when a Manager perceives significant short-term risk but substantial long-term appreciation for the underlying security.  The put option acts as an insurance policy, as it protects against significant downward price movement while it allows full participation in any upward movement.  If the Fund is holding a stock which it feels has strong fundamentals, but for some reason may be weak in the near term, the Fund may purchase a put option on such security, thereby giving itself the right to sell such security at a certain strike price throughout the term of the option.  Consequently, the Fund will exercise the put only if the price of such security falls below the strike price of the put.  The difference between the put’s strike price and the market price of the underlying security on the date the Fund exercises the put, less transaction costs, will be the amount by which the Fund will be able to hedge against a decline in the underlying security.  If during the period of the option the market price for the underlying security remains at or above the put’s strike price, the put will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price the Fund paid for the put, plus transaction costs.  If the price of the underlying security increases, the profit the Fund realizes on the sale of the security will be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put may be sold.

If the Fund purchases a call option, it acquires the right to purchase the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option.  The purchase of a call option is a type of insurance policy to hedge against losses that could occur if the Fund has a short position in the underlying security and the security thereafter increases in price.  The Fund will exercise a call option only if the price of the underlying security is above the strike price at the time of exercise.  If during the option period the market price for the underlying security remains at or below the strike price of the call option, the option will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price paid for the option, plus transaction costs.  If the call option has been purchased to hedge a short position of the Fund in the underlying security and the price of the underlying security thereafter falls, the profit the Fund realizes on the cover of the short position in the security will be reduced by the premium paid for the call option less any amount for which such option may be sold.
 
 

 
Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be sold when it has remaining value by a purchaser through a “closing sale transaction,” which is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased.  The Fund generally will purchase only those options for which a Manager believes there is an active secondary market to facilitate closing transactions.

Writing Call Options. The Alternative Strategies Fund may write covered call options.  A call option is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute right to acquire the security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or cash equivalents in such amount as are held in a segregated account by the custodian).  The writer of a call option receives a premium and gives the purchaser the right to buy the security underlying the option at the exercise price.  The writer has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price during the option period. If the writer of an exchange-traded option wishes to terminate his obligation, he may effect a “closing purchase transaction.”  This is accomplished by buying an option of the same series as the option previously written.  A writer may not effect a closing purchase transaction after it has been notified of the exercise of an option.

Effecting a closing transaction in the case of a written call option will permit the Fund to write another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price, expiration date or both.  Also, effecting a closing transaction will permit the cash or proceeds from the concurrent sale of any securities subject to the option to be used for other investments of the Fund.  If the Fund desires to sell a particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, it will effect a closing transaction prior to or concurrent with the sale of the security.

The Alternative Strategies Fund will realize a gain from a closing transaction if the cost of the closing transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or if the proceeds from the closing transaction are more than the premium paid to purchase the option.  The Fund will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the cost of the closing transaction is more than the premium received from writing the option or if the proceeds from the closing transaction are less than the premium paid to purchase the option.  However, because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss to the Fund resulting from the repurchase of a call option is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying security owned by the Fund.

Stock Index Options. The Alternative Strategies Fund may also purchase put and call options with respect to the S&P 500 and other stock indices.  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price.  Upon exercise of the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the underlying futures contract.

Such options may be purchased as a hedge against changes resulting from market conditions in the values of securities which are held in the Fund’s portfolio or which it intends to purchase or sell, or when they are economically appropriate for the reduction of risks inherent in the ongoing management of the Fund.

The distinctive characteristics of options on stock indices create certain risks that are not present with stock options generally.  Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the Fund will realize a gain or loss on the purchase or sale of an option on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally rather than movements in the price of a particular stock.  Accordingly, successful use by the Fund of options on a stock index would be subject to a Manager’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally.  This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.
 
 

 
Index prices may be distorted if trading of certain stocks included in the index is interrupted.  Trading of index options also may be interrupted in certain circumstances, such as if trading were halted in a substantial number of stocks included in the index.  If this were to occur, the Fund would not be able to close out options which it had purchased, and if restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it holds, which could result in substantial losses to the Fund.  It is the policy of the Fund to purchase put or call options only with respect to an index which a Manager believes includes a sufficient number of stocks to minimize the likelihood of a trading halt in the index.

Risks of Investing in Options.   There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indices.  Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments and, therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves.  There are also significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objective. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of option of underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.  The extent to which the Fund may enter into options transactions may be limited by the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), with respect to qualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company.  See “Dividends and Distributions” and “Taxation.”

In addition, when trading options on foreign exchanges, many of the protections afforded to participants in United States option exchanges will not be available.  For example, there may be no daily price fluctuation limits in such exchanges or markets, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time.  Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost.  Moreover, the Fund as an option writer could lose amounts substantially in excess of its initial investment, due to the margin and collateral requirements typically associated with such option writing.  See “Dealer Options” below.

Dealer Options.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may engage in transactions involving dealer options as well as exchange-traded options.  Certain risks are specific to dealer options.  While the Fund might look to a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, if the Fund were to purchase a dealer option it would need to rely on the dealer from which it purchased the option to perform if the option were exercised.  Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by the Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction.

Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while dealer options may not.  Consequently, the Fund may generally be able to realize the value of a dealer option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the dealer who issued it.  Similarly, when the Fund writes a dealer option, the Fund may generally be able to close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer to whom the Fund originally wrote the option.  While the Fund will seek to enter into dealer options only with dealers who will agree to and which are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund will at any time be able to liquidate a dealer option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration.  Unless the Fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, is able to effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised.  In the event of insolvency of the other party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate a dealer option.  With respect to options written by the Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Fund.  For example, because the Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets which it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option.  This requirement may impair the Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.
 
 

 
The staff of the SEC has taken the position that purchased dealer options are illiquid securities.  The Fund may treat the cover used for written dealer options as liquid if the dealer agrees that the Fund may repurchase the dealer option it has written for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula.  In such cases, the dealer option would be considered illiquid only to the extent the maximum purchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.  Accordingly, the Fund will treat dealer options as subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities.  If the SEC changes its position on the liquidity of dealer options, the Fund will change its treatment of such instruments accordingly.

Foreign Currency Options .  The Alternative Strategies Fund may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies.  A put or call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell or purchase a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires.  The Fund will use foreign currency options separately or in combination to control currency volatility.  Among the strategies employed to control currency volatility is an option collar.  An option collar involves the purchase of a put option and the simultaneous sale of call option on the same currency with the same expiration date but with different exercise (or “strike”) prices.  Generally, the put option will have an out-of-the-money strike price, while the call option will have either an at-the-money strike price or an in-the-money strike price.  Foreign currency options are derivative securities.  Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits that may limit the ability of the Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options.

As with other kinds of option transactions, the writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received.  The Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses.  The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against exchange rate fluctuations; however, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to the Fund’s position, the Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.

Spread Transactions.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers.  These covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded.  The purchase of a spread option gives the Fund the right to put a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relationship to another security that the Fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark.  The risk to the Fund, in addition to the risks of dealer options described above, is the cost of the premium paid as well as any transaction costs.  The purchase of spread options will be used to protect the Fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities.  This protection is provided only during the life of the spread options.

Forward Currency Contracts
The Alternative Strategies Fund may enter into forward currency contracts in anticipation of changes in currency exchange rates.  A forward currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.  For example, the Fund might purchase a particular currency or enter into a forward currency contract to preserve the U.S. dollar price of securities it intends to or has contracted to purchase.  Alternatively, it might sell a particular currency on either a spot or forward basis to hedge against an anticipated decline in the dollar value of securities it intends to or has contracted to sell.  Although this strategy could minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, it could also limit any potential gain from an increase in the value of the currency.
 
 

 
Credit Default Swap Agreements
The “buyer” in a credit default swap contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract in return for a contingent payment upon the occurrence of a credit event with respect to an underlying reference obligation.  Generally, a credit event means bankruptcy, failure to pay, obligation acceleration or modified restructuring.  The Fund may be either the buyer or the seller in the transaction.  As a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between one month and five years, provided that no credit event occurs.  If a credit event occurs, the Fund typically must pay the contingent payment to the buyer, which is typically the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation.  The contingent payment may be a cash settlement or by physical delivery of the reference obligation in return for payment of the face amount of the obligation.  The value of the reference obligation received by the Fund as a seller if a credit event occurs, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund.  If the reference obligation is a defaulted security, physical delivery of the security will cause the Fund to hold a defaulted security.  If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund will lose its periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract.  However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer typically receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value.  The Fund intends to limit such activity to less than 10% of its assets.

In a single name credit default swap the underlying asset or reference obligation is a bond of one particular issuer or reference entity.  There are generally two sides to the swap trade: a buyer of protection and a seller of protection. If the reference entity of a credit default swap experiences what is known as a credit event (such as a bankruptcy, downgrade, etc.), then the buyer of protection (who pays a premium for that protection) can receive payment from the seller of protection. This is desirable because the price of those bonds will experience a decrease in value due to the negative credit event. There is also the option of physical, rather than cash, trade settlement in which the underlying bond or reference obligation actually changes hands, from buyer of protection to seller of protection.
 
The major tradable indexes for credit default swaps are: CDX, ABX, CMBX and LCDX.  The CDX indexes are broken out between investment grade, high yield, high volatility, crossover and emerging market.  For example, the CDX.NA.HY is an index based on a basket of North American (NA) single-name high yield credit default swaps. The crossover index includes names that are split rated, meaning they are rated “investment grade” by one agency, and “below investment grade” by another.

The CDX index rolls over every six months, and its 125 names enter and leave the index as appropriate. For example, if one of the names is upgraded from below investment grade to investment grade, it will move from the high yield index to the investment grade index when the rebalance occurs.

The ABX and CMBX are baskets of credit default swaps on two securitized products: asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities.  The ABX is based on asset-backed securities home equity loans and the CMBX on commercial mortgage-backed securities.  There are five separate ABX indexes for ratings ranging from ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB-’.  The CMBX also has the same breakdown of five indexes by ratings, but is based on a basket of 25 credit default swaps, which reference commercial mortgage-backed securities.

The LCDX is a credit derivative index with a basket made up of single-name, loan-only credit default swaps. The loans referred to are leveraged loans.  The basket is made up of 100 names.  Although a bank loan is considered secured debt, the names that usually trade in the leveraged loan market are lower quality credits (if they could issue in the normal investment grade markets, they would). Therefore, the LCDX index is used mostly by those looking for exposure to high-yield debt.
 
 

 
All of the aforementioned indexes are issued by the Credit Default Swaps Index Company and administered by Markit. For these indexes to work, they must have sufficient liquidity. Therefore, the issuer has commitments from the largest dealers (large investment banks) to provide liquidity in the market.

Futures Contracts and Related Options
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts as a hedge against changes in market conditions or interest rates.  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument.  Agreeing to buy the underlying financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in the contract.

The Fund may trade in such derivative securities for bona fide hedging purposes and otherwise in accordance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).  The Fund will segregate liquid assets in a separate account with its custodian when required to do so by CFTC guidelines in order to cover its obligation in connection with futures and options transactions.

No price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract.  When it enters into a domestic futures contract, the Fund will be required to deposit in a segregated account with its custodian an amount of cash or U.S. Treasury bills equal to approximately 5% of the contract amount.  This amount is known as initial margin.  The margin requirements for foreign futures contracts may be different.

The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in securities transactions. Futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the customer to finance the transactions.  Rather, the initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract which is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments (called variation margin) to and from the broker will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying stock index fluctuates, to reflect movements in the price of the contract making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable.  For example, when the Fund has purchased a stock index futures contract and the price of the underlying stock index has risen, that position will have increased in value and the Fund will receive from the broker a variation margin payment equal to that increase in value.  Conversely, when the Fund has purchased a stock index futures contract and the price of the underlying stock index has declined, the position will be less valuable and the Fund will be required to make a variation margin payment to the broker.

At any time prior to expiration of a futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s position in the futures contract.  A final determination of variation margin is made on closing the position.  Additional cash is paid by or released to the Fund, which realizes a loss or a gain.

In addition to amounts segregated or paid as initial and variation margin, the Fund must segregate liquid assets with its custodian equal to the market value of the futures contracts, in order to comply with Commission requirements intended to ensure that the Fund’s use of futures is unleveraged.  The requirements for margin payments and segregated accounts apply to both domestic and foreign futures contracts.

Stock Index Futures Contracts.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in futures contracts on stock indices.  Currently, stock index futures contracts can be purchased or sold with respect to the S&P 500 Stock Price Index on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the Major Market Index on the Chicago Board of Trade, the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index on the New York Futures Exchange and the Value Line Stock Index on the Kansas City Board of Trade.  Foreign financial and stock index futures are traded on foreign exchanges including the London International Financial Futures Exchange, the Singapore International Monetary Exchange, the Sydney Futures Exchange Limited and the Tokyo Stock Exchange.
 
 

 
Interest Rate or Financial Futures Contracts.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in interest rate or financial futures contracts.  Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market.  In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, generally within five business days after the trade.  In the futures market, a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date.  Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures markets have generally tended to move in the aggregate in concert with cash market prices, and the prices have maintained fairly predictable relationships.

The sale of an interest rate or financial futures contract by the Fund would create an obligation by the Fund, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price.  A futures contract purchased by the Fund would create an obligation by the Fund, as purchaser, to take delivery of the specific type of financial instrument at a specific future time at a specific price.  The specific securities delivered or taken, respectively, at settlement date, would not be determined until at or near that date.  The determination would be in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract sale or purchase was made.

Although interest rate or financial futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities, in most cases the contracts are closed out before the settlement date without delivery of securities. Closing out of a futures contract sale is effected by the Fund’s entering into a futures contract purchase for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument and the same delivery date.  If the price in the sale exceeds the price in the offsetting purchase, the Fund is paid the difference and thus realizes a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, the Fund pays the difference and realizes a loss.  Similarly, the closing out of a futures contract purchase is effected by the Fund’s entering into a futures contract sale.  If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain, and if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, the Fund realizes a loss.

The Alternative Strategies Fund will deal only in standardized contracts on recognized exchanges.  Each exchange guarantees performance under contract provisions through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit organization managed by the exchange membership.  Domestic interest rate futures contracts are traded in an auction environment on the floors of several exchanges – principally, the Chicago Board of Trade and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange.  A public market now exists in domestic futures contracts covering various financial instruments including long-term United States Treasury bonds and notes, GNMA modified pass-through mortgage-backed securities, three-month United States Treasury bills, and 90-day commercial paper.  The Fund may trade in any futures contract for which there exists a public market, including, without limitation, the foregoing instruments.  International interest rate futures contracts are traded on the London International Financial Futures Exchange, the Singapore International Monetary Exchange, the Sydney Futures Exchange Limited and the Tokyo Stock Exchange.

Interest Rate Caps, Floors and Collars.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may use interest rate caps, floors and collars for the same purposes or similar purposes as for which it uses interest rate futures contracts and related options. Interest rate caps, floors and collars are similar to interest rate swap contracts because the payment obligations are measured by changes in interest rates as applied to a notional amount and because they are generally individually negotiated with a specific counterparty. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specific index exceeds a specified interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below specified interest rates, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. The purchase of an interest rate collar entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds or falls below a specified interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate collar.

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may use foreign currency future contracts for hedging purposes.  A foreign currency futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a foreign currency at a specified price and time.  A public market exists in futures contracts covering several foreign currencies, including the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the British pound, the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc, and certain multinational currencies such as the European Currency Unit (“ECU”). Other foreign currency futures contracts are likely to be developed and traded in the future.  The Fund will only enter into futures contracts and futures options which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.
 
 

 
Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts. There are several risks related to the use of futures as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and movements in the price of the securities which are the subject of the hedge.  The price of the future may move more or less than the price of the securities being hedged.  If the price of the future moves less than the price of the securities which are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, the Fund would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all.  If the price of the securities being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the loss on the future.  If the price of the future moves more than the price of the hedged securities, the Fund will experience either a loss or a gain on the future which will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities which are subject to the hedge.

To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of securities being hedged and movements in the price of the futures contract, the Fund may buy or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of securities being hedged if the historical volatility of the prices of such securities has been greater than the historical volatility over such time period of the future.  Conversely, the Fund may buy or sell fewer futures contracts if the historical volatility of the price of the securities being hedged is less than the historical volatility of the futures contract being used.  It is possible that, when the Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the market may advance while the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may decline.  If this occurs, the Fund will lose money on the future and also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities.  However, the Advisor believes that over time the value of a diversified portfolio will tend to move in the same direction as the market indices upon which the futures are based.

Where futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities before the Fund is able to invest its cash (or cash equivalents) in securities (or options) in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead.  If the Fund then decides not to invest in securities or options at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, it will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of securities purchased.

In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the futures and the securities being hedged, the price of futures may not correlate perfectly with movement in the stock index or cash market due to certain market distortions.  All participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements.  Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the index or cash market and futures markets.  In addition, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market.  Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions.  As a result of price distortions in the futures market and the imperfect correlation between movements in the cash market and the price of securities and movements in the price of futures, a correct forecast of general trends by a Manager may still not result in a successful hedging transaction over a very short time frame.

Positions in futures may be closed out only on an exchange or board of trade which provides a secondary market for such futures.  Although the Fund may intend to purchase or sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time.  In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures position, and in the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.  When futures contracts have been used to hedge portfolio securities, such securities will not be sold until the futures contract can be terminated. In such circumstances, an increase in the price of the securities, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract.  However, as described above, there is no guarantee that the price of the securities will in fact correlate with the price movements in the futures contract and thus provide an offset to losses on a futures contract.
 
 

 
Most United States futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day.  The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session.  Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions.  Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Successful use of futures by the Fund is also subject to a Manager’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market.  For example, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting stocks held in its portfolio and stock prices increase instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of the stocks which it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions.  In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements. Such sales of securities may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market.  The Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

In the event of the bankruptcy of a broker through which the Fund engages in transactions in futures contracts or options, the Fund could experience delays and losses in liquidating open positions purchased or sold through the broker, and incur a loss of all or part of its margin deposits with the broker.

Options on Futures Contracts.   As described above, the Fund may purchase options on the futures contracts they can purchase or sell.  A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy (call) from or sell (put) to the writer of the option a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period of the option.  Upon exercise, the writer of the option is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the futures contract and the exercise price.  Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder or writer of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling, or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing transaction will realize a gain or loss.  There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Investments in futures options involve some of the same considerations as investments in futures contracts (for example, the existence of a liquid secondary market).  In addition, the purchase of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option.  Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the futures contract upon which it is based, or upon the price of the securities being hedged, an option may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or such securities.  In general, the market prices of options can be expected to be more volatile than the market prices on the underlying futures contracts.  Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, however, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts may frequently involve less potential risk to the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is limited to the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs).

Restrictions on the Use or Futures Contracts and Related Options.   The Alternative Strategies Fund may engage in transactions in futures contracts or related options primarily as a hedge against changes resulting from market conditions in the values of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio or which it intends to purchase and where the transactions are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks inherent in the ongoing management of the Fund.  The Fund may not purchase or sell futures or purchase related options for purposes other than bona fide hedging if, immediately thereafter, more than 25% of its net assets would be hedged.  The Fund also may not purchase or sell futures or purchase related options if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the amount of margin deposits on the Fund’s existing futures positions and premiums paid for such options would exceed 5% of the market value of the Fund’s net assets.

These restrictions, which are derived from current federal regulations regarding the use of options and futures by mutual funds, are not “fundamental restrictions” and may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust if applicable law permits such a change and the change is consistent with the overall investment objective and policies of the Fund.
 
 

 
The extent to which the Fund may enter into futures and options transactions may be limited by the Code requirements for qualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company.  See “Taxation.”

Repurchase Agreements
The Alternative Strategies Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio securities. Pursuant to such agreements, the Fund acquires securities from financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers as are deemed to be creditworthy by the Advisor or a Manager, subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase and the Fund’s agreement to resell such securities at a mutually agreed upon date and price.  The repurchase price generally equals the price paid by the Fund plus interest negotiated on the basis of current short-term rates (which may be more or less than the rate on the underlying portfolio security).  Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System or an equivalent foreign system.  The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the underlying securities at not less than 102% of the repurchase price under the agreement.  If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Fund holding the repurchase agreement will suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities are less than the repurchase price under the agreement.  Bankruptcy or insolvency of such a defaulting seller may cause the Fund’s rights with respect to such securities to be delayed or limited.  Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans under the 1940 Act.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements
The Alternative Strategies Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements.  The Fund typically will invest the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement in money market instruments or repurchase agreements maturing not later than the expiration of the reverse repurchase agreement.  The Fund may use the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements to provide liquidity to meet redemption requests when sale of the Fund’s securities is disadvantageous.

The Fund causes its custodian to segregate liquid assets, such as cash, U.S. Government securities or other high-grade liquid debt securities equal in value to its obligations (including accrued interest) with respect to reverse repurchase agreements. In segregating such assets, the custodian either places such securities in a segregated account or separately identifies such assets and renders them unavailable for investment.  Such assets are marked to market daily to ensure full collateralization is maintained.

Dollar Roll Transactions
The Alternative Strategies Fund may enter into dollar roll transactions.  A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Fund of a security to a financial institution concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to purchase a similar security from the institution at a later date at an agreed-upon price.  The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate as those sold, but generally will be collateralized by different pools of mortgages with different prepayment histories than those sold.  During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold.  Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional portfolio securities of the Fund, and the income from these investments, together with any additional fee income received on the sale, may or may not generate income for the Fund exceeding the yield on the securities sold.

At the time the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, it causes its custodian to segregate liquid assets such as cash, U.S. Government securities or other high-grade liquid debt securities having a value equal to the purchase price for the similar security (including accrued interest) and subsequently marks the assets to market daily to ensure that full collateralization is maintained.

When-Issued Securities, Forward Commitments and Delayed Settlements
The Alternative Strategies Fund may purchase securities on a “when-issued,” forward commitment or delayed settlement basis. In this event, the custodian will set aside cash or liquid portfolio securities equal to the amount of the commitment in a separate account.  Normally, the custodian will set aside portfolio securities to satisfy a purchase commitment. In such a case, the Fund may be required subsequently to place additional assets in the separate account in order to assure that the value of the account remains equal to the amount of the Fund’s commitment.  It may be expected that the Fund’s net assets will fluctuate to a greater degree when it sets aside portfolio securities to cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash.
 
 

 
The Fund does not intend to engage in these transactions for speculative purposes but only in furtherance of its investment objectives.  Because the Fund will set aside cash or liquid portfolio securities to satisfy its purchase commitments in the manner described, the Fund’s liquidity and the ability of a Manager to manage it may be affected in the event the Fund’s forward commitments, commitments to purchase when-issued securities and delayed settlements ever exceeded 15% of the value of its net assets.

The Fund will purchase securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis only with the intention of completing the transaction.  If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, the Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into, and may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date.  In these cases the Fund may realize a taxable capital gain or loss.  When the Fund engages in when-issued, forward commitment and delayed settlement transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade.  Failure of such party to do so may result in the Fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price credited to be advantageous.

The market value of the securities underlying a when-issued purchase, forward commitment to purchase securities, or a delayed settlement and any subsequent fluctuations in their market value is taken into account when determining the market value of the Fund starting on the day the Fund agrees to purchase the securities.  The Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date.

Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities.  These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest payments.  Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value.  Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because these securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate.  While these securities do not pay current cash income, the Code requires the holders of these securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on the securities accruing that year.  The Fund may be required to distribute a portion of that discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in periods of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.

Inflation-Linked and Inflation-Indexed Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in inflation-linked bonds. The principal amount of these bonds increases with increases in the price index used as a reference value for the bonds. In addition, the amounts payable as coupon interest payments increase when the price index increases because the interest amount is calculated by multiplying the principal amount (as adjusted) by a fixed coupon rate.

Although inflation-indexed securities protect their holders from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may result in a decline in value. The values of inflation-linked securities generally fluctuate in response to changes to real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation.  If inflation were to rise at a rate faster than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of the inflation-linked securities. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in the value of inflation-linked securities. If inflation is lower than expected during a period the Fund holds inflation-linked securities, the Fund may earn less on such bonds than on a conventional bond.  If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in inflation-linked securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the price index used as a reference for the securities. There can be no assurance that the price index used for an inflation-linked security will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Inflation-linked and inflation-indexed securities include Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities issued by the U.S. government (see the section “U.S. Government Securities” for additional information), but also may include securities issued by state, local and non-U.S. governments and corporations and supranational entities.
 
 

 
Borrowing
The Alternative Strategies Fund is authorized to borrow money from time to time for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes or for clearance of transactions in amounts up to 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets at the time of such borrowings.  The use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar objectives and policies.  Since substantially all of the Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, whereas the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing will be fixed by the terms of the Fund’s agreement with its lender, the asset value per share of the Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and to decrease more when its portfolio assets decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds.  In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds.  Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

Lending Portfolio Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may lend its portfolio securities in an amount not exceeding 10% of its total assets to financial institutions such as banks and brokers if the loan is collateralized in accordance with applicable regulations.  Under the present regulatory requirements which govern loans of portfolio securities, the loan collateral must, on each business day, at least equal the value of the loaned securities and must consist of cash, letters of credit of domestic banks or domestic branches of foreign banks, or securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies.  To be acceptable as collateral, letters of credit must obligate a bank to pay amounts demanded by the Fund if the demand meets the terms of the letter.  Such terms and the issuing bank would have to be satisfactory to the Fund.  Any loan might be secured by any one or more of the three types of collateral.  The terms of the Fund’s loans must permit the Fund to reacquire loaned securities on five days’ notice or in time to vote on any serious matter and must meet certain tests under the Code.

Short Sales
The Alternative Strategies Fund is authorized to make short sales of securities which it does not own or have the right to acquire. In a short sale, the Fund sells a security that it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security.  To complete the sale, the Fund must borrow the security (generally from the broker through which the short sale is made) in order to make delivery to the buyer.  The Fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement.  The Fund is said to have a “short position” in the securities sold until it delivers them to the broker.  The period during which the Fund has a short position can range from one day to more than a year.  Until the security is replaced, the proceeds of the short sale are retained by the broker, and the Fund is required to pay to the broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan.  To meet current margin requirements, the Fund is also required to deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that the total deposit with the broker is maintained daily at 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short (100% of the current market value if a security is held in the account that is convertible or exchangeable into the security sold short within 90 days without restriction other than the payment of money).

Short sales by the Fund create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique.  Since the Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s net asset value per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales.  The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale.  Furthermore, under adverse market conditions the Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.
 
 

 
Illiquid Securities
The Alternative Strategies Fund may not invest more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities, including restricted securities that are not deemed to be liquid by the Manager.  The Advisor and the Managers will monitor the amount of illiquid securities in the Fund’s portfolio, under the supervision of the Board, to ensure compliance with the Fund’s investment restrictions.

Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days.  Securities which have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placement or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market.  Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation.  Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and the Fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemption within seven days.  The Fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay.  Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes.  Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.  If such securities are subject to purchase by institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, the Manager, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board, may determine that such securities are not illiquid securities notwithstanding their legal or contractual restrictions on resale.  In all other cases, however, securities subject to restrictions on resale will be deemed illiquid.

Exchange-Traded Funds
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), which are a type of index fund bought and sold on a securities exchange.  An ETF trades like common stock and represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index.  The Fund could purchase an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or a foreign market while awaiting purchase of underlying securities.  The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities they are designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile and ETFs have management fees that increase their costs.  ETFs are also subject to other risks, including the risk that their prices may not correlate perfectly with changes in the underlying index and the risk of possible trading halts due to market conditions or other reasons that, in the view of the exchange upon which an ETF trades, would make trading in the ETF inadvisable.  An exchange-traded sector fund may also be adversely affected by the performance of that specific sector or group of industries on which it is based. Investments in ETFs are generally subject to limits in the 1940 Act on investments in other investment companies.

Merger Arbitrage
The Alternative Strategies Fund may utilize merger arbitrage as an investment strategy.  Merger arbitrage is a highly specialized investment approach designed to profit from the successful completion of mergers, takeovers, tender offers, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations and other corporate reorganizations.  The most common arbitrage activity, and the approach the Fund generally will use, involves purchasing the shares of an announced acquisition target company at a discount to their expected value upon completion of the acquisition.  The Managers may sell securities short when the terms of a proposed acquisition call for the exchange of common stock and/or other securities.  In such a case, the common stock of the company to be acquired may be purchased and, at approximately the same time, an equivalent amount of the acquiring company’s common stock and/or other securities may be sold short.  The Fund generally engages in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.
 
 

 
Convertible Arbitrage
The Alternative Strategies Fund may utilize convertible arbitrage as an investment strategy.  Convertible Arbitrage is a specialized strategy that seeks to profit from mispricings between a firm’s convertible securities and its underlying equity.  The most common convertible arbitrage approach matches a long position in the convertible security with a short position in the underlying common stock.  The Fund seeks to purchase convertible securities at discounts to their expected future values and sell short shares of the underlying common stock in order to mitigate equity market movements.  As stock prices rise and the convertible security becomes more equity sensitive, the Fund will sell short additional common shares in order to maintain the relationship between the convertible security and the underlying common stock.  As stock prices fall, the Fund will typically buy back a portion of shares which it had sold short.  Positions are typically designed to earn income from coupon or dividend payments, and from the short sale of common stock.

Capital Structure Arbitrage
The Alternative Strategies Fund may utilize capital structure arbitrage as an investment strategy.  This strategy attempts to take advantage of relative pricing discrepancies between related debt and/or equity securities.  For example, the Fund may purchase a senior secured security of an issuer and sell short an unsecured security of the same issuer.  In this example the trade would be profitable if credit quality spreads widened or if the issuer went bankrupt and the recovery rate for the senior debt was higher.  Another example might involve the Fund purchasing one class of common stock while selling short a different class of common stock of the same issuer.  It is expected that, over time, the relative mispricing of the securities will disappear, at which point the position will be liquidated.

Initial Public Offerings
The Alternative Strategies Fund may purchase securities of companies in initial public offerings (“IPOs”).  By definition, IPOs have not traded publicly until the time of their offerings.  Special risks associated with IPOs may include a limited number of shares available for trading, unseasoned trading, lack of investor knowledge of the company, and limited operating history, all of which may contribute to price volatility.  Many IPOs are issued by undercapitalized companies of small or micro cap size.  The effect of IPOs on the Fund’s performance depends on a variety of factors, including the number of IPOs the Fund invests in relative to the size of the Fund and whether and to what extent a security purchased in an IPO appreciates or depreciates in value.  As the Fund’s asset base increases, IPOs often have a diminished effect on such Fund’s performance.

Risks of Investing in Small Companies
The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in securities of small companies.  Additional risks of such investments include the markets on which such securities are frequently traded.  In many instances the securities of smaller companies are traded only over-the-counter or on a regional securities exchange, and the frequency and volume of their trading is substantially less than is typical of larger companies.  Therefore, the securities of smaller companies may be subject to greater and more abrupt price fluctuations.  When making large sales, the Fund may have to sell portfolio holdings at discounts from quoted prices or may have to make a series of small sales over an extended period of time due to the trading volume of smaller company securities.  Investors should be aware that, based on the foregoing factors, an investment in the Fund may be subject to greater price fluctuations than an investment in a fund that invests exclusively in larger, more established companies.  A Manager’s research efforts may also play a greater role in selecting securities for the Fund than in a fund that invests in larger, more established companies.

Investment Restrictions
The Trust (on behalf of the Fund) has adopted the following restrictions as fundamental policies, which may not be changed without the favorable vote of the holders of a “majority,” as defined in the 1940 Act, of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.  Under the 1940 Act, the “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the vote of the holders of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of its outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
 
 

 
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund is diversified; i.e. , as to 75% of the value of its total assets: (i) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities); and (ii) the Fund may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.  The Alternative Strategies Fund’s investment objective is also fundamental.

In addition, the Fund may not:

1.   Issue senior securities, except as otherwise permitted by its fundamental policy on borrowing;
 
2.  Borrow money, except that it may (a) borrow from banks (as defined in the 1940 Act) in amounts up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed), (b) borrow amounts equal to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, (c) engage in transactions in mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements, make leveraged investments, and engage in other transactions that may entail the use of leverage, where, if necessary to comply with Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, the Fund sets aside in a segregated account, and marks to market daily, liquid securities, such as cash, U.S. government securities, or high-grade debt obligations, equal to the Fund’s potential obligation or economic exposure under these transactions and instruments;
3.   Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of transactions;

4.   Act as underwriter (except to the extent the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the sale of securities in its investment portfolio);

5.   Invest 25% or more of its total assets, calculated at the time of purchase and taken at market value, in any one industry (other than U.S. Government securities);
 
6.   Purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate, except that (i) the Fund may purchase securities backed by real estate or interests therein, or issued by companies, including real estate investment trusts, which invest in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) the Fund may acquire and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of debt obligations secured by real estate or interests therein. (For purposes of this restriction, investments by a Fund in mortgage-backed securities and other securities representing interests in mortgage pools shall not constitute the purchase or sale of real estate or interests in real estate or real estate mortgage loans).
7.   Purchase or sell commodities or commodity futures contracts, except that the Fund may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts and currency and financial futures contracts and related options in accordance with any rules of the CFTC; or

8.   Make loans of money (except for purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund and except for repurchase agreements).
 
9.   Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.
 
The Alternative Strategies Fund observes the following restrictions as a matter of operating but not fundamental policy, pursuant to positions taken by federal regulatory authorities, which may be changed by a vote of the Board at any time:

The Fund may not:

1.   Invest in the securities of other investment companies or purchase any other investment company’s voting securities or make any other investment in other investment companies except to the extent permitted by federal law.  (Generally, the 1940 Act prohibits the Fund from investing more than 5% of the value of its total assets in any one investment company or more than 10% of the value of its total assets in investment companies as a group, and also restricts its investment in any investment company to 3% of the voting securities of such investment company.  There are some exceptions, however, to these limitations pursuant to various rules promulgated by the SEC.)

2.   Invest more than 15% of its net assets in securities that are restricted as to disposition or otherwise are illiquid or have no readily available market (except for securities that are determined by a Manager, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, to be liquid).
 
 

 

The overall management of the business and affairs of the Trust is vested with its Board, which is responsible for protecting the interests of shareholders.  The Trustees are experienced executives who will meet throughout the year to oversee the activities of the Fund, review the compensation arrangements between the Advisor and the Managers, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Fund, including the Advisor, Managers, and the Fund’s administrator, custodian and transfer agent, and review the Fund’s performance.  The day-to-day operations of the Trust are delegated to its officers, subject to the investment objectives of each series of the Trust and Trust policies and to general supervision by the Board.  A majority of the Trustees are not otherwise affiliated with the Advisor or any of the Managers.

Independent Trustees*

Name, Address and Year Born
Position(s) Held with the Trust
Term of Office and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
# of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee
Other Directorships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
A. George Battle
4 Orinda Way, Suite 200D
Orinda, CA  94563
(born 1944)
Independent Trustee
Open-ended term;
served since inception
Executive Chairman, Ask Jeeves, Inc. (technology) from 2004 to 2005; Chief Executive Officer, Ask Jeeves from 2000 to 2003; Senior Fellow, The Aspen Institute since 1995.
 
6
Advent Software; Expedia Inc; Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.; Netflix Inc.
Frederick August Eigenbrod, Jr., Ph.D.
4 Orinda Way, Suite 200D
Orinda, CA  94563
(born 1941)
Independent Trustee
Open-ended term;
served since inception
Vice President, RoutSource Consulting Services (organizational planning and development) since 2002.
 
6
None
Harold M. Shefrin, Ph.D.
4 Orinda Way, Suite 200D
Orinda, CA  94563
(born 1948)
 
Independent Trustee
Open-ended term;
served since February 2005
Professor, Department of Finance, Santa Clara University since 1979.
6
SA Funds – Investment Trust
 
Taylor M. Welz
2431 W. March Lane, Suite 100
Stockton, CA 95207
(born 1959)
Independent Trustee
Open-ended term;
served since inception
CPA/PFS, CFP; President, CCO & Sole Owner, Welz Financial Services, Inc.(investment advisory services and retirement planning), since 2007; Partner and Chief Compliance Officer, Bowman & Company LLP (certified public accountants) from 1987 to 2007.
6
None
* The term “Independent Trustees” used herein refers to those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust as defined under the 1940 Act.
 
 

 
Interested Trustees & Officers

 
Name, Address and Year Born
 
Position(s) Held with the Trust
 
Term of Office and Length of Time Served
 
Principal Occupation (s)
During Past Five Years
 
# of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee
 
Other Directorships Held by Trustee/Officer During Past Five Years
Kenneth E. Gregory*
4 Orinda Way, Suite 200D
Orinda, CA 94563
(born 1957)
President and Trustee
Open-ended term;
served since inception
President of the Advisor; President and Chief Strategist of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC (investment advisors); President of Litman Gregory Research, Inc. (publishers); and Officer of Litman Gregory Analytics, LLC (web based publisher of financial research) since 2000.
 
6
None
Craig A. Litman*
100 Larkspur Landing Circle
Suite 204
Larkspur, CA 94939
(born 1946)
Secretary and Trustee
Open-ended term;
served since inception
Treasurer and Secretary of the Advisor; Vice President and Secretary of Litman Gregory Research, Inc.; and Chairman of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC since 2000.
6
None
Jeremy DeGroot*
4 Orinda Way, Suite 200D
Orinda, CA 94563
(born 1963)
Assistant Secretary and Trustee
Open-ended term;
served since December 2008
Chief Investment Officer of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC since 2008.
6
None
John Coughlan
4 Orinda Way, Suite 200D
Orinda, CA 94563
(born 1956)
Treasurer and Chief Compliance Officer
Open-ended term; served as Treasurer since inception, and as Chief Compliance Officer since September 2004
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Compliance Officer, Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC since 2004.
N/A
None
  * Denotes Trustees who are “interested persons” of the Trust, as such term is defined under the 1940 Act, because of their relationship with the Advisor (the “Interested Trustees”).


Additional Information Concerning Our Board of Trustees

The Role of the Board

The Board oversees the management and operations of the Trust. Like most mutual funds, the day-to-day management and operation of the Trust is performed by various service providers to the Trust, such as the Advisor, the Managers, and the Trust’s distributor, administrator, custodian, and transfer agent, each of which is discussed in greater detail in this SAI. The Board has appointed senior employees of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with the responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trust’s operations.  In conducting this oversight, the Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trust’s operations. For example, investment officers report on the performance of each series of the Trust. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who administers the Trust’s compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters. Some of these reports are provided as part of formal “Board Meetings,” which are typically held quarterly, in person, and involve the Board’s review of recent Trust operations. From time to time, one or more members of the Board may also meet with management in less formal settings, between formal “Board Meetings,” to discuss various topics. In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trust’s investments, operations or activities.
 
 

 
Board Structure , Leadership

The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to perform its oversight function effectively. It has established three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Valuation Committee, which are discussed in greater detail under “ Board of Trustees – Board Committees” below. More than 50% of the members of the Board are Independent Trustees, and each of the Audit Committee and Nominating Committee are comprised entirely of Independent Trustees.  The Board does not currently have a designated lead Independent Trustee.  The Board believes that it is not necessary to designate a lead Independent Trustee because of the relatively small size of the Board, the good working relationship among the Board members, and the fact that all of the Independent Trustees also serve on the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee.  The Independent Trustees also prefer to remain equally involved in Board matters.  The Independent Trustees have engaged their own independent counsel to advise them on matters relating to their responsibilities in connection with the Trust.

Presently, Mr. Gregory serves as the Chairman of the Board and President of the Advisor.  Mr. Gregory is an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, by virtue of his employment relationship with the Advisor.  In developing the Board’s structure, the Board has determined that Mr. Gregory’s history with the Trust, familiarity with the investment objectives of each series of the Trust and extensive experience in the field of investments qualifies him to serve as the Chairman of the Board. The Board has also determined that the function and composition of the Audit Committee and Nominating Committees are appropriate means to address any potential conflicts of interest that may arise from the Chairman’s status as an Interested Trustee.

The Board reviews its leadership structure periodically as part of its annual self-assessment process and believes that its structure is appropriate to enable the Board to exercise its oversight of the Trust given the following specific characteristics: (i) the Advisor’s role in the operation of the Trust’s business and in the selection and oversight of each Manager; (ii) Messrs. Gregory, Litman and DeGroot’s additional roles with the Advisor, which enhance the Board’s understanding of the operations of the Advisor and each Manager and the Board’s oversight of risk management; (iii) the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through its standing committees, each of which, except for the Valuation Committee, is comprised solely of all of the Independent Trustees; and (iv) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet as needed, together with their independent legal counsel, in the absence of members of management and members of the Board who are “interested persons” of the Trust.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

As part of its oversight function, the Board receives and reviews various risk management reports and assessments and discusses these matters with appropriate management and other personnel. Risk management is a broad concept comprised of many disparate elements (such as, for example, investment risk, issuer and counterparty risk, compliance risk, operational risk and business continuity risk).  Consequently, Board oversight of different types of risks is handled in different ways.  In the course of providing oversight, the Board and its committees receive reports on the Trust’s activities regarding the Trust’s investment portfolios and its financial accounting and reporting.  The Board also receives periodic reports as to how the Advisor conducts service provider oversight and how it monitors for other risks, such as derivatives risk, business continuity risks and risks that might be present with individual Managers or specific investment strategies. The Audit Committee meets regularly with the Chief Compliance Officer to discuss compliance and operational risks. The Audit Committee’s meetings with the Treasurer and the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm also contribute to its oversight of certain internal control risks. The full Board receives reports from the Advisor as to investment risks as well as other risks that may be also discussed in the Audit Committee.
 
 

 
The Trust believes that the Board’s role in risk oversight must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and that its existing role in risk oversight is appropriate.  However, not all risks that may affect the Trust can be identified or processes and controls developed to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects, and some risks are beyond any control of the Trust, the Advisor or its affiliates or other service providers.
 
Information about Each Trustee’s Qualification, Experience, Attributes or Skills

The Board believes that each of the Trustees has the qualifications, experience, attributes and skills (“Trustee Attributes”) appropriate to their continued service as Trustees of the Trust in light of the Trust’s business and structure. Each of the Trustees has a demonstrated record of business and professional accomplishment that indicates that they have the ability to critically review, evaluate and assess information provided to them. Certain of these business and professional experiences are set forth in detail in the charts above. In addition, certain of the Trustees have served on boards for organizations other than the Trust, and each of the Trustees has served on the Board of the Trust for a number of years. They therefore have substantial boardroom experience and, in their service to the Trust, have gained substantial insight as to the operation of the Trust and have demonstrated a commitment to discharging oversight duties as Trustees in the interest of shareholders.

In addition to the information provided in the charts above, certain additional information concerning each particular Trustee and certain of their Trustee Attributes is provided below. The information provided below, and in the charts above, is not all-inclusive. Many Trustee Attributes involve intangible elements, such as intelligence, work ethic, and the ability to work together, to communicate effectively, to exercise judgment, to ask incisive questions, to manage people and problems, and to develop solutions. The Board annually conducts a self-assessment wherein the effectiveness of the Board and individual Trustees is reviewed.  In conducting its annual self-assessment, the Board has determined that the Trustees have the appropriate attributes and experience to continue to serve effectively as Trustees of the Trust.

The summaries set forth below as to the qualifications, attributes, and skills of the Trustees are furnished in response to disclosure requirements imposed by the SEC, do not constitute any representation or guarantee that the Board or any Trustee has any special expertise or experience, and do not impose any greater or additional responsibility or obligation on, or change any standard of care applicable to, any such person or the Board as a whole than otherwise would be the case.

Mr. Gregory’s Trustee Attributes include his position as President of the Advisor.  In this position, Mr. Gregory has intimate knowledge of the Trust and its operations, personnel and financial resources. His position of influence and responsibility at the Advisor, in addition to his knowledge of the Advisor, has been determined to be valuable to the Board in its oversight of the Trust.  In addition, Mr. Gregory co-founded Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC and has served as its Chief Investment Officer and Chief Strategist.  Mr. Gregory also serves as co-portfolio manager of each series of the Trust.

Mr. Litman’s Trustee Attributes include his positions as Treasurer and Secretary of the Advisor.  In these positions, Mr. Litman has intimate knowledge of the Trust and its operations, personnel and financial resources.  His position of influence and responsibility at the Advisor, in addition to his knowledge of the Advisor, has been determined to be valuable to the Board in its oversight of the Trust.  In addition, Mr. Litman serves as Vice President and Secretary of Litman Gregory Research, Inc. and Chairman of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC.

Mr. DeGroot’s Trustee Attributes include his position as Chief Investment Officer of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC.  In this position, Mr. DeGroot is responsible for overseeing Manager due diligence, asset class research and tactical allocation decisions.  Mr. DeGroot also has prior experience as an economics consultant and economist.
 
 

 
Mr. Battle’s Trustee Attributes include his executive experience as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman of Ask Jeeves, Inc., and his financial accounting background as a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) and as a Partner in the Audit Division at Arthur Anderson.  Mr. Battle also has many years of experience as a member of the audit committees of several public companies.

Mr. Eigenbrod’s Trustee Attributes include his significant business advisory experience serving on the Board of Directors for Right Management Consultants providing management and organizational development consulting service as an independent consultant and executive coach.  Mr. Eigenbrod also serves as a member of the Board of a risk management consulting firm.

Mr. Shefrin’s Trustee Attributes include his distinguished academic career as a Professor at Santa Clara University, where he teaches finance and accounting.  Mr. Shefrin also has a number of years of mutual fund board experience, having served on the Board of SA Funds - Investment Trust since 1999.

Mr. Welz’s Trustee Attributes include many years of financial reporting, auditing and investment advisory experience.  Mr. Welz is a Certified Public Accountant and also serves as the President, Chief Compliance Officer and Sole Owner of Welz Financial Services Inc., an investment advisory services and retirement planning firm.


Board Committees
The Board has three standing committees as described below:

 
Audit Committee
Members
Description
Committee Meetings During Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010
A. George Battle
Frederick August Eigenbrod, Jr., Ph.D.
Harold M. Shefrin, Ph.D.
Taylor M. Welz
Responsible for advising the full Board with respect to accounting, auditing and financial matters affecting the Trust.
2


Nominating Committee
Members
Description
Committee Meetings During Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010
A. George Battle
Frederick August Eigenbrod, Jr., Ph.D.
Harold M. Shefrin, Ph.D.
Taylor M. Welz
Responsible for seeking and reviewing candidates for consideration as nominees for Trustees as is considered necessary from time to time.  There currently is no policy with respect to considering nominees recommended by shareholders.
4
 
 

 

Valuation Committee
Members
Description
Committee Meetings During Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010
Taylor M. Welz
Kenneth E. Gregory
Craig A. Litman
John Coughlan
Jeremy DeGroot
 
Responsible for (1) monitoring the valuation of the Funds’ securities and other investments; and (2) as required by each series of the Trust’s valuation procedures, when the full Board is not in session, determining the fair value of illiquid and other holdings after consideration of all relevant factors, which determinations are reported to the full Board for approval and ratification.
 
4

 
 

 
Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares
As of December 31, 2010, the Trustees owned the following dollar range of shares of the each series of the Trust: (1)
Name of Trustee
Equity Fund
International Fund
Value Fund
Smaller Companies Fund
Focused Opportunities Fund
Alternative Strategies Fund
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies (2)
A. George Battle
D
D
D
D
D
A
E
Frederick August Eigenbrod, Jr.
D
C
A
C
D
A
E
Harold M. Shefrin
B
C
B
B
B
A
D
Taylor M. Welz
E
E
E
D
D
A
E
Kenneth E. Gregory
E
E
E
E
E
A
E
Craig A. Litman
E
E
E
E
E
A
E
Jeremy DeGroot
D
E
D
C
E
A
E
(1)       Dollar Range of Equity Securities :
A=None
B=$1-$10,000
C=$10,001-$50,000
D=$50,001-$100,000
E= Over $100,000
(2)
As of December 31, 2010, the Trustees each oversaw five registered investment companies in the fund complex.

Trustee Interest in Investment Advisor, Distributor or Affiliates
As of December 31, 2010, the Independent Trustees, and their respective immediate family members, did not own any securities beneficially or of record in the Advisor, the Managers, U.S. Bancorp, the parent company of Quasar Distributors LLC (the “Distributor”), or any of their respective affiliates.  Further, the Independent Trustees and their respective immediate family members did not have a direct or indirect interest, the value of which exceeds $120,000, in the Advisor, the Managers, the Distributor, or any of their respective affiliates during the two most recently completed calendar years.

Compensation
With the addition of this new Fund in September 2011, the Trustees’ annual compensation is $76,250, plus expenses incurred by the Trustees in connection with attendance at meetings of the Board and its committees.  Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, the following figures represent estimates for the current fiscal period ending December 31, 2011.
 
Name of Person, Position
Aggregate Compensation from
Alternative Strategies Fund (1)
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement
Total Compensation from Trust Complex Paid to Trustees (2)
A. George Battle, Trustee
$1,250
$0
$0
$76,250
Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr., Trustee
$1,250
$0
$0
$76,250
Harold M. Shefrin, Trustee
$1,250
$0
$0
$76,250
Taylor M. Welz, Trustee
$1,250
$0
$0
$76,250
Jeremy DeGroot, Trustee*
None
None
None
None
Kenneth E. Gregory, President and Trustee*
None
None
None
None
Craig A. Litman, Secretary and Trustee*
None
None
None
None
 
 
 
*
As of December 31, 2010, Messrs. DeGroot, Gregory and Litman were Interested Trustees because of their relationship with the Advisor and accordingly served on the Board without compensation.
(1)
The Alternative Strategies Fund commenced operations as of the date of this SAI and therefore has not paid compensation to the Trustees.  It is estimated that the Fund will pay approximately $305,000 in total compensation to the Trustees for the fiscal period ending December 31, 2011.
(2)
Total Compensation from Trust Complex reflects the total amounts paid out of the Trust’s existing five series and the estimate payment for the Alternative Strategies Fund.


Control Persons and Principal Shareholders
A principal shareholder of the Fund is any person who owns (either of record or beneficially) 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of the Fund.  A control person of the Fund is one who owns, either directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund or acknowledges the existence of such control.  A control person can have a significant impact on the outcome of a shareholder vote.

As of the date of this SAI, there are no principal shareholder of the Fund. 

 
The Board has adopted policies to ensure that any disclosure of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders; and to make clear that information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings should not be distributed to any person unless:

·  
The disclosure is required to respond to a regulatory request, court order or other legal proceedings;
·  
The disclosure is to a mutual fund rating or statistical agency or person performing similar functions who has signed a confidentiality agreement with the Trust;
·  
The disclosure is made to internal parties involved in the investment process, administration or custody of the Fund, including but not limited to the Advisor, the Managers and the Board;
·  
The disclosure is (a) in connection with a quarterly, semi-annual or annual report that is available to the public or (b) relates to information that is otherwise available to the public ( e.g. portfolio information that is available on the Fund’s website); or
·  
The disclosure is made pursuant to prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor or the Trust, or the President of the Trust.

The Fund will make its portfolio holdings publicly available on the Fund’s website 15 days after the end of each calendar   quarter.

The Fund does not have any individualized ongoing arrangements to make available information about the Fund’s portfolio securities to any person other than the disclosures made, as described above, to internal parties involved in the Fund’s investment process, administration or custody of the Fund.  To the extent required to perform services for the Fund or the Advisor, the Trust’s or the Advisor’s legal counsel or the Trust’s auditors may obtain portfolio holdings information.  Such information is provided subject to confidentiality requirements.


Subject to the supervision of the Board, investment management and related services are provided by the Advisor to the Fund, pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”).  In addition, the assets of the Fund are divided into segments by the Advisor, and individual selection of securities in each segment is provided by a Manager approved by the Board pursuant, in each case, to an investment sub-advisory agreement (each, a “Management Agreement”).  Under the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor has agreed to (i) furnish the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the selection and continued employment of Managers to manage the actual investment of the Fund’s assets; (ii) direct the allocation of the Fund’s assets among such Managers; (iii) oversee the investments made by such Managers on behalf of the Fund, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Board; (iv) oversee the actions of the Managers with respect to voting proxies for the Fund, filing Section 13 ownership reports with the SEC for the Fund, and taking other actions on behalf of the Fund; (v) maintain the books and records required to be maintained by the Fund except to the extent arrangements have been made for such books and records to be maintained by the administrator, another agent of the Fund or a Manager; (vi) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of the Fund’s assets that the Fund’s administrator or distributor or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (vii) render to the Board such periodic and special reports with respect to the Fund’s investment activities as the Board may reasonably request, including at least one in-person appearance annually before the Board.
 
 

 
The Advisor has agreed, at its own expense, to maintain such staff and employ or retain such personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time to time determine to be necessary to the performance of its obligations under the Advisory Agreement.  Personnel of the Advisor may serve as officers of the Trust provided they do so without compensation from the Trust.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the staff and personnel of the Advisor shall be deemed to include persons employed or retained by the Advisor to furnish statistical information, research, and other factual information, advice regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and scientific developments, and such other information, advice and assistance as the Advisor or the Board may desire and reasonably request.  With respect to the operation of the Fund, the Advisor has agreed to be responsible for (i) providing the personnel, office space and equipment reasonably necessary for the operation of the Trust and the Fund including the provision of persons qualified to serve as officers of the Trust; (ii) compensating the Managers selected to invest the assets of the Fund; (iii) the expenses of printing and distributing extra copies of the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information, and sales and advertising materials (but not the legal, auditing or accounting fees incurred thereto) to prospective investors (but not to existing shareholders); and (iv) the costs of any special Board meetings or shareholder meetings convened for the primary benefit of the Advisor or any Manager.

Under each Management Agreement, each Manager agrees to invest its allocated portion of the assets of the Fund in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in the Trust’s and the Fund’s governing documents, including, without limitation, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, each as amended from time to time; the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information, and undertakings; and such other limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust may impose from time to time in writing to the Manager.  In providing such services, each Manager shall at all times adhere to the provisions and restrictions contained in the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, the Code, and other applicable law.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Manager has agreed to (i) furnish the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the investment of the Manager’s allocated portion of the Fund’s assets; (ii) effect the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Manager’s allocated portion or determine that a portion of such allocated portion will remain uninvested; (iii) manage and oversee the investments of the Manager’s allocated portion, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Board; (iv) vote proxies and take other actions with respect to the securities in the Manager’s allocated portion; (v) maintain the books and records required to be maintained with respect to the securities in the Manager’s allocated portion; (vi) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of the Fund’s assets which the Advisor, Trustees or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (vii) render to the Board such periodic and special reports with respect to Manager’s allocated portion as the Board may reasonably request.

As compensation for the Advisor’s services (including payment of the Managers’ fees), the Fund pays the Advisor an advisory fee at the rate specified in the prospectus.  In addition to the fees payable to the Advisor and the Fund’s administrator, the Fund is responsible for its operating expenses, including: fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance, registration and transfer of its shares; brokerage and commission expenses; all expenses of transfer, receipt, safekeeping, servicing and accounting for the cash, securities and other property of the Fund including all fees and expenses of its custodian, shareholder services agent and accounting services agent; interest charges on any borrowings; costs and expenses of pricing and calculating its daily net asset value and of maintaining its books of account required under the 1940 Act; taxes, if any; a pro rata portion of expenditures in connection with meetings of the Fund’s shareholders and the Board that are properly payable by the Fund; salaries and expenses of officers and fees and expenses of members of the Board or members of any advisory board or committee who are not members of, affiliated with or interested persons of the Advisor; insurance premiums on property or personnel of the Fund that inure to its benefit, including liability and fidelity bond insurance; the cost of preparing and printing reports, proxy statements, prospectuses and statements of additional information of the Fund or other communications for distribution to existing shareholders; legal, auditing and accounting fees; trade association dues; fees and expenses (including legal fees) of registering and maintaining registration of its shares for sale under federal and applicable state and foreign securities laws; all expenses of maintaining and servicing shareholder accounts, including all charges for transfer, shareholder recordkeeping, dividend disbursing, redemption, and other agents for the benefit of the Fund, if any; and all other charges and costs of its operation plus any extraordinary and non-recurring expenses, except as otherwise prescribed in the Advisory Agreement.
 
 

 
Pursuant to an Operating Expenses Limitation Agreement (the “Expenses Limitation Agreement”), the Advisor has also agreed to waive a portion of the advisory fees and/or or reimburse a portion of the Fund’s operating expenses (excluding any taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization, borrowing cost (including commitment fees), dividend expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses and any extraordinary expenses such as but not limited to litigation costs) through September 30, 2012 (unless otherwise sooner terminated) to ensure that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement for the Institutional Class and the Investor Class will not exceed 1.49% and 1.74%, respectively.  The Expenses Limitation Agreement may be renewed after September 30, 2012 for periods not exceeding one year and may be terminated by the Board on sixty (60) days’ written notice to Litman Gregory.  Litman Gregory may also decline to renew the Expenses Limitation Agreement on thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Trust.  Any fee waiver or expense reimbursement made pursuant to the Expenses Limitation Agreement is subject to the repayment by the Fund within three (3) years following the fiscal year in which the fee waiver or expense reimbursement occurred but only if the Fund is able to make the repayment without exceeding its current expense limitation and the repayment is approved by the Board.
 
The Advisor is controlled by Craig A. Litman, Kenneth E. Gregory and Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC.

Under the Advisory Agreement and each Management Agreement, the Advisor and the Managers will not be liable to the Trust for any error of judgment by the Advisor or the Managers or any loss sustained by the Trust except in the case of a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services (in which case any award of damages will be limited as provided in the 1940 Act) or of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the applicable agreement.

The Advisory Agreement and the Management Agreements remain in effect for an initial period not to exceed two years.  Thereafter, if not terminated, the Advisory Agreement and each Management Agreement will continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by a majority vote of the Independent Trustees cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

The Advisory Agreement and Management Agreements are terminable by vote of the Board or by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund at any time without penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice to the Advisor or a Manager, as applicable.  The Advisory Agreement and the Management Agreements also may be terminated by the Advisor or a Manager, as applicable, upon 60 days’ written notice to the Fund.  The Advisory Agreement and the Management Agreements terminate automatically upon their assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
 
 

 
In determining whether to approve or renew the Advisory Agreement and the Management Agreements, the Board will request and evaluate information provided by the Advisor and the Managers, in accordance with Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act.  At its initial approval meeting, the Board considered a number of factors, including the nature and quality of the services to be provided to the Fund by the Advisor and the Managers, the fees and expenses to be borne by the Fund, and the profitability of the relationship for the Advisor.   The Board approved the Advisory Agreement and Management Agreements at its August 31, 2011 meeting.   The factors considered by the Board will be discussed in more detail in the Fund’s 2011 Annual Report.

Legal Proceedings involving a Sub-Advisor
On January 7, 2010, Trust Company of the West (“TCW”) commenced litigation against DoubleLine Capital L.P. (“DoubleLine”) in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, Central District (the “Court”). The suit alleges that DoubleLine and four employees of DoubleLine who are former employees of TCW or its affiliates, including Jeffrey Gundlach (such four employees, the “Individuals”), misappropriated TCW’s confidential and proprietary information in founding and operating DoubleLine and are using such information in competing for assets under management. The lawsuit also includes claims against certain of the Individuals (including Mr. Gundlach), but not DoubleLine, for breach of fiduciary duty, misappropriation of trade secrets, breach of confidence, intentional interference with contractual relations and civil conspiracy. The lawsuit seeks, among other things, damages in excess of $200 million and asks that the Court impose a constructive trust on the limited partnership interests of DoubleLine in favor of TCW.

On February 10, 2010, DoubleLine and the Individuals filed with the Court an answer denying all of TCW’s claims, and the Individuals (but not DoubleLine) filed with the Court a cross-complaint against TCW for, among other things, breach of contract in connection with TCW’s termination of Mr. Gundlach’s employment and failure to pay amounts due thereunder. DoubleLine has advised that it believes that it and the Individuals have meritorious defenses to the allegations contained in TCW’s lawsuit.

On December 1, 2010, TCW initiated litigation against DoubleLine Funds Trust (“DFT”), a registered open-end investment company, and certain of DFT’s trustees (none of whom serves on Litman Gregory Funds Trust’s Board of Trustees) (the “DFT Trustees”).  The litigation against DFT and the DFT Trustees contained allegations that were substantially similar to the allegations contained in the litigation against DoubleLine and the Individuals, and included among other things claims that DFT aided and abetted, and conspired with, DoubleLine and the Individuals to misappropriate TCW’s trade secrets. The litigation against DFT and the DFT Trustees was designated as “related” to and joined with the case against DoubleLine and the Individuals in an action in front of the same judge.

DFT and the DFT Trustees filed motions seeking to have all of the claims against them dismissed. On January 20, 2011, the Court dismissed all of the claims against DFT and the DFT Trustees, but allowed leave for TCW to file an amended complaint in respect of certain of its claims against DFT and the DFT Trustees. The Court also issued an order, effective upon the filing of an amended complaint, that stays any further proceedings against DFT and the DFT Trustees until the case against DoubleLine and the Individuals has been resolved.

On February 9, 2011, TCW filed amended claims against DFT and a number of unnamed “John Doe” defendants in the Court, but did not reassert any claims against the DFT Trustees. The amended claims contain allegations that are substantially similar to those made in the original litigation against DFT. In the complaint related to the amended claims, TCW seeks a variety of remedies against DFT, including compensatory damages for lost profits; disgorgement of certain management fees and any carried interest obtained or retained by DFT; punitive damages; and certain injunctive relief. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of any litigation.

TCW raised a fund under the U.S. Treasury’s Legacy Securities Public Private Investment Program (the “PPIP”) in the fall of 2009 to be managed by Mr. Gundlach, as key person, and announced in January 2010, subsequent to the termination of Mr. Gundlach, that it had voluntarily withdrawn the fund from the PPIP and would conduct an orderly liquidation of the fund.  DoubleLine has advised that employees and former employees of DoubleLine have been interviewed by representatives of the Special Inspector General of the Troubled Asset Relief Program, and by the office of the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York, in connection with the PPIP and in connection with the same allegations of misappropriation of proprietary information made by TCW in its litigation against DoubleLine.  DoubleLine has advised that it understands that the inquiry stems at least in part from a federal grand jury inquiry. DoubleLine has also advised that it has cooperated with the inquiry and has voluntarily produced documents.
 
 

 
The Board and its independent legal counsel received and considered oral and written reports from the Advisor regarding the due diligence performed by the Advisor related to the legal proceedings involving DoubleLine and TCW, including discussions with counsel to DoubleLine, discussions with current clients of DoubleLine, and a review of pleadings, court rulings, and other similar materials.  The Board also considered the Advisor’s recommendation to retain DoubleLine as a sub-advisor to the Fund despite the pending legal proceedings involving DoubleLine.  Additionally, special outside legal counsel was engaged to review the publicly available records of the proceedings and to evaluate the merits of TCW’s allegations.  After considering the information received and such other factors as it considered to be relevant, the Board determined to accept the Advisor’s recommendation and engage DoubleLine as a sub-advisor to the Fund, and the Board determined that the likelihood of a material adverse impact on the viability of the Fund resulting from the proceedings should be remote.

Litigation and investigation and defense of any governmental inquiry or investigation can be expensive and time consuming, and their results can be unpredictable. There can be no assurances as to the outcome of these matters. The litigation and any governmental inquiry or investigation could consume a material amount of DoubleLine's resources thereby potentially impairing DoubleLine's ability to attract or retain talented personnel or otherwise effectively manage its portion of the Alternative Strategies Fund. In the event of an adverse outcome or if expenses of the litigation and related matters are greater than anticipated, DoubleLine's ability to manage its portion of the Alternative Strategies Fund may be materially impaired, and shareholders, or the viability of the Alternative Strategies Fund, could be adversely affected.

 
The following section provides information regarding each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed, material conflicts of interests, and any ownership of securities in the Fund.  Each portfolio manager or team member is referred to as a portfolio manager below.  The portfolio managers are shown together in this section only for ease in presenting the information and should not be viewed for purposes of comparing the portfolio managers or their firms against one another.  Each firm is a separate entity that may employ different compensation structures and may have different management requirements, and each portfolio manager may be affected by different conflicts of interest.
 
Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers
 
The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager of the Fund, the number of accounts managed (excluding the Fund) and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts.  To the extent that any of these accounts are based on account performance, this information is reflected in separate tables below.  Information in all tables is shown as of June 30, 2011.  Asset amounts are approximate and have been rounded.
 
Fund and
Portfolio Manager
(Firm)
Registered
Investment Companies
(excluding each series of the Trust)
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles
Other Accounts
Number of
Accounts
Total Assets in
the Accounts
Number of Accounts
Total Assets in
the Accounts
Number of Accounts
Total Assets in the Accounts
Alternative Strategies Fund
           
Jeremy DeGtoot
5
2,491,336,797
0
0
1
$115,000
Jeffrey Gundlach
(DoubleLine Capital)
5
$8,742,500,000
1
$894,700,000
38
$2,350,400,000
 
 
 
 
Fund and
Portfolio Manager
(Firm)
Registered
Investment Companies
(excluding each series of the Trust)
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles
Other Accounts
Number of
Accounts
Total Assets in
the Accounts
Number of Accounts
Total Assets in
the Accounts
Number of Accounts
Total Assets in the Accounts
Steven Romick
(First Pacific)
1
$6,716,619,227
5
$774,648,559
6
$68,342,363
Brian Selmo
(First Pacific)
0
$0
1
$11,314,384
0
$0
Mark Landecker
(First Pacific)
0
$0
1
$117,607,644
0
$0
Matt Eagan
(Loomis Sayles)
13
$47,343,080.069
16
$5,850,514,277
53
$4,429,831,055
Kevin Kearns
(Loomis Sayles)
3
$799,963,750
10
$2,053,950,937
29
$3,986,085,739
Todd Vandam
(Loomis Sayles)
2
$730,475,773
2
$273,446,295
16
$3,569,00
John Orrico
(Water Island Capital)
3
$2,388,599,752
1
$4,004,202
0
$0
Todd Munn
(Water Island Capital)
3
$2,388,599,752
1
$4,004,202
0
$0
Roger Foltynowicz
(Water Island Capital)
3
$2,388,599,752
1
$4,004,202
0
$0
Gregg Loprete
(Water Island Capital)
3
$2,388,599,752
1
$4,004,202
0
$0


The following table reflects information regarding accounts for which the portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities and with respect to which the advisory fee is based on account performance. The Fund’s portfolio managers not listed below reported that they do not provide day-to-day management of accounts with performance-based advisory fees.  Information is shown as of June 30, 2011. Asset amounts are approximate and have been rounded.

Other Accounts That Pay Performance-Based Advisory Fees Managed by Portfolio Managers
 
 
   
Registered
Investment Companies
(excluding each series of the Trust)
 
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles
 
Other Accounts
Fund and
Portfolio Manager
(Firm)
 
Number of Accounts
 
Total Assets in the Accounts
 
Number of Accounts
 
Total Assets in
the Accounts
 
Number of Accounts
 
Total Assets in
the Accounts
Alternative Strategies Fund
           
Jeremy DeGroot
(Litman/Gregory)
0
$0
0
$0
0
$0
Jeffrey Gundlach
(DoubleLine Capital)
0
$0
1
$894,700,000
0
$0
Steven Romick
(First Pacific)
   
5
$774,648,559
   
Brian Selmo
(First Pacific)
0
$0
1
$11,314,384
0
$0
Mark Landecker
(First Pacific)
0
$0
1
$117,607,644
0
$0
Matt Eagan
(Loomis Sayles)
0
$0
1
$677,19,590
0
0
Kevin Kearns
(Loomis Sayles)
0
$0
1
$677,109,590
0
$0
Todd Vandam
(Loomis Sayles)
0
$0
0
$0
0
$0
John Orrico
(Water Island Capital)
0
$0
0
$0
0
$0
Todd Munn
(Water Island Capital)
0
$0
0
$0
0
$0
Roger Foltynowicz
(Water Island Capital)
0
$0
0
$0
0
$0
Gregg Loprete
(Water Island Capital)
0
$0
0
$0
0
$0
 
 
 
Material Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent material conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one investment account or in other circumstances.  Portfolio managers of each of the following Managers who manage other investment accounts in addition to the Fund may be presented with the potential conflicts described below.

DOUBLELINE
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of the Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other.  Potential and actual conflicts of interest also may result because of DoubleLine’s other business activities.  Other accounts managed by a portfolio manager might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Fund, be managed (benchmarked) against the same index the Fund tracks, or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Fund.  The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Fund.

Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades.  A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of the Fund.  Because of their positions with the Fund, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of the Fund’s trades.  It is theoretically possible that a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts under management, and also theoretically possible that actions could be taken (or not taken) to the detriment of the Fund.

Investment Opportunities.  A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines.  Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but securities may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the other accounts to participate fully.  Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the Fund and another account.  DoubleLine  has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

Under DoubleLine’s allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines, DoubleLine’s investment outlook, cash availability and a series of other factors. DoubleLine has also adopted additional internal practices to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Fund and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.

Conflicts potentially limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Fund and other clients of DoubleLine invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer.  In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest.  In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of DoubleLine or DoubleLine may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities.  Additionally, if DoubleLine acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for the Fund or other clients.  When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Adviser will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner between the Fund and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in DoubleLine acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of the Fund.

Performance Fees and Personal Investments.  A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance or in respect of which the portfolio manager may have made a significant personal investment.  Such circumstances may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to the Fund.  DoubleLine has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Fund and performance fee based accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.
 

 
FIRST PACIFIC ADVISORS, LLC (“First Pacific”)
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Although First Pacific manages other accounts that may have similar investment objectives or strategies, First Pacific believes that no material conflicts currently exist, and that any material conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with First Pacific’s management of the Fund’s investments and the management of the investments of other accounts are addressed primarily through First Pacific’s allocation policies. Under these policies, First Pacific attempts to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities for the Fund and another advisory account.  In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse effect on the price or amount of securities available to the Fund.  The main factors considered in such allocations are the respective investment objectives, the relative amount of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments generally held, and the opinion of the persons responsible for recommending the investments.

LOOMIS SAYLES & COMPANY, LP (“Loomis Sayles”)
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Funds and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager.  A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees, accounts that pay performance-based fees, accounts of affiliated companies and accounts in which the portfolio manager has an interest.  Such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities or allocations for some accounts.  Each Adviser and Subadviser has adopted policies and procedures to mitigate the effects of these conflicts.  Conflicts of interest also may arise to the extent a portfolio manager short sells a stock in one client account but holds that stock long in other accounts, including the Funds, or sells a stock for some accounts while buying the stock for others, and through the use of “soft dollar arrangements.”


WATER ISLAND CAPITAL, LLC (“Water Island”)
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund


Water Island does not believe that the overlapping responsibilities of the portfolio managers or the various elements of their compensation present any material conflict of interest for the following reasons because (1) the Fund and the other accounts they manage are similar; (2) Water Island follows strict and detailed written allocation procedures designed to allocate securities purchases and sales between the Fund and the other account in a fair and equitable manner; (3) Water Island has adopted policies limiting the ability of the portfolio managers to cross trade securities between the Fund and the other accounts; and (4) all allocations are subject to review by Water Island’s Chief Compliance Officer.

Compensation Structure and Methods

The following section describes the structure of, and the methods used to determine the different types of compensation ( e.g. , salary, bonus, deferred compensation, retirement plans and arrangements) for the Fund’s portfolio managers as of June 30, 2011.
 
 

 

DOUBLELINE
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund
 
The overall objective of the compensation program for portfolio managers is for DoubleLine to attract competent and expert investment professionals and to retain them over the long-term.  Compensation is comprised of several components which, in the aggregate are designed to achieve these objectives and to reward the portfolio managers for their contribution to the success of their clients and DoubleLine.  Portfolio managers are compensated through a combination of base salary, discretionary bonus and equity participation in DoubleLine.  Bonuses and equity generally represent most of the portfolio managers’ compensation.  However, in some cases, portfolio managers may have a profit sharing interest in the revenue or income related to the areas for which the portfolio managers are responsible.  Such profit sharing arrangements can comprise a significant portion of a portfolio manager’s overall compensation.

Salary.  Salary is agreed to with portfolio managers at time of employment and is reviewed from time to time.  It does not change significantly and often does not constitute a significant part of a portfolio manager’s compensation.

Discretionary Bonus/Guaranteed Minimums.  Portfolio managers receive discretionary bonuses.  However, in some cases, pursuant to contractual arrangements, some portfolio managers may be entitled to a mandatory minimum bonus if the sum of their salary and profit sharing does not reach certain levels.

Equity Incentives.  Portfolio managers participate in equity incentives based on overall firm performance of DoubleLine, through direct ownership interests in DoubleLine or participation in stock option or stock appreciation plans of DoubleLine.  These ownership interests or participation interests provide eligible portfolio managers the opportunity to participate in the financial performance of DoubleLine as a whole.  Participation is generally determined in the discretion of DoubleLine, taking into account factors relevant to the portfolio manager’s contribution to the success of DoubleLine.

Other Plans and Compensation Vehicles.  Portfolio managers may elect to participate in DouleLine’s 401(k) plan, to which they may contribute a portion of their pre- and post-tax compensation to the plan for investment on a tax-deferred basis.  DoulebLine may also choose, from time to time to offer certain other compensation plans and vehicles, such as a deferred compensation plan, to portfolio managers.

Summary.   As described above, an investment professional’s total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous quantitative and qualitative factors, including the contribution made to the overall investment process. Not all factors apply to each investment professional and there is no particular weighting or formula for considering certain factors. Among the factors considered are: relative investment performance of portfolios (although there are no specific benchmarks or periods of time used in measuring performance); complexity of investment strategies; participation in the investment team’s dialogue; contribution to business results and overall business strategy; success of marketing/business development efforts and client servicing; seniority/length of service with the firm; management and supervisory responsibilities; and fulfillment of DoubleLine’s leadership criteria.

 
FIRST PACIFIC
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Compensation of the portfolio managers is primarily through participation in First Pacific’s revenues and profits.  The portfolio managers’ compensation is not based on the performance of the Fund.  The participation in revenues and profits of First Pacific is primarily based on the revenues received on the assets managed by those portfolio managers, including the Fund’s assets, and partly based on the overall profitability of First Pacific.  This participation has both fixed and variable components.  The variable participation is based upon First Pacific’s assessment of the portfolio managers’ performance in a number of key areas including product management and business development, succession planning and team building, identity, and long term performance.  In addition, First Pacific further provides for a discretionary bonus that can be allocated to any member of the firm, including portfolio managers who are equity owners, in order to recognize outstanding achievements in any given year.  In addition, for portfolio managers who are equity owners of First Pacific, the value of their ownership interest is dependent upon their ability to effectively manage their business over the long term.  First Pacific offers a 401(k) plan whereby the portfolio managers, as well as all permanent employees of First Pacific, may elect to contribute up to the legal limit.
 
 

 
LOOMIS SAYLES
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for its clients. Portfolio manager compensation is made up primarily of three main components: base salary, variable compensation and a long-term incentive program.  Although portfolio manager compensation is not directly tied to assets under management, a portfolio manager’s base salary and/or variable compensation potential may reflect the amount of assets for which the manager is responsible relative to other portfolio managers. Loomis Sayles also offers a profit sharing plan. Base salary is a fixed amount based on a combination of factors, including industry experience, firm experience, job performance and market considerations. Variable compensation is an incentive-based component and generally represents a significant multiple of base salary. Variable compensation is based on four factors: investment performance, profit growth of the firm, profit growth of the manager’s business unit and team commitment. Investment performance is the primary component of total variable compensation and generally represents at least 60% of the total. The other three factors are used to determine the remainder of variable compensation, subject to the discretion of the department’s Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) and senior management.  The CIO and senior management evaluate these other factors annually.

LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC
Advisor to the each series of the Trust

Litman Gregory’s portfolio managers are compensated based on a fixed salary and a distribution of company profits commensurate with the portfolio managers’ respective ownership percentages in Litman Gregory.

WATER ISLAND
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Water Island’s portfolio managers are compensated in a combination of a salary and a bonus based on the profitability of Water Island.

 
Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership
 
The table below identifies the dollar range of Fund shares beneficially owned by each portfolio manager of the Fund, as of August 31, 2011.

Portfolio Manager/
   Fund(s) Managed
Dollar Range of Securities Owned
Jeremy DeGroot/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Matt Eagan/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Roger Foltynowicz/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Jeffrey Gundlach/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Kevin Kearns/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Mark Landecker/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Gregg Loprete
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Todd Munn/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
 
 
 
Portfolio Manager/
   Fund(s) Managed
Dollar Range of Securities Owned
John Orrico/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Steven Romick/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Brian Selmo/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Todd Vandam/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Todd Vandam/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Todd Vandam/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A
Todd Vandam/
 
Alternative Strategies Fund
A

Key of Dollar Ranges for Table:  A - None; B - $1 to $10,000; C - $10,001 to $50,000; D - $50,001 to $100,000; E - $100,001 - $500,000; F - $500,001 - $1,000,000; G - Over $1,000,000.

 
 

The Board has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds to the Advisor as a part of the Advisor’s general management of the Fund, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight.  The policy of the Trust is also to adopt the policies and procedures used by the Advisor to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by its clients.

The following information is a summary of the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Advisor and the Managers.
 

LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC
Advisor to the each series of the Trust

It is the Advisor’s policy to vote all proxies received by each series of the Trust in a timely manner.  In general, the Advisor will vote in accordance with its pre-determined voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”).  However, the Advisor reserves the right to depart from any of the Guidelines and make a voting decision on a case-by-case basis.  Although many proxy proposals will be covered by the Guidelines, the Advisor recognizes that some proposals require special consideration, and the Advisor will make a decision on a case-by-case basis in these situations.  Where such a case-by-case determination is required, the Advisor’s proxy voting coordinator may, but is not required to, consult with other personnel of the Advisor to determine the appropriate action on the matter.

Unless otherwise instructed by the Fund, the Advisor may, and generally will, delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Fund’s portfolio securities to one or more of the Managers.  To the extent such responsibility is delegated to a Manager, the Manager shall assume the fiduciary duty and reporting responsibilities of the Advisor.  Unless otherwise instructed by the Fund or the Advisor, the Manager shall apply its own proxy voting policies and procedures.

The Advisor’s duty is to vote in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders.  In situations where the Advisor determines that a proxy proposal raises a material conflict of interest between the interests of the Advisor, the Fund’s principal underwriter, or an affiliated person of the Advisor or the principal underwriter and that of the Fund, the conflict shall be resolved by voting in accordance with a predetermined voting policy.  However, to the extent that (1) no pre-determined voting policy applies to the specific proposal or (2) there is an applicable pre-determined voting policy, but the Advisor has discretion to deviate from such policy, the Advisor shall disclose the conflict to the Board and seek the Board’s direction or consent to the proposed vote prior to voting on such proposal.
 
 

 
DOUBLELINE
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund
 
DoubleLine determines how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities pursuant to its written proxy voting policies and procedures, which have been adopted pursuant to Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.  The Proxy Policy also applies to any voting rights and/or consent rights on behalf of the portfolio securities, with respect to debt securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and (the "Proxy Policy") and consents under applicable indentures.

The Proxy Policy is designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. Under the Proxy Policy, DoubleLine will review each proxy to determine whether there may be a material conflict between DoubleLine and the Fund. If no conflict exists, DoubleLine will vote the proxy on a case-by-case basis in the best interest of each client under the circumstances, taking into account, but not necessarily being bound by, any recommendation made by any third party vendor that has been engaged by DoubleLine  to provide recommendations on the voting of proxies.

If a material conflict does exist, DoubleLine will seek to resolve any such conflict in accordance with the Proxy Policy, which seeks to resolve such conflict in the Fund’s best interest by pursuing any one of the following courses of action: (i) convening a committee to assess and resolve the conflict; (ii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider; (iii) voting in accordance with the instructions of the Fund’s Board, or any committee thereof; or (iv) not voting the proxy.  In voting proxies, including those in which a material conflict may be determined to exist, DoubleLine may also consider the factors and guidelines included in its Proxy Policy.

In certain limited circumstances, particularly in the area of structured finance, DoubleLine may enter into voting agreements or other contractual obligations that govern the voting of shares and, in such cases, will vote any proxy in accordance with such agreement or obligation.

In addition, where DoubleLine determines that there are unusual costs and/or difficulties associated with voting a proxy, which more typically might be the case with respect to proxies of non-U.S. issuers, DoubleLine reserves the right to not vote a proxy unless it determines that the potential benefits of voting the proxy exceed the expected cost to the relevant Fund.

DoubleLine supervises and periodically reviews its proxy voting activities and implementation of the Proxy Policy.

 
FIRST PACIFIC
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund
 
First Pacific has implemented Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, which underscore First Pacific’s concern that all proxy voting decisions be made in the best interests of the Fund and that First Pacific act in a prudent and diligent manner intended to enhance the economic value of the assets of the Fund.  Certain of First Pacific’s proxy voting guidelines include the following: First Pacific votes for uncontested director nominees recommended by management.  First Pacific votes against a management proposal to adopt a poison pill and votes for a management proposal to redeem a poison pill or limit the payment of greenmail.  First Pacific votes against a management proposal to eliminate or limit shareholders' rights to call a special meeting.  Although many proxy proposals can be voted in accordance with First Pacific's proxy voting guidelines, some proposals will require special consideration, and First Pacific will make a decision on a case-by-case basis in these situations.
 
Where a proxy proposal raises a material conflict between First Pacific’s interests and the Fund’s interests, First Pacific will resolve the conflict as follows: to the extent the matter is specifically covered by First Pacific’s proxy voting guidelines, the proxies generally will be voted in accordance with the guidelines.  To the extent First Pacific is making a case-by-case determination under its proxy voting guidelines, First Pacific will disclose the conflict to the Board or the Advisor and obtain the Board or Advisor’s consent to vote or direct the matter to an independent third party, selected by the Board or the Advisor, for a vote determination.  If the Board's or the Advisor’s consent or the independent third party’s determination is not received in a timely manner, First Pacific will abstain from voting the proxy.
 
 
 

LOOMIS SAYLES
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Loomis Sayles uses the services of third parties (“Proxy Voting Services”) to research and administer the vote on proxies for those accounts and funds for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority. Each Proxy Voting Service has a copy of Loomis Sayles’ proxy voting procedures (“Procedures”) and provides vote recommendations and/or analysis to Loomis Sayles based on the Proxy Voting Services’ own research. Loomis Sayles will generally follow its express policy with input from the Proxy Voting Services unless Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) determines that the client’s best interests are served by voting otherwise.  All issues presented for shareholder vote will be considered under the oversight of the Proxy Committee. All nonroutine issues will be directly considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the company or the portfolio manager of the funds holding the security, and will be voted in the best investment interests of the funds. All routine issues will be voted according to Loomis Sayles’ policy approved by the Proxy Committee unless special factors require that they be considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the company or the portfolio manager of the funds holding the security. Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Committee has established these routine policies in what it believes are the best investment interests of Loomis Sayles’ clients.  

The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee include (1) the development, authorization, implementation and updating of the Procedures, including an annual review of the Procedures, existing voting guidelines and the proxy voting process in general, (2) oversight of the proxy voting process including oversight of the vote on proposals according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines, directing the vote on proposals where there is reason not to vote according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines or where proposals require special consideration, and consultation with the portfolio managers and analysts for the funds holding the security when necessary or appropriate and, (3) engagement and oversight of third-party vendors, including Proxy Voting Services.
 
Loomis Sayles has established several policies to ensure that proxies are voted in its clients’ best interest and are not affected by any possible conflicts of interest. First, except in certain limited instances, Loomis Sayles votes in accordance with its pre-determined policies set forth in the Procedures. Second, where these Procedures allow for discretion, Loomis Sayles will generally consider the recommendations of the Proxy Voting Services in making its voting decisions. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the Proxy Voting Services’ recommendation is not in the best interest of its clients, then the Proxy Committee may use its discretion to vote against the Proxy Voting Services’ recommendation, but only after taking the following steps: (1) conducting a review for any material conflict of interest Loomis Sayles may have; and, (2) if any material conflict is found to exist, excluding anyone at Loomis Sayles who is subject to that conflict of interest from participating in the voting decision in any way. However, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Proxy Committee after full prior disclosure of any conflict, that person may provide information, opinions or recommendations on any proposal to the Proxy Committee. In such event the Proxy Committee will make reasonable efforts to obtain and consider, prior to directing any vote information, opinions or recommendations from or about the opposing position on any proposal.
 
 

 

WATER ISLAND
Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Water Island intends to exercise a voice on behalf of its shareholders and clients in matters of corporate governance through the proxy voting process. Water Island takes their fiduciary responsibilities very seriously and believes the right to vote proxies is a significant asset of shareholders and clients. Water Island exercises its voting responsibilities as a fiduciary, solely with the goal of maximizing the value of our shareholders’ and clients’ investments.

Water Island votes proxies solely in the interests of its clients and believes that any conflict of interest must be resolved in the way that will most benefit its clients. Since the quality and depth of management is a primary factor considered when investing in a company, Water Island gives substantial weight to the recommendation of management on any issue. However, Water Island will consider each issue on its own merits, and the position of a company’s management will not be supported in any situation where it is found not to be in the best interests of Water Island’s clients.

Water Island recognizes that under certain circumstances it may have a conflict of interest in voting proxies on behalf of its clients. Such circumstances may include, but are not limited to, situations where Water Island or one or more of its affiliates, including officers, directors and employees, has or is seeking a client relationship with the issuer of the security that is the subject of the proxy vote. Water Island shall periodically inform its employees that they are under an obligation to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of Water Island with respect to voting proxies on behalf of clients, both as a result of the employee’s personal relationships and due to circumstances that may arise during the conduct of Water Island’s business, and to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of Water Island. Water Island shall not vote proxies relating to such issuers on behalf of its client accounts until it has determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method of resolving such conflict of interest has been agreed upon by the Board.  A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict has the potential to influence Water Island’s decision-making in voting a proxy. Materiality determinations will be based upon an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. If Water Island determines that a conflict of interest is not material, Water Island may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of a conflict.

 
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT PROXY VOTING

The actual voting records relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30, 2010 are available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free, (800) 960-0188 or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  In addition, a copy of the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures will also be available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 960-0188.

 
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (the “Administrator”) has agreed to be responsible for providing such services as the Trustees may reasonably request, including but not limited to (i) maintaining the Trust’s books and records (other than financial or accounting books and records maintained by any custodian, transfer agent or accounting services agent); (ii) overseeing the Trust’s insurance relationships; (iii) preparing for the Trust (or assisting counsel and/or auditors in the preparation of) all required tax returns, proxy statements and reports to the Trust’s shareholders and Trustees and reports to and other filings with the SEC and any other governmental agency (the Trust agreeing to supply or cause to be supplied to the Administrator all necessary financial and other information in connection with the foregoing); (iv) preparing such applications and reports as may be necessary to register or maintain the Trust’s registration and/or the registration of the shares of the Trust under the securities or “blue sky” laws of the various states selected by the Trust (the Trust agreeing to pay all filing fees or other similar fees in connection therewith); (v) responding to all inquiries or other communications of shareholders, if any, that are directed to the Administrator, or if any such inquiry or communication is more properly to be responded to by the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent or accounting services agent, overseeing their response thereto; (vi) overseeing all relationships between the Trust and any custodian(s), transfer agent(s) and accounting services agent(s), including the negotiation of agreements and the supervision of the performance of such agreements; (vii) together with the Advisor, monitoring compliance by the Managers with tax, securities and other applicable requirements; and (viii) authorizing and directing any of the Administrator’s directors, officers and employees who may be elected as Trustees or officers of the Trust to serve in the capacities in which they are elected.  All services to be furnished by the Administrator under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any such trustees, officers or employees of the Administrator.
 
 

 

Each Management Agreement states that, with respect to the segment of the Fund’s portfolio allocated to the applicable Manager, the Manager shall be responsible for broker-dealer selection and for negotiation of brokerage commission rates, provided that the Manager shall not direct orders to an affiliated person of the Manager without general prior authorization to use such affiliated broker or dealer by the Board.  In general, a Manager’s primary consideration in effecting a securities transaction will be execution at the most favorable cost or proceeds under the circumstances.  In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, a Manager may take the following into consideration: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of each Fund on a continuing basis.  The price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.

Subject to such policies as the Advisor and the Board may determine, a Manager shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by its Management Agreement with the Fund or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides (directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Manager a commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Manager’s or Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund or other advisory clients.  Each Manager is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Fund to such brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services, to the Trust, the Advisor or any affiliate of either.  Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Manager shall determine.  Each Manager shall report on such allocations regularly to the Advisor and the Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis for such allocations.

On occasions when a Manager deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Manager, the Manager, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Manager in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.


The Fund’s principal underwriter is Quasar Distributors LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, or the Distributor.  The Distributor is engaged on a non-exclusive basis to assist in the distribution of shares in various jurisdictions.  The Distributor is compensated for performing this service by the Advisor and is not paid directly by the Fund.


As noted in the Prospectus, the Trust has adopted a distribution plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Distribution Plan”) on behalf of the Fund.
 
 

 
Under the Distribution Plan, the Fund is authorized to pay the Distributor for distribution services related to Investor Class shares (the “Distribution Fee”) at an annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Investor Class shares.  The Distribution Plan provides that the Distributor may use all or any portion of such Distribution Fee to finance any activity that is principally intended to result in the sale of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, subject to the terms of the Distribution Plan, or to provide certain shareholder services.

The Distribution Fee is payable to the Distributor regardless of the distribution-related expenses actually incurred.  Because the Distribution Fee is not directly tied to expenses, the amount of distribution fees paid by the Fund during any year may be more or less than actual expenses incurred pursuant to the Distribution Plan.  For this reason, this type of distribution fee arrangement is characterized by the staff of the SEC as a “compensation” plan.

The Distributor may use the Distribution Fee to pay for services covered by the Distribution Plan including, but not limited to, advertising, compensating underwriters, dealers and selling personnel engaged in the distribution of the Fund’s shares, the printing and mailing of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports to other than current shareholders of the Fund, the printing and mailing of sales literature pertaining  to the Fund, and obtaining whatever information, analyses and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Fund may, from time to time, deem advisable.


Although the Fund generally will not invest for short-term trading purposes, portfolio securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when, in the opinion of a Manager, investment considerations warrant such action.  Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing (1) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by (2) the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year.  A 100% turnover rate would occur if all the securities in the Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less, were sold and either repurchased or replaced within one year.  A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally leads to higher transaction costs and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions.  The Advisor does not expect the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate to exceed 150% in most years.


The net asset value of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate and is determined as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) each business day that the NYSE is open for trading.  The NYSE annually announces the days on which it will not be open for trading.  The most recent announcement indicates that the NYSE will not be open on the following days: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King’s Birthday, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  However, the NYSE may close on days not included in that announcement.

The net asset value per share is computed by dividing the value of the securities held by the Fund plus any cash or other assets (including interest and dividends accrued but not yet received) minus all liabilities (including accrued expenses) by the total number of shares in the Fund outstanding at such time.

Generally, trading in and valuation of foreign securities is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE.  In addition, trading in and valuation of foreign securities may not take place on every day in which the NYSE is open for trading.  In that case, the price used to determine the Fund’s net asset value on the last day on which such exchange was open will be used, unless the Board determines that a different price should be used.  Furthermore, trading takes place in various foreign markets on days in which the NYSE is not open for trading and on which the Fund’s net asset value is not calculated.  Occasionally, events affecting the values of such securities in U.S. dollars on a day on which the Fund calculates its net asset value may occur between the times when such securities are valued and the close of the NYSE which will not be reflected in the computation of the Fund’s net asset value unless the Board or its delegates deem that such events would materially affect the net asset value, in which case an adjustment would be made.
 
 

 
Generally, the Fund’s investments are valued on the basis of market quotations or, if such quotations are not readily available, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Managers and the Trust’s Valuation Committee pursuant to procedures approved by or under the direction of the Board.

The Fund’s securities, including ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, which are traded on securities exchanges, are generally determined on the basis of the last reported sale price on the exchange on which such securities are traded (or the NASDAQ official closing price for NASDAQ-reported securities, if such price is provided by the Fund’s accountant), as of the close of business on the day the securities are being valued or, lacking any reported sales, at the mean between the last available bid and asked price.   Securities that are traded on more than one exchange are valued on the exchange determined by the Managers to be the primary market.  Securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the mean between the last available bid and asked price prior to the time of valuation.  Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available (including restricted securities, which are subject to limitations as to their sale) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board.

Short-term debt obligations with remaining maturities in excess of 60 days are valued at current market prices, as discussed above.  Short-term securities with 60 days or less remaining to maturity are, unless conditions indicate otherwise, amortized to maturity based on their cost to the Fund if acquired within 60 days of maturity or, if already held by the Fund on the 60th day, based on the value determined on the 61st day.

Corporate debt securities, mortgage-related securities and asset-backed securities held by the Fund are valued on the basis of valuations provided by dealers in those instruments, by an independent pricing service and approved by the Board, or at fair value as determined in good faith by procedures approved by the Board.  Any such pricing service, in determining value, will use information with respect to transactions in the securities being valued, quotations from dealers, market transactions in comparable securities, analyses and evaluations of various relationships between securities and yield to maturity information.

An option that is written by the Fund is generally valued at the last sale price or, in the absence of the last sale price, the last offer price.  An option that is purchased by the Fund is generally valued at the last sale price or, in the absence of the last sale price, the last bid price.  The value of a futures contract is the last sale or settlement price on the exchange or board of trade on which the future is traded or, if no sales are reported, at the mean between the last bid and asked price.  When a settlement price cannot be used, futures contracts will be valued at their fair market value as determined by or under the direction of the Board.  If an options or futures exchange closes after the time at which the Fund’s net asset value is calculated, the last sale or last bid and asked prices as of that time will be used to calculate the net asset value.

Any assets or liabilities initially expressed in terms of foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate or, alternatively, at the mean of the current bid and asked prices of such currencies against the U.S. dollar last quoted by a major bank that is a regular participant in the foreign exchange market or on the basis of a pricing service that takes into account the quotes provided by a number of such major banks.  If neither of these alternatives is available or both are deemed not to provide a suitable methodology for converting a foreign currency into U.S. dollars, the Board in good faith will establish a conversion rate for such currency.

All other assets of the Fund are valued in such manner as the Board in good faith deems appropriate to reflect their fair value.


The Fund will be taxed, under the Code, as a separate entity from any other series of the Trust, and the Fund intends to elect to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code.  In each taxable year that the Fund qualifies, the Fund (but not its shareholders) will be relieved of federal income tax on that part of its investment company taxable income (consisting generally of interest and dividend income, net short term capital gain and net realized gains from currency transactions) and net capital gain that is distributed to shareholders.
 
 

 
In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, the Fund must distribute annually to shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and must meet several additional requirements.  Among these requirements are the following: (1) at least 90% of the Fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or currencies; (2) at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, limited in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (3) at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer.

Distributions of net investment income and net realized capital gains by the Fund will be taxable to shareholders whether made in cash or reinvested in shares.  In determining amounts of net realized capital gains to be distributed, any capital loss carryovers from prior years will be applied against capital gains.  Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the net asset value of a share of the Fund on the reinvestment date.  Fund distributions also will be included in individual and corporate shareholders’ income on which the alternative minimum tax may be imposed.

The Fund or any securities dealer effecting a redemption of the Fund’s shares by a shareholder will be required to file information reports with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to distributions and payments made to the shareholder. In addition, the Fund will be required to withhold federal income tax at the rate of 28% on taxable dividends, redemptions and other payments made to accounts of individual or other non-exempt shareholders who have not furnished their correct taxpayer identification numbers and made certain required certifications on the Account Application Form or with respect to which the Fund or the securities dealer has been notified by the IRS that the number furnished is incorrect or that the account is otherwise subject to backup withholding.

The Fund intends to declare and pay dividends and other distributions, as stated in the prospectus.  In order to avoid the payment of any federal excise tax based on net income, the Fund must declare on or before December 31 of each year, and pay on or before January 31 of the following year, distributions at least equal to 98% of its ordinary income for that calendar year and at least 98% of the excess of any capital gains over any capital losses realized in the one-year period ending October 31 of that year, together with any undistributed amounts of ordinary income and capital gains (in excess of capital losses) from the previous calendar year.

The Fund may receive dividend distributions from U.S. corporations.  To the extent that the Fund receives such dividends and distributes them to its shareholders, and meets certain other requirements of the Code, corporate shareholders of the Fund may be entitled to the “dividends received” deduction, and individual shareholders may have “qualified dividend income,” which would be subject to tax at the shareholder’s maximum capital gains tax rate (0% or 15%).  Availability of the deduction and/or taxation at the maximum capital gains tax rate is subject to certain holding period and debt-financing limitations.

The use of hedging strategies, such as entering into futures contracts and forward contracts and purchasing options, involves complex rules that will determine the character and timing of recognition of the income received in connection therewith by the Fund.  Income from foreign currencies (except certain gains therefrom that may be excluded by future regulations) and income from transactions in options, futures contracts and forward contracts derived by the Fund with respect to its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies will qualify as permissible income under Subchapter M of the Code.

For accounting purposes, premiums paid by the Fund are recorded as an asset and are subsequently adjusted to the current market value of the option.  Any gain or loss realized by the Fund upon the expiration or sale of such options held by the Fund generally will be capital gain or loss.
 
 

 
Any security, option or other position entered into or held by the Fund that substantially diminishes the Fund’s risk of loss from any other position held by the Fund may constitute a “straddle” for federal income tax purposes.  In general, straddles are subject to certain rules that may affect the amount, character and timing of the Fund’s gains and losses with respect to straddle positions by requiring, among other things, that the loss realized on disposition of one position of a straddle be deferred until gain is realized on disposition of the offsetting position; that the Fund’s holding period in certain straddle positions not begin until the straddle is terminated (possibly resulting in the gain being treated as short-term capital gain rather than long-term capital gain); and that losses recognized with respect to certain straddle positions, which would otherwise constitute short-term capital losses, be treated as long-term capital losses.  Different elections are available to the Fund that may mitigate the effects of the straddle rules.

Certain options, futures contracts and forward contracts that are subject to Section 1256 of the Code (“Section 1256 Contracts”) and that are held by the Fund at the end of its taxable year generally will be required to be “marked to market” for federal income tax purposes, that is, deemed to have been sold at market value.  Sixty percent of any net gain or loss recognized on these deemed sales and 60% of any net gain or loss realized from any actual sales of Section 1256 Contracts will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the balance will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss.

Section 988 of the Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions that may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by the Fund.  Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized with respect to foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables and foreign currency options and futures contracts (other than options and futures contracts that are governed by the mark-to-market and 60/40 rules of Section 1256 of the Code and for which no election is made) is treated as ordinary income or loss.  Some part of the Fund’s gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of shares of a foreign corporation may, because of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, be treated as ordinary income or loss under Section 988 of the Code, rather than as capital gain or loss.

Redemptions and exchanges of shares of the Fund will result in gains or losses for tax purposes to the extent of the difference between the proceeds and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis for the shares.  Any loss realized upon the redemption or exchange of shares within six months from their date of purchase will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of distributions of long-term capital gain dividends with respect to such shares during such six-month period.  All or a portion of a loss realized upon the redemption of shares of the Fund may be disallowed to the extent shares of the Fund are purchased (including shares acquired by means of reinvested dividends) within 30 days before or after such redemption.

Distributions and redemptions may be subject to state and local income taxes, and the treatment thereof may differ from the federal income tax treatment.  Foreign taxes may apply to non-U.S. investors.

The above discussion and the related discussion in each prospectus are not intended to be complete discussions of all applicable federal tax consequences of an investment in the Fund.  Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP, counsel to the Trust, has expressed no opinion in respect thereof.  Nonresident aliens and foreign persons are subject to different tax rules, and may be subject to withholding of up to 30% on certain payments received from the Fund.  Shareholders are advised to consult with their own tax advisers concerning the application of foreign, federal, state and local taxes to an investment in the Fund.


Dividends from the Fund’s investment company taxable income (whether paid in cash or invested in additional shares) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits. Distributions of the Fund’s net capital gain (whether paid in cash or invested in additional shares) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long they have held their Fund shares.

Dividends declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any year and payable to shareholders of record on a date in one of such months will be deemed to have been paid by the Fund and received by the shareholders on the record date if the dividends are paid by the Fund during the following January.  Accordingly, such dividends will be taxed to shareholders for the year in which the record date falls.
 
 

 
The Fund is required to withhold 28% of all dividends, capital gain distributions and redemption proceeds payable to any individuals and certain other non-corporate shareholders who do not provide the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number.  The Fund also is required to withhold 28% of all dividends and capital gain distributions paid to such shareholders who otherwise are subject to backup withholding.


The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”).  To ensure compliance with this law, the Trust’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that the Distributor and the Fund’s transfer agent have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new opening account applications.  The Fund will not transact business with any person or entity whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

As a result of the Program, the Trust may be required to “freeze” the account of a shareholder if the shareholder appears to be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of known terrorists or other suspicious persons, or the Trust may be required to transfer the account or proceeds of the account to a governmental agency.


The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust organized on August 1, 1996 currently with six separate series.  The Alternative Strategies Fund anticipates commencing operations on or about September 30, 2011.  The Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Trust to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest and to divide or combine the shares into a greater or lesser number of shares without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in a series of the Trust.  Each share represents an interest in a series of the Trust proportionately equal to the interest of each other share.  Upon the Trust’s liquidation, all shareholders would share pro rata in the net assets of a series of the Trust available for distribution to its shareholders.  If deemed advisable and in the best interest of shareholders, the Board may create additional series of shares that differ from each other only as to dividends.  The Board has created six series of shares, and may create additional series in the future, which have separate assets and liabilities.  Income and operating expenses not specifically attributable to a series of the Trust will be allocated fairly among the series by the Trustees, generally on the basis of the relative net assets of each series.

The Trust has adopted a Multiple Class Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act on behalf of the Fund.  The Alternative Strategies Fund is authorized to issue two classes of shares: Institutional Class shares and Investor Class shares.

Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that as to any investment company which has two or more series outstanding and as to any matter required to be submitted to shareholder vote, such matter is not deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a “majority” (as defined in the Rule) of the voting securities of each series affected by the matter.  Such separate voting requirements do not apply to the election of Trustees or the ratification of the selection of accountants.  Rule 18f-2 contains special provisions for cases in which an advisory contract is approved by one or more, but not all, series.  A change in investment policy may go into effect as to one or more series whose holders so approve the change even though the required vote is not obtained as to the holders of other affected series.
 
 

 
The Fund may hold special meetings and mail proxy materials.  These meetings may be called to elect or remove Trustees, change fundamental policies, approve an investment advisory contract or for other purposes. Shareholders not attending these meetings are encouraged to vote by proxy.  The Fund will mail proxy materials in advance, including a voting card and information about the proposals to be voted on.  The number of votes each shareholder is entitled to is based on the number of shares he or she owns.  Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held (and fractional votes for fractional shares) and may vote in the election of Trustees and on other matters submitted to meetings of shareholders.  It is not contemplated that regular annual meetings of shareholders will be held.

The Board may, at its own discretion, create additional series of shares.  The Agreement and Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for the Trust’s acts or obligations and provides for indemnification and reimbursement of expenses out of the Trust’s property for any shareholder held personally liable for its obligations.

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the shareholders have the right to remove a Trustee. Upon the written request of the record holders of 10% of the Trust’s shares, the Trustees will call a meeting of shareholders to vote on the removal of a Trustee.  No amendment may be made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust that would have a material adverse effect on shareholders without the approval of the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s shares.  Shareholders have no preemptive or conversion rights.  Shares when issued are fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust, except as set forth above.

The Advisor has obtained an exemptive order from the SEC which permits it, subject to certain conditions, to retain new investment managers with the approval of the Board but without obtaining shareholder approval.  The order also permits the Advisor to change the terms of agreements with the Managers or to continue the employment of a Manager after an event that would otherwise cause the automatic termination of services.  Shareholders must be notified of any Manager changes.  Shareholders have the right to terminate arrangements with a Manager by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund.  The order also permits the Fund to disclose managers’ fees only in the aggregate in its registration statement.

The Trust, the Advisor, the Managers and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.  These codes of ethics permit, subject to certain conditions, personnel of the Advisor, the Managers and the Distributor, to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.

The Trust’s custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 1776 Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts  02171 is responsible for holding the Fund’s assets and acting as the Trust’s accounting services agent.  The Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Three Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California 94111, assists in the preparation of certain reports to the SEC and the Fund’s tax returns.  The Trust’s legal counsel is Paul Hastings LLP, 55 Second Street, San Francisco, California 94105.

The Fund reserves the right, if conditions exist that make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase order by making payment in whole or in part in readily marketable securities chosen by the Fund and valued as they are for purposes of computing the Fund’s net asset value (a redemption in kind).  If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities into cash.


Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial statements available at this time.  Shareholders of the Fund will be informed of the Fund’s progress through periodic reports when those reports become available.  Financial statements certified by the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually.
 
 
 

APPENDIX
Description of Ratings

The following terms are generally used to describe the credit quality of debt securities:

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.: Corporate Bond Ratings

Aaa--Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality and carry the smallest degree of investment risk.  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin, and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa---Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards.  Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to both the Aaa and Aa rating classifications.  The modifier “1” indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

A--Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa--Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great period of time.  Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Standard & Poor’s Corporation: Corporate Bond Ratings

AAA--This is the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay principal and interest.

AA--Bonds rated AA also qualify as high-quality debt obligations.  Capacity to pay principal and interest is very strong, and in the majority of instances they differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

A--Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay principal and interest, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB--Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay principal and interest.  Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay principal and interest for bonds in this category than for bonds in the A category.
 
 

 
Commercial Paper Ratings

Moody’s commercial paper ratings are assessments of the issuer’s ability to repay punctually promissory obligations.  Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers: Prime 1--highest quality; Prime 2--higher quality; Prime 3--high quality.

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment. Ratings are graded into four categories, ranging from “A” for the highest quality obligations to “D” for the lowest.

Issues assigned the highest rating, A, are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment.  Issues in this category are delineated with the numbers “1”, “2” and “3” to indicate the relative degree of safety.  The designation A-1 indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong.  A “+” designation is applied to those issues rated “A-1” which possess extremely strong safety characteristics.  Capacity for timely payment on issues with the designation “A-2” is strong.  However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1. Issues carrying the designation “A-3” have a satisfactory capacity for timely payment.  They are, however, somewhat more vulnerable to the adverse effect of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

 
 
 
MASTERS SELECT FUNDS TRUST

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 28.  Exhibits

(a)
 
Articles of Incorporation.
     
 
(1)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Initial Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on August 12, 1996.

   
(A)
Amendment to the Declaration of Trust is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on November 15, 1996.

   
(B)
Amendment to the Declaration of Trust dated December 4, 2008 – filed herewith.

   
(C)
Amendment to the Declaration of Trust dated August 31, 2011 – filed herewith.

(b)
 
Amended and Restated By-laws dated August 31, 2011 – filed herewith.
     
(c)
 
Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders – None.
     
(d)
 
Investment Advisory Contracts.
     
 
(1)
Unified Investment Advisory Agreement between the Masters’ Select Funds Trust and Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC dated May 28, 2003 is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on February 25, 2004.

   
(A)
Amendment dated August 31, 2011 to the Unified Investment Advisory Agreement – filed herewith.

 
(2)
Sub-Advisory Agreements

   
(A)
Equity Fund
     
1.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Davis Selected Advisers L.P. (1)
     
2.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Friess Associates, LLC (1)
     
3.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Southeastern Asset Management, Inc. (1)
     
4.
Amendment No. 1 dated June 19, 2009 to Investment Management Agreement with Southeastern Asset Management, Inc. (11)
     
5.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Wells Capital Management, Inc. (7)
     
6.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Sands Capital Management, LLC (10)
     
7.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Turner Investment Partners, Inc. (10)
     
8.
Investment Management Agreement with Harris Associates, L.P. (11)

   
(B)
International Fund
     
1.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Mastholm Asset Management, LLC (10)
     
2.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Harris Associates, L.P. (4)
     
3.
Investment Management Agreement with Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. (6)
     
4.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Third Avenue Management, LLC (7)
     
5.
Investment Management Agreement with Northern Cross, LLC (10)
     
6.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Marsico Capital Management, LLC (10)
 
 
C-1

 
 
   
(C)
Value Fund
     
1.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Southeastern Asset Management, Inc. (4)
     
2.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Harris Associates, L.P. (4)
     
3.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (4)

   
(D)
Smaller Companies Fund
     
1.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Friess Associates, LLC (5)
     
2.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with First Pacific Advisors LLC (5)
     
3.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Wells Capital Management, Inc. (7)
     
4.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Copper Rock Capital Partners, LLC (9)
     
5.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Cove Street Capital, LLC – filed herewith.

   
(E)
Focused Opportunities Fund
     
1.
Investment Management Agreement with Davis Selected Advisors, L.P. (8)
     
2.
Investment Management Agreement with Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (8)
     
3.
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Sands Capital Management, LLC (10)

   
(F)
Alternative Strategies Fund
     
1.
Investment Management Agreement with DoubleLine Capital LP – filed herewith.
     
2.
Investment Management Agreement with First Pacific Advisors LLC – filed herewith.
     
3.
Investment Management Agreement with Loomis Sayles & Company, LP – filed herewith.
     
4.
Investment Management Agreement with Water Island Capital LLC – filed herewith.

(e)
 
Distribution Contracts.
     
 
(1)
Form of Distribution Agreement with Quasar Distributors, LLC dated February 25, 2004 is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2004.

   
(A)
Form of Amendment dated June 8, 2006 to the Distribution Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2007.
       
   
(B)
Form of Amendment dated February 2, 2007 to the Distribution Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2007.
       
   
(C)
Amendment dated August 31, 2011 to the Distribution Agreement – filed herewith.

(f)
 
Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts – None.
     
(g)
 
Custody Agreement.
     
 
(1)
Form of Custody Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on December 17, 1996.

   
(A)
Amendment dated August 31, 2011 to the Custody Agreement – filed herewith.

(h)
 
Other Material Contracts.
     
 
(1)
Form of Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement dated May 28, 2003 is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2007.
 
 
C-2

 
 
   
(A)
Form of Amendment dated June 8, 2006 to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2007.
       
   
(B)
Form of Amendment dated February 2, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2007.
       
   
(C)
Amendment dated August 31, 2011 to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement – filed herewith.

 
(2)
Power of Attorney dated March 4, 2008 (10)
     
 
(3)
Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement (10)

   
(A)
Amendment dated August 31, 2011 to the Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement – filed herewith.

 
(4)
Form of Operating Expenses Limitation Agreement – filed herewith.
 
(i)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel dated June 22, 2006 is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2006.
     
 
(1)
Opinion and Consent of Counsel dated September 2, 2011 for the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – filed herewith.
     
(j)
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – filed herewith.
     
(k)
 
Omitted Financial Statements – None.
     
(l)
 
Investment Letter is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on December 17, 1996.
     
(m)
 
Rule 12b-1 Plan – None.
     
(n)
 
Rule 18f-3 Plan – None.
     
(o)
 
Reserved.
     
(p)
 
Codes of Ethics.
     
 
(1)
Code of Ethics for Masters’ Select Funds Trust is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 29, 2005.
     
 
(2)
Code of Ethics for Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 29, 2005.
     
 
(3)
Codes of Ethics for the Sub-Advisors

   
(A)
Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. (2)
   
(B)
Friess Associates, LLC (2)
   
(C)
Mastholm Asset Management, LLC (2)
   
(D)
Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (3)
 
 
C-3

 
 
   
(E)
First Pacific Advisors, LLC (5)
   
(F)
Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. (6)
   
(G)
Southeastern Asset Management, Inc. (7)
   
(H)
Wells Capital Management, Inc. (7)
   
(I)
Third Avenue Management, LLC (7)
   
(J)
Marsico Capital Management, LLC (7)
   
(K)
Copper Rock Capital Partners (8)
   
(L)
Northern Cross, LLC (10)
   
(M)
Reed Conner & Birdwell, LLC (10)
   
(N)
Harris Associates L.P. (10)
   
(O)
Sands Capital Management, LLC (10)
   
(P)
Turner Investment Partners, Inc. (10)
   
(Q)
DoubleLine Capital LP – filed herewith.
   
(R)
Loomis Sayles & Company, LP – filed herewith.
   
(S)
Water Island Capital LLC – filed herewith.

(1)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on December 17, 1996 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(2)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 20, 2000 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(3)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2000 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(4)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2001 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(5)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 23 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on May 23, 2003 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(6)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on February 25, 2004 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(7)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 29, 2005 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(8)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2006 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(9)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2007 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(10)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2008 and is herein incorporated by reference.
   
(11)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2010 and is herein incorporated by reference.
 
Item 29.  Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund

No person is directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with the Registrant.

Item 30.  Indemnification

Article VI of Registrant’s By-Laws states as follows:
 
 
C-4

 
 
Section 1. AGENTS, PROCEEDINGS AND EXPENSES.  For the purpose of this Article, “agent” means any person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or other agent of this Trust or is or was serving at the request of this Trust as a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or was a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor entity; “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative; and “expenses” includes without limitation attorney’s fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Article.

Section 2. ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY TRUST.  This Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of this Trust) by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of this Trust, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceedings, if it is determined that persons acted in good faith and reasonably believed:

 
(1)  
in the case of conduct in his official capacity as a Trustee of the Trust, that his conduct was in the Trust’s best interests, and

 
(2)  
in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the Trust’s best interests, and

 
(3)  
in the case of a criminal proceeding, that he had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of that person was unlawful.

The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of this Trust or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 3. ACTIONS BY THE TRUST.  This Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of this Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that that person is or was an agent of this Trust, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the defense or settlement of that action if that person acted in good faith, in a manner that person believed to be in the best interests of this Trust and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.

Section 4. EXCLUSION OF INDEMNIFICATION.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, there shall be no right to indemnification for any liability arising by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or the reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the agent’s office with this Trust.

No indemnification shall be made under Sections 2 or 3 of this Article:

 
(1)  
In respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person’s official capacity; or

 
(2)  
In respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable in the performance of that person’s duty to this Trust, unless and only to the extent that the court in which that action was brought shall determine upon application that in view of all the circumstances of the case, that person was not liable by reason of the disabling conduct set forth in the preceding paragraph and is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the expenses which the court shall determine; or

 
(3)  
Of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a threatened or pending action, with or without court approval, or of expenses incurred in defending a threatened or pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval, unless the required approval set forth in Section 6 of this Article is obtained.
 
 
C-5

 
 
Section 5. SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT.  To the extent that an agent of this Trust has been successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article or in defense of nay claim, issue or matter therein, before the court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith, provided that the Board of Trustees, including a majority who are disinterested, non-party Trustees, also determines that based upon a review of the facts, the agent was not liable by reason of the disabling conduct referred to in Section 4 of this Article.

Section 6. REQUIRED APPROVAL.  Except as provided in Section 5 of this Article, any indemnification under this Article shall be made by this Trust only if authorized in the specific case on a determination that indemnification of the agent is proper in the circumstances because the agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article and is not prohibited from indemnification because of the disabling conduct set forth in Section 4 of this Article, by:

 
(1)  
A majority vote of a quorum consisting of Trustees who are not parties to the proceeding and are not interested persons of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940); or

 
(2)  
A written opinion by an independent legal counsel.

Section 7. ADVANCE OF EXPENSES.  Expenses incurred in defending any proceeding may be advanced by this Trust before the final disposition of the proceeding upon a written undertaking by or on behalf of the agent, to repay the amount of the advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification, together with at least one of the following as a condition to the advance: (i) security for the undertaking; or (ii) the existence of insurance protecting the Trust against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances; or (iii) a determination by a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are not parties to the proceeding and are not interested persons of the Trust, or by an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, based on a review of readily available facts that there is reason to believe that the agent ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.  Determinations and authorizations of payments under this Section must be made in the manner specified in Section 6 of this Article for determining that the indemnification is permissible.

Section 8. OTHER CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS.  Nothing contained in this Article shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than Trustees and officers of this Trust or any subsidiary hereof may be entitled by contract or otherwise.

Section 9. LIMITATIONS.  No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article, except as provided in Sections 5 or 6 in any circumstances where it appears:

 
(1)  
that it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, a resolution of the shareholders, or an agreement in effect at the time of accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

 
(2)  
that it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

Section 10. INSURANCE.  Upon and in the event of a determination by the Board of Trustees of this Trust to purchase such insurance, this Trust shall purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of this Trust against any liability asserted against or incurred by the agent in such capacity or arising out of the agent’s status as such, but only to the extent that this Trust would have the power to indemnify the agent against that liability under the provisions of this Article and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

Section 11. FIDUCIARIES OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN.  This Article does not apply to nay proceeding against any Trustee, investment manager or other fiduciary of an employee benefit plan in that person’s capacity as such, even though that person may also be an agent of this Trust as defined in Section 1 of this Article.  Nothing contained in this Article shall limit any right to indemnification to which such a Trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary may be entitled by contract or otherwise which shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law other than this Article.
 
 
C-6

 
 
In addition to the indemnification provisions provided for in the Registrant's By-Laws, the Registrant has also entered into indemnification agreements (the "Indemnification Agreements") with each of the Trustees and with its Chief Compliance Officer (collectively, the "Indemnitees"). The Indemnification Agreements set forth the procedure by which Indemnitees are to request and receive advancement of expenses and indemnification. The Indemnification Agreements provide that, in any determination for advancement of expenses or indemnification, the Indemnitees are entitled to a rebuttable presumption that they did not engage in conduct that would disqualify them from eligibility to receive advancement of expenses or for indemnification. The Indemnification Agreements also set forth the procedure by which an independent counsel may be chosen if independent counsel is to make a determination of any Indemnitee's qualification for advancement of expenses or indemnification.


Item 31.  Business and Other Connections of the Investment Advisor

The information required by this item is contained in the Form ADV of the following entities and is incorporated herein by reference:

Name of investment adviser
File No.
   
Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC
801-52710
Davis Selected Advisors, L.P.
801-31648
Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.
801-11123
Friess Associates, LLC
801-16178
Wells Capital Management, Inc.
801-21122
Mastholm Asset Management, LLC
801-54834
Harris Associates L.P.
801-50333
Franklin Mutual Advisers. LLC
801-53068
First Pacific Advisors, LLC
801-39512
Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.
801-17853
Third Avenue Management, LLC
801-27792
Marsico Capital Management, LLC
801-54914
Copper Rock Capital Partners, LLC
801-63900
Northern Cross, LLC
801-62668
Reed Conner & Birdwell, LLC
801-60014
Sands Capital Management, LLC
801-64820 
Turner Investment Partners, Inc.
801-36220 
DoubleLine Capital LP
801-70942
Loomis Sayles & Company, LP
801-170 
Water Island Capital LLC
801-57341 
 
 
C-7

 
 
Item 32.  Principal Underwriter

Quasar Distributors, LLC acts as the Principal Underwriter for the Funds.

(a)  
Quasar Distributors, LLC, the Registrant’s principal underwriter, acts as principal underwriter for the following investment companies:
 
Academy Funds Trust
Jensen Portfolio, Inc.
Advisors Series Trust
Keystone Mutual Funds
Allied Asset Advisors Funds
Kiewit Investment Fund, LLLP
Alpine Equity Trust
Kirr Marbach Partners Funds, Inc.
Alpine Income Trust
Litman Gregory Funds Trust
Alpine Series Trust
LKCM Funds
Artio Global Funds
LoCorr Investment Trust
Brandes Investment Trust
MainGate Trust
Brandywine Blue Funds, Inc.
Managed Portfolio Series
Bridges Investment Fund, Inc.
Matrix Advisors Value Fund, Inc.
Buffalo Funds
Monetta Fund, Inc.
Country Mutual Funds Trust
Monetta Trust
Cushing MLP Funds Trust
Nicholas Family of Funds, Inc.
DoubleLine Funds Trust
Permanent Portfolio Family of Funds, Inc.
Empiric Funds, Inc.
Perritt Funds, Inc.
Evermore Funds Trust
Perritt Microcap Opportunities Fund, Inc.
First American Funds, Inc.
PineBridge Mutual Funds
First American Investment Funds, Inc.
PRIMECAP Odyssey Funds
First American Strategy Funds, Inc.
Professionally Managed Portfolios
Fort Pitt Capital Funds
Prospector Funds, Inc.
Glenmede Fund, Inc.
Purisima Funds
Glenmede Portfolios
Quaker Investment Trust
Greenspring Fund, Inc.
Rainier Investment Management Mutual Funds
Guinness Atkinson Funds
RBC Funds Trust
Harding Loevner Funds, Inc.
SCS Financial Funds
Hennessy Funds Trust
Thompson Plumb Funds, Inc.
Hennessy Funds, Inc.
TIFF Investment Program, Inc.
Hennessy Mutual Funds, Inc.
Trust for Professional Managers
Hennessy SPARX Funds Trust
USA Mutuals Funds
Hotchkis and Wiley Funds
Wall Street Fund
Intrepid Capital Management Funds Trust
Wexford Trust
IronBridge Funds, Inc.
Wisconsin Capital Funds, Inc.
Jacob Funds, Inc.
WY Funds
 
 
 

 
 
(b)  
To the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, the directors and executive officers of Quasar Distributors, LLC are as follows:

Name and Principal
Business Address
Position and Offices with Quasar Distributors, LLC
Positions and Offices with Registrant
 
James R. Schoenike (1)
 
President, Board Member
 
None
 
Andrew M. Strnad (2)
 
Secretary
 
None
 
Joe D. Redwine (1)
 
Board Member
 
None
 
Robert Kern (1)
 
Board Member
 
None
 
Eric W. Falkeis (1)
 
Board Member
 
None
Susan LaFond (1)
Treasurer
None
 
Teresa Cowan (1)
 
Assistant Secretary
 
None
John Kinsella (3)
Assistant Treasurer
None
 
Brett Scribner (3)
 
Assistant Treasurer
 
None
(1) This individual is located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202.
(2) This individual is located at 6602 East 75th Street, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46250.
(3) This individual is located at 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55402.

(b)  
Not applicable.

Item 33.  Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder are maintained at the following locations:

Records Relating to:
Are located at:
Registrant’s Investment Advisor
Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC
4 Orinda Way Suite 200-D
Orinda, CA 94563
Registrant’s Fund Administrator
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
2020 East Financial Way, Suite 100
Glendora, CA 91741
Registrant’s Custodian/Fund Accountant
State Street Bank & Trust Co.
1776 Heritage, Dr.
Quincy, MA 02171
Registrant’s Distributor
Quasar Distributors, LLC
615 East Michigan St
Milwaukee, WI  53202
 
 
C-9

 
 
Records Relating to:
Are located at:
Registrant’s Transfer Agent
Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
330 West 9 th St.
Kansas City, MO 64105
 
The documents required to be maintained by paragraphs (5), (6), (10) and (11) of Rule 31a-1(b) will be maintained by the Registrant’s respective Sub-Advisors:
 
Copper Rock Capital Partners, LLC
200 Clarendon Street
Boston, MA 02116
 
Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
124 East Marcy Street
Santa Fe, NM 87501
 
DoubleLine Capital LP
333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800
Los Angeles, CA  90071
 
First Pacific Advisors, LLC
11400 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 1200
Los Angeles, CA 90064
 
Franklin Mutual Advisors, LLC
51 John F. Kennedy Parkway
Short Hills, NJ 07078
 
Friess Associates, LLC
350 Broadway
Jackson, WY 83001
 
Harris Associates L.P.
Two North LaSalle, Suite 500
Chicago, IL 60602
 
Loomis Sayles & Company, LP
One Financial Center
Boston, MA  02111
 
Marsico Capital Management, LLC
1200 17 th Street, Suite 1600
Denver, CO 80202
 
Mastholm Asset Management, LLC
10500 N.E. 8 th Street, Suite 660
Bellevue, WA 98004
 
Northern Cross, LLC
125 Summer Street, Suite 1470
Boston, MA 02110
 
Reed Conner & Birdwell, LLC
11111 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 1700
Los Angeles, CA 90025
 
Sands Capital Management, LLC
1101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 2300
Arlington, VA 22209
 
Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.
6401 Poplar Avenue
Memphis, TN 38119
 
Third Avenue Management, LLC
622 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017
 
 
C-10

 
 
Records Relating to:
Are located at:
 
Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.
119 East Marcy St, Suite 202
Santa Fe, NM 97501
 
Turner Investment Partners, Inc.
1205 Westlakes Drive, Suite 100
Berwyn, PA 19312
 
Water Island Capital LLC
41 Madison Avenue, 42nd Floor
New York, NY  10010
 
Wells Capital Management, Inc.
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051

Item 34.  Management Services

The Registrant has disclosed all management-related service contracts in Parts A and B.

Item 35.  Undertakings

Registrant hereby undertakes to:

(1)
Furnish each person to whom a Prospectus is delivered a copy of Registrant’s latest annual report to shareholders, upon request and without charge.

(2)
If requested to do so by the holders of at least 10% of the Trust’s outstanding shares, call a meeting of shareholders for the purposes of voting upon the question of removal of a trustee and assist in communications with other shareholders.
 
 
C-11

 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this registration statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Post Effective Amendment No. 50 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed below on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Orinda and State of California, on the 2nd day of September, 2011.

MASTERS’ SELECT FUNDS TRUST

By: /s/Kenneth E. Gregory*                                                 
Kenneth E. Gregory
President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to its Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/Kenneth E. Gregory*
 
President and Trustee
 
September 2, 2011
Kenneth E. Gregory
       
         
/s/Craig A. Litman*
 
Trustee
 
September 2, 2011
Craig A. Litman
       
         
/s/A. George Battle*
 
Trustee
 
September 2, 2011
A. George Battle
       
         
/s/Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr.*
 
Trustee
 
September 2, 2011
Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr.
       
         
/s/Harold M. Shefrin*
 
Trustee
 
September 2, 2011
Harold M. Shefrin
       
         
/s/Taylor M. Welz*
 
Trustee
 
September 2, 2011
Taylor M. Welz
       
         
/s/John Coughlan
 
Chief Financial and Accounting Officer
 
September 2, 2011
John Coughlan
       
         
         
         
         
*  By: /s/John Coughlan
     
John Coughlan, Attorney-in-Fact
       
         

 
C-12

 
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
 
 
Description
 
(a)(1)(B)
 
Amendment to the Declaration of Trust
     
(a)(1)(C)
 
Amendment to the Declaration of Trust
     
(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws
     
(d)(1)(A)
 
Amendment to the Unified Investment Advisory Agreement
     
(d)(2)(D)(5)
 
Form of Investment Management Agreement with Cove Street Capital, LLC
     
(d)(2)(F)(1)
 
Investment Management Agreement with DoubleLine Capital LP
     
(d)(2)(F)(2)
 
Investment Management Agreement with First Pacific Advisors LLC
     
(d)(2)(F)(3)
 
Investment Management Agreement with Loomis Sayles & Company, LP
     
(d)(2)(F)(4)
 
Investment Management Agreement with Water Island Capital LLC
     
(e)(1)(C)
 
Amendment to the Distribution Agreement
     
(g)(1)(A)
 
Amendment to the Custody Agreement
     
(h)(1)(C)
 
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement
     
(h)(3)(A)
 
Amendment to the Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement
     
(h)(4)
 
Form of Operating Expenses Limitation Agreement
     
(i)(1)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel
     
(j)
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
     
(p)(3)(Q)
 
Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Capital LP
     
(p)(3)(R)
 
Code of Ethics for Loomis Sayles & Company, LP
     
(p)(3)(S)
 
Code of Ethics for Water Island Capital LLC
     



 
 
C-13
 


AMENDMENT
TO
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
OF
MASTERS’ SELECT INVESTMENT TRUST

 
Pursuant to ARTICLE VIII, Section 4 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, ARTICLE I, Section 1 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust is hereby amended to read as follows:
 
Section 1 .   Name .  This Trust shall be known as Masters’ Select Funds Trust and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name as they may from time to time determine.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustees have executed this Amendment to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust this 4th day of December, 2008.
 
 

/s/ George Battle
 
/s/ Craig Litman
A. George Battle
 
Craig A. Litman
     
     
/s/ Jeremy DeGroot
 
/s/ Harold Shefrin
Jeremy DeGroot
 
Harold M. Shefrin
     
     
/s/ Frederick Eigenbrod
 
/s/ Taylor Welz
Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr.
 
Taylor M. Welz
     
     
/s/ Kenneth Gregory
   
Kenneth E. Gregory
   

 
 


AMENDMENT
TO
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
OF
MASTERS’ SELECT FUNDS TRUST

 
Pursuant to ARTICLE VIII, Section 4 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, ARTICLE I, Section 1 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust is hereby amended to read as follows:
 
Section 1 .   Name .  This Trust shall be known as Litman Gregory Funds Trust and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name as they may from time to time determine.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustees have executed this Amendment to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust this 31st day of August, 2011.
 

 

/s/ George Battle
 
/s/ Craig Litman
A. George Battle
 
Craig A. Litman
     
     
/s/ Jeremy DeGroot
 
/s/ Harold Shefrin
Jeremy DeGroot
 
Harold M. Shefrin
     
     
/s/ Frederick Eigenbrod
 
/s/ Taylor Welz
Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr.
 
Taylor M. Welz
     
     
/s/ Kenneth Gregory
   
Kenneth E. Gregory
   



 


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
 
for the regulation, except as
otherwise provided by statute or the
Agreement and Declaration of Trust, of
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
a Delaware Statutory Trust
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
 
ARTICLE I
OFFICES 
1
 
 
Section 1.
PRINCIPAL OFFICE 
1
 
 
Section 2.
DELAWARE OFFICE 
1
 
 
Section 3.
OTHER OFFICES 
1
 
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS 
1
 
 
Section 1.
PLACE OF MEETINGS 
1
 
 
Section 2.
CALL OF MEETING 
1
 
 
Section 3.
NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING 
1
 
 
Section 4.
MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE 
2
 
 
Section 5.
ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE 
2
 
 
Section 6.
VOTING 
2
 
 
Section 7.
WAIVER OF NOTICE BY CONSENT OF ABSENT SHAREHOLDERS 
3
 
 
Section 8.
SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING 
3
 
 
Section 9.
RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE, VOTING AND GIVING CONSENTS 
3
 
 
Section 10.
PROXIES 
4
 
 
Section 11.
INSPECTORS OF ELECTION 
4
 
ARTICLE III
TRUSTEES 
5
 
 
Section 1.
POWERS 
5
 
 
Section 2.
NUMBER OF TRUSTEES 
5
 
 
Section 3.
VACANCIES 
5
 
 
Section 4.
PLACE OF MEETINGS AND MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE 
5
 
 
Section 5.
REGULAR MEETINGS 
5
 
 
Section 6.
SPECIAL MEETINGS 
6
 
 
Section 7.
QUORUM 
6
 
 
Section 8.
WAIVER OF NOTICE 
6
 
 
Section 9.
ADJOURNMENT 
6
 
 
Section 10.
NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT 
6
 
 
Section 11.
ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING 
6
 
 
 
-i-

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
 
 
 
Section 12.
FEES AND COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEES 
7
 
 
Section 13.
DELEGATION OF POWER TO OTHER TRUSTEES 
7
 
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES 
7
 
 
Section 1.
COMMITTEES OF TRUSTEES 
7
 
 
Section 2.
MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES 
8
 
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS 
8
 
 
Section 1.
OFFICERS 
8
 
 
Section 2.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS 
8
 
 
Section 3.
SUBORDINATE OFFICERS 
8
 
 
Section 4.
REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS 
8
 
 
Section 5.
VACANCIES IN OFFICES 
9
 
 
Section 6.
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD 
9
 
 
Section 7.
PRESIDENT 
9
 
 
Section 8.
VICE PRESIDENTS 
9
 
 
Section 9.
SECRETARY 
9
 
 
Section 10.
TREASURER 
10
 
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS 
10
 
 
Section 1.
AGENTS, PROCEEDINGS AND EXPENSES 
10
 
 
Section 2.
ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY TRUST 
10
 
 
Section 3.
ACTIONS BY THE TRUST 
11
 
 
Section 4.
EXCLUSION OF INDEMNIFICATION 
11
 
 
Section 5.
SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT 
11
 
 
Section 6.
REQUIRED APPROVAL 
12
 
 
Section 7.
ADVANCE OF EXPENSES 
12
 
 
Section 8.
OTHER CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS 
12
 
 
Section 9.
LIMITATIONS 
12
 
 
Section 10.
INSURANCE 
12
 
 
Section 11.
FIDUCIARIES OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN 
13
 
 
 
 
-ii-

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
 
 
ARTICLE VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS 
13
 
 
Section 1.
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER
13
 
 
Section 2.
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BY-LAWS 
13
 
 
Section 3.
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER RECORDS
13
 
 
Section 4.
INSPECTION BY TRUSTEES 
13
 
 
Section 5.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
13
 
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL MATTERS 
14
 
 
Section 1.
CHECKS, DRAFTS, EVIDENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS 
14
 
 
Section 2.
CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED 
14
 
 
Section 3.
CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES 
14
 
 
Section 4.
LOST CERTIFICATES 
14
 
 
Section 5.
REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER ENTITIES HELD BY TRUST 
15
 
 
Section 6.
FISCAL YEAR 
15
 
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS 
15
 
 
Section 1.
AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS 
15
 
 
Section 2.
AMENDMENT BY TRUSTEES 
15
 
 
Section 3.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE INTO AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST OF THE TRUST 
15
 

 
 
-iii-

 
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
BY-LAWS
 

 
OF
 
Litman Gregory Funds Trust
A Delaware Statutory Trust
 
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
 
Section 1.     PRINCIPAL OFFICE .  The Board of Trustees shall fix and, from time to time, may change the location of the principal executive office of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”) at any place within or outside the State of Delaware.
 
Section 2.     DELAWARE OFFICE .  The Board of Trustees shall establish a registered office in the State of Delaware and shall appoint as the Trust’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware an individual resident of the State of Delaware or a Delaware corporation or a corporation authorized to transact business in the State of Delaware; in each case the business office of such registered agent for service of process shall be identical with the registered Delaware office of the Trust.
 
Section 3.     OTHER OFFICES .  The Board of Trustees may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where the Trust intends to do business.
 
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
Section 1.     PLACE OF MEETINGS .  Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place designated by the Board of Trustees.  In the absence of any such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Trust.
 
Section 2.     CALL OF MEETING .  A meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Trustees or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President.
 
Section 3.     NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING .  All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 4 of this Article II not less than seven (7) nor more than seventy-five (75) days before the date of the meeting.  The notice shall specify (i) the place, date and hour of the meeting, and (ii) the general nature of the business to be transacted.  The notice of any meeting at which Trustees are to be elected also shall include the name of any nominee or nominees whom at the time of the notice are intended to be presented for election.
 
If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (i) a contract or transaction in which a Trustee has a direct or indirect financial interest, (ii) an amendment of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, (iii) a reorganization of the Trust, or (iv) a voluntary dissolution of the Trust, the notice shall also state the general nature of that proposal.
 
 
 
 

 
 
Section 4.     MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE .  Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given either personally or by first-class mail or telegraphic or other written communication, charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the Trust or its transfer agent or given by the shareholder to the Trust for the purpose of notice.  If no such address appears on the Trust’s books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that shareholder by first-class mail or telegraphic or other written communication to the Trust’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in-the county where that office is located.  Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication.
 
If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the Trust is returned to the Trust by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if these shall be available to the shareholder on written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the Trust for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the notice.
 
An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any shareholder’s meeting shall be executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any transfer agent of the Trust giving the notice and shall be filed and maintained in the minute book of the Trust.
 
Section 5.     ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE .  Any shareholder’s meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy.
 
When any meeting of shareholders is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless a new record date of the adjourned meeting is fixed or unless the adjournment is for more than sixty (60) days from the date set for the original meeting, in which case the Board of Trustees shall set a new record date.  Notice of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3 and 4 of this Article II.  At any adjourned meeting, the Trust may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
 
Section 6.     VOTING .  The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as in effect at such time.  The shareholders’ vote may be by voice vote or by ballot, provided, however, that any election for Trustees must be by ballot if demanded by any shareholder before the voting has begun.  On any matter other than elections of Trustees, any shareholder may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal, but if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to the total shares that the shareholder is entitled to vote on such proposal.
 
 
 
-2-

 
 
Section 7.     WAIVER OF NOTICE BY CONSENT OF ABSENT SHAREHOLDERS .   The transactions of the meeting of shareholders, however called and noticed and wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy and if either before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote who was not present in person or by proxy signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to a holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes.  The waiver of notice or consent need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any meeting of shareholders.
 
Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters not included in the notice of the meeting if that objection is expressly made at the beginning of the meeting.
 
Section 8.     SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action which may be taken at any meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted.  All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Trust and shall be maintained in the Trust’s records.  Any shareholder giving a written consent or the shareholder’s proxy holders or a transferee of the shares or a personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxy holders may revoke the consent by a writing received by the Secretary of the Trust before written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary.
 
If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing and if the unanimous written consent of all such shareholders shall not have been received, the Secretary shall give prompt notice of the action approved by the shareholders without a meeting.  This notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 4 of this Article II.  In the case of approval of (i) contracts or transactions in which a Trustee has a direct or indirect financial interest, (ii) indemnification of agents of the Trust, and (iii) a reorganization of the Trust, the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that approval.
 
Section 9.     RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE, VOTING AND GIVING CONSENTS .  For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or entitled to give consent to action without a meeting, the Board of Trustees may fix in advance a record date which shall not be more than ninety (90) days nor less than seven (7) days before the date of any such meeting as provided in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust.
 
If the Board of Trustees does not so fix a record date:
 
(a)  
The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
 
 
 
-3-

 
 
(b)  
The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the Board of Trustees has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action of the Board of Trustees has been taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Trustees adopt the resolution relating to that action or the seventy-fifth day before the date of such other action, whichever is later.
 
Section 10.     PROXIES .  Every person entitled to vote for Trustees or on any other matter shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the Secretary of the Trust.  A proxy shall be deemed signed if the shareholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the shareholder or the shareholder’s attorney-in-fact.  A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) revoked by the person executing it before the vote pursuant to that proxy by a writing delivered to the Trust stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing that proxy; or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the Trust before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of the proxy unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
 
Section 11.     INSPECTORS OF ELECTION .  Before any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Trustees may appoint any persons other than nominees for office to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its adjournment.  If no inspectors of election are so appointed, the chairman of the meeting may and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting.  The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3).  If inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.  If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the Chairman of the meeting may and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy, shall appoint a person to fill the vacancy.
 
These inspectors shall:
 
(a)  
Determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies;
 
(b)  
Receive votes, ballots or consents;
 
(c)  
Hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;
 
 
 
-4-

 
 
 
(d)  
Count and tabulate all votes or consents;
 
(e)  
Determine when the polls shall close;
 
(f)  
Determine the result; and
 
(g)  
Do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.
 
ARTICLE III
TRUSTEES
 
Section 1.     POWERS .  Subject to the applicable provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust and these By-Laws relating to action required to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed and all powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees.
 
Section 2.     NUMBER OF TRUSTEES .  The exact number of Trustees within the limits specified in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust shall be fixed from time to time by a written instrument signed or a resolution approved at a duly constituted meeting by a majority of the Board of Trustees.
 
Section 3.     VACANCIES .  Vacancies in the Board of Trustees may be filled by a majority of the remaining Trustees, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Trustee, unless the Board of Trustees calls a meeting of shareholders for the purposes of electing Trustees.  In the event that at any time less than a majority of the Trustees holding office at that time were so elected by the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, the Board of Trustees shall forthwith cause to be held as promptly as possible, and in any event within sixty (60) days, a meeting of such holders for the purpose of electing Trustees to fill any existing vacancies in the Board of Trustees, unless such period is extended by order of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.  Notwithstanding the above, whenever and for so long as the Trust is a participant in or otherwise has in effect a Plan under which the Trust may be deemed to bear expenses of distributing its shares as that practice is described in Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, then the selection and nomination of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940) shall be, and is, committed to the discretion of such disinterested Trustees.
 
Section 4.     PLACE OF MEETINGS AND MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE .  All meetings of the Board of Trustees may be held at any place that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the Board.  In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Trust.  Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all Trustees participating in the meeting can hear one another and all such Trustees shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.
 
Section 5.     REGULAR MEETINGS .  Regular meetings of the Board of Trustees shall be held without call at such time as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board of Trustees.  Such regular meetings may be held without notice.
 
 
 
-5-

 
 
Section 6.     SPECIAL MEETINGS .  Special meetings of the Board of Trustees for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board or the President or any Vice President or the Secretary or any two (2) Trustees.
 
Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each Trustee or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each Trustee at that Trustee’s address as it is shown on the records of the Trust.  In case the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least seven (7) calendar days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  In case the notice is delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company or by express mail or similar service, it shall be given at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the Trustee or to a person at the office of the Trustee who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the Trustee.  The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting or the place if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the Trust.
 
Section 7.     QUORUM .  A majority of the authorized number of Trustees shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 10 of this Article III.  Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Trustees, subject to the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust.  A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of Trustees if any action taken is approved by a least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.
 
Section 8.     WAIVER OF NOTICE .  Notice of any meeting need not be given to any Trustee who either before or after the meeting signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to holding the meeting, or an approval of the minutes.  The waiver of notice or consent need not specify the purpose of the meeting.  All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the records of the Trust or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.  Notice of a meeting shall also be deemed given to any Trustee who attends the meeting without protesting before or at its commencement the lack of notice to that Trustee.
 
Section 9.     ADJOURNMENT .   A majority of the Trustees present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.
 
Section 10.     NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT .  Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than forty-eight (48) hours, in which case notice of the time and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned meeting in the manner specified in Section 7 of this Article III to the Trustees who were present at the time of the adjournment.
 
Section 11.     ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting if a majority of the members of the Board of Trustees shall individually or collectively consent in writing or by electronic transmission to that action.  Such action by written consent or electronic transmission shall have the same force and effect as a majority vote of the Board of Trustees and shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Trustees.
 
 
 
-6-

 
 
Section 12.     FEES AND COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEES .  Trustees and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees.  This Section 12 shall not be construed to preclude any Trustee from serving the Trust in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.
 
Section 13.     DELEGATION OF POWER TO OTHER TRUSTEES .  Any Trustee may, by power of attorney, delegate his power for a period not exceeding six (6) months at any one time to any other Trustee or Trustees; provided that in no case shall fewer than two (2) Trustees personally exercise the powers granted to the Trustees under this Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust except as otherwise expressly provided herein or by resolution of the Board of Trustees.  Except where applicable law may require a Trustee to be present in person, a Trustee represented by another Trustee pursuant to such power of attorney shall be deemed to be present for purposes of establishing a quorum and satisfying the required majority vote.
 
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
 
Section 1.     COMMITTEES OF TRUSTEES .  The Board of Trustees may by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of Trustees designate one or more committees, each consisting of two (2) or more Trustees, to serve at the pleasure of the Board.  The Board may designate one or more Trustees as alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee.  Any committee to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have the authority of the Board, except with respect to:
 
(a)  
the approval of any action which under applicable law also requires shareholders’ approval or approval of the outstanding shares, or requires approval by a majority of the entire Board or certain members of said Board;
 
(b)  
the filling of vacancies on the Board of Trustees or in any committee;
 
(c)  
the fixing of compensation of the Trustees for serving on the Board of Trustees or on any committee;
 
(d)  
the amendment or repeal of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust or of the By-Laws or the adoption of new By-Laws;
 
(e)  
the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Trustees which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;
 
(f)  
a distribution to the shareholders of the Trust, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a designated range determined by the Board of Trustees; or
 
 
 
-7-

 
 
(g)  
the appointment of any other committees of the Board of Trustees or the members of these committees.
 
Section 2.     MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES .  Meetings and action of committees shall be governed by and held and taken in accordance with the provisions of Article III of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context thereof as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Trustees and its members, except that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Trustees or by resolution of the committee.  Special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Trustees.  Alternate members shall be given notice of meetings of committees and shall have the right to attend all meetings of committees.  The Board of Trustees may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.
 
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
 
Section 1.     OFFICERS .  The officers of the Trust shall be a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer.  The Trust may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Trustees, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article V.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
 
Section 2.     ELECTION OF OFFICERS .  The officers of the Trust, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article V, shall be chosen by the Board of Trustees, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.
 
Section 3.     SUBORDINATE OFFICERS .  The Board of Trustees may appoint and may empower the President to appoint such other officers as the business of the Trust may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these By-Laws or as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine.
 
Section 4.     REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS .  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Trustees at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Trustees or by the principal executive officer or by such other officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Trustees.
 
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Trust.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Trust under any contract to which the officer is a party.
 
 
 
-8-

 
 
Section 5.     VACANCIES IN OFFICES .  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these By-Laws for regular appointment to that office.  The President may make temporary appointments to a vacant office pending action by the Board of Trustees.
 
Section 6.     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD .  The Chairman of the Board, if such an Officer is elected, shall if present preside at meetings of the Board of Trustees, shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Trust and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Trustees, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the Officers of the Trust and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Trustees or prescribed by the By-Laws.
 
Section 7.     PRESIDENT .  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Trustees to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the chief operating officer of the Trust and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Trustees and the Chairman, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the Trust.  He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Trustees.  He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees or these By-Laws.
 
Section 8.     VICE PRESIDENTS .  In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Trustees or if not ranked, the Executive Vice President (who shall be considered first ranked) and such other Vice Presidents as shall be designated by the Board of Trustees, shall perform all the duties of the President and when so acting shall have all powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Trustees or the President or the Chairman of the Board or by these By-Laws.
 
Section 9.     SECRETARY .  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Trust, or such other place as the Board of Trustees may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of Trustees, committees of Trustees and shareholders with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized, the notice given, the names of those present at Trustees’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings.
 
The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Trust or at the office of the Trust’s transfer agent or registrar, a share register or a duplicate share register showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
 
The Secretary shall give or cause to be given notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Trustees required to be given by these By-Laws or by applicable law and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees or by these By-Laws.
 
 
 
-9-

 
 
Section 10.     TREASURER .   The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer and chief accounting officer of the Trust and shall keep and maintain or cause to be kept and maintained adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Trust, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares.  The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any Trustee.
 
The Treasurer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Trust with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Trustees.  He shall disburse the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Board of Trustees, shall render to the President and Trustees, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the Trust and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees or these By-Laws.
 
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEES, OFFICERS,
EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS
 
Section 1.     AGENTS, PROCEEDINGS AND EXPENSES .   For the purpose of this Article, “agent” means any person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or other agent of this Trust or is or was serving at the request of this Trust as a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or was a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor entity; “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative; and “expenses” includes without limitation attorney’s fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Article.
 
Section 2.     ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY TRUST .  This Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of this Trust) by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of this Trust, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceeding, if it is determined that person acted in good faith and reasonably believed:
 
(a)  
in the case of conduct in his official capacity as a Trustee of the Trust, that his conduct was in the Trust’s best interests, and
 
(b)  
in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the Trust’s best interests, and
 
(c)  
in the case of a criminal proceeding, that he had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of that person was unlawful.
 
 
 
-10-

 
 
(d)  
The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of this Trust or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.
 
Section 3.     ACTIONS BY THE TRUST .  This Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of this Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that that person is or was an agent of this Trust, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the defense or settlement of that action if that person acted in good faith, in a manner that person believed to be in the best interests of this Trust and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.
 
Section 4.     EXCLUSION OF INDEMNIFICATION .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, there shall be no right to indemnification for any liability arising by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or the reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the agent’s office with this Trust.
 
No indemnification shall be made under Sections 2 or 3 of this Article:
 
(a)  
In respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person’s official capacity; or
 
(b)  
In respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable in the performance of that person’s duty to this Trust, unless and only to the extent that the court in which that action was brought shall determine upon application that in view of all the circumstances of the case, that person was not liable by reason of the disabling conduct set forth in the preceding paragraph and is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the expenses which the court shall determine; or
 
(c)  
of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a threatened or pending action, with or without court approval, or of expenses incurred in defending a threatened or pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval, unless the required approval set forth in Section 6 of this Article is obtained.
 
Section 5.     SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT .  To the extent that an agent of this Trust has been successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, before the court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith, provided that the Board of Trustees, including a majority who are disinterested, non-party Trustees, also determines that based upon a review of the facts, the agent was not liable by reason of the disabling conduct referred to in Section 4 of this Article.
 
 
 
-11-

 
 
Section 6.     REQUIRED APPROVAL .  Except as provided in Section 5 of this Article, any indemnification under this Article shall be made by this Trust only if authorized in the specific case on a determination that indemnification of the agent is proper in the circumstances because the agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article and is not prohibited from indemnification because of the disabling conduct set forth in Section 4 of this Article, by:
 
(a)  
A majority vote of a quorum consisting of Trustees who are not parties to the proceeding and are not interested persons of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940); or
 
(b)  
A written opinion by an independent legal counsel.
 
Section 7.     ADVANCE OF EXPENSES .  Expenses incurred in defending any proceeding may be advanced by this Trust before the final disposition of the proceeding upon a written undertaking by or on behalf of the agent, to repay the amount of the advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification, together with at least one of the following as a condition to the advance:  (i) security for the undertaking; or (ii) the existence of insurance protecting the Trust against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances; or (iii) a determination by a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are not parties to the proceeding and are not interested persons of the Trust, or by an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, based on a review of readily available facts that there is reason to believe that the agent ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.  Determinations and authorizations of payments under this Section must be made in the manner specified in Section 6 of this Article for determining that the indemnification is permissible.
 
Section 8.     OTHER CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS .  Nothing contained in this Article shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than Trustees and officers of this Trust or any subsidiary hereof may be entitled by contract or otherwise.
 
Section 9.     LIMITATIONS .  No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article, except as provided in Sections 5 or 6 in any circumstances where it appears:
 
(a)  
that it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, a resolution of the shareholders, or an agreement in effect at the time of accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or
 
(b)  
that it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.
 
Section 10.     INSURANCE .  Upon and in the event of a determination by the Board of Trustees of this Trust to purchase such insurance, this Trust shall purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of this Trust against any liability.  asserted against or incurred by the agent in such capacity or arising out of the agent’s status as such, but only to the extent that this Trust would have the power to indemnify the agent against that liability under the provisions of this Article and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust.
 
 
 
-12-

 
 
Section 11.     FIDUCIARIES OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN .  This Article does not apply to any proceeding against any Trustee, investment manager or other fiduciary of an employee benefit plan in that person’s capacity as such, even though that person may also be an agent of this Trust as defined in Section 1 of this Article.  Nothing contained in this Article shall limit any right to indemnification to which such a Trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary may be entitled by contract or otherwise which shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law other than this Article.
 
ARTICLE VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS
 
Section 1.     MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER .  This Trust shall keep at its principal executive office or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, if either be appointed and as determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and series of shares held by each shareholder.
 
Section 2.     MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BY-LAWS .  The Trust shall keep at its principal executive office the original or a copy of these By-Laws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.
 
Section 3.     MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER RECORDS .  The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board of Trustees and any committee or committees of the Board of Trustees shall be kept at such place or places designated by the Board of Trustees or in the absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the Trust.  The minutes shall be kept in written form and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form.  The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate.  The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and shall include the right to copy and make extracts.
 
Section 4.     INSPECTION BY TRUSTEES .   Every Trustee shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, and documents of every kind and the physical properties of the Trust.  This inspection by a Trustee may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.
 
Section 5.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .  A copy of any financial statements and any income statement of the Trust for each quarterly period of each fiscal year and accompanying balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of each such period that has been prepared by the Trust shall be kept on file in the principal executive office of the Trust for at least twelve (12) months and each such statement shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding an examination of any such statement or a copy shall be mailed to any such shareholder.
 
 
 
-13-

 
 
The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the Trust or the certificate of an authorized officer of the Trust that the financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL MATTERS
 
Section 1.     CHECKS, DRAFTS, EVIDENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS .   All checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of or payable to the Trust shall be signed or endorsed in such manner and by such person or persons as shall be designated from time to time in accordance with the resolution of the Board of Trustees.
 
Section 2.     CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED .  The Board of Trustees, except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, may authorize any officer or officers,-agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Trust and this authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Trustees or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Trust by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
 
Section 3.     CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES .  A certificate or certificates for shares of beneficial interest in any series of the Trust may be issued to a shareholder upon his request when such shares are fully paid.  All certificates shall be signed in the name of the Trust by the Chairman of the Board or the President or Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares and the series of shares owned by the shareholders.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate shall have ceased to be that officer, transfer agent, or registrar before that certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Trust with the same effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may adopt and use a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares by electronic or other means.
 
Section 4.     LOST CERTIFICATES .  Except as provided in this Section 4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Trust and cancelled at the same time.  The Board of Trustees may in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen, or destroyed, authorize the issuance of a replacement certificate on such terms and conditions as the Board of Trustees may require, including a provision for indemnification of the Trust secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the Trust against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.
 
 
 
-14-

 
 
Section 5.     REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER ENTITIES HELD BY TRUST .  The Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President or any other person authorized by resolution of the Board of Trustees or by any of the foregoing designated officers, is authorized to vote or represent on behalf of the Trust any and all shares of any corporation, partnership, trusts, or other entities, foreign or domestic, standing in the name of the Trust.  The authority granted may be exercised in person or by a proxy duly executed by such designated person.
 
Section 6.     FISCAL YEAR .   The fiscal year of the Trust shall be fixed and refixed or changed from time to time by resolution of the Trustees.  The fiscal year of the Trust shall be the taxable year of each Series of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
 
Section 1.     AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS .  These By-Laws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, except as otherwise provided by applicable law or by the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust or these By-Laws.
 
Section 2.     AMENDMENT BY TRUSTEES .  Subject to the right of shareholders as provided in Section 1 of this Article to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, and except as otherwise provided by applicable law or by the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended, or repealed by the Board of Trustees.
 
Section 3.     INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE INTO AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST OF THE TRUST .  These By-Laws and any amendments thereto shall be incorporated by reference to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust.
 
 
 
-15-


 
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

AMENDMENT TO UNIFIED INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO UNITED INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of the 31st day of August, 2011, is entered into by and between LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC, a California limited liability company (the “Advisor,” and together with the Trust, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

 
WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into the United Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

 
WHEREAS, the Trust has recently changed its name from The Masters’ Select Funds Trust to Litman Gregory Funds Trust;

WHEREAS, the Advisor has recently changed its name from Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC to Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC;

WHEREAS, the Trust has established a new series, Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Fund”);

WHEREAS, the Trust desires to retain the Advisor, and the Advisor desires, to provide investment management advice and services to the Fund;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Agreement to reflect the aforementioned changes; and

WHEREAS, this Amendment has been approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, by a vote cast in person at a meeting held for the purpose of voting on this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
 
 
1.  
All references to “The Masters’ Select Funds Trust” in the Agreement are hereby replaced with “Litman Gregory Funds Trust.”

 
2.  
All references to “Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC” in the Agreement are hereby replaced with “Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC.”

 
3.  
Appendix A to the Agreement is hereby suspended and replaced in its entirety with Appendix A attached to this Amendment.

 
4.  
Appendix B to the Agreement is hereby suspended and replaced in its entirety with Appendix B attached to this Amendment.
 
 
 

 
 
 
5.  
Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers on one or more counterparts, all on the date and year first above written.

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
on behalf of its series listed on Appendix A
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC
By:
__________________________________  
By:
__________________________________
Name:
   
Name:
 
Title:
   
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Appendix A

FUND SCHEDULE – LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
 
(updated August 31, 2011)

Fund
Effective Date
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Equity Fund
 
December 4, 1996
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select International Fund
 
December 1, 1997
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Value Fund
 
June 7, 2000
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Smaller Companies Fund
 
April 30, 2003
·   Litman Gregory Masters Focused Opportunities Fund
 
June 22, 2006
·   Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund
 
August 31, 2011


LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
on behalf of its series listed above
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC
By:
__________________________________  
By:
_____________________________________
Name:
   
Name:
 
Title:
   
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Appendix B

FEE SCHEDULE – LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

(updated August 31, 2011)

Fund
Fee Rate
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Equity Fund
 
1.10% of the Fund’s daily net assets up to $750 million
1.00% of the Fund’s daily net assets in excess of $750 million
 
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select International Fund
 
1.10% of the Fund’s daily net assets up to $1 billion
1.00% of the Fund’s daily net assets in excess of $1 billion
 
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Value Fund
 
1.10% of the Fund’s daily net assets up to $1 billion
1.00% of the Fund’s daily net assets in excess of $1 billion
 
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Smaller Companies Fund
 
1.14% of the Fund’s daily net assets up to $450 million
1.04% of the Fund’s daily net assets in excess of $450 million
·   Litman Gregory Masters Focused Opportunities Fund
 
1.10% of the Fund’s daily net assets up to $1 billion
1.00% of the Fund’s daily net assets in excess of $1 billion
·   Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund
 
1.40% of the Fund’s daily net assets up to $2 billion
1.30% of the Fund’s daily net assets between $2 billion and $3 billion
1.25% of the Fund’s daily net assets between $3 billion and $4 billion
1.20% of the Fund’s daily net assets in excess of $4 billion



LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
on behalf of its series listed above
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC
By:
________________________________  
By:
______________________________________
Name:
   
Name:
 
Title:
   
Title:
 


 
 
 
 
 


MASTERS’ SELECT SMALLER COMPANIES FUND
MASTERS’ SELECT FUNDS TRUST
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of the ____ day of ____ 2011 by and between LITMAN/GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC (the “Advisor”) and  Cove Street Capital, LLC (the “Sub-Advisor”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been retained as the investment adviser to the Masters’ Select Smaller Companies Fund (the “Fund”), a series of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company, registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”); and

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been authorized by the Trust to retain one or more investment advisers (each an “investment manager”) to serve as portfolio managers for a specified portion of the Fund’s assets (the “Allocated Portion”); and

WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and is engaged in the business of supplying investment advisory services as an independent contractor; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Advisor desire to retain the Sub-Advisor as an investment manager to render portfolio advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the Sub-Advisor desires to furnish said advice and services; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Fund are third party beneficiaries of such arrangements;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties to this Agreement, which shall include the Trust on behalf of the Fund for purposes of the indemnification provisions of section 11 hereof, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

1.            Appointment of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           The Advisor hereby employs the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such employment, to render investment advice and related services with respect to the Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
 
 
 
 

 
 
(b)           The Sub-Advisor’s employment shall be solely with respect to an Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets, such Allocated Portion to be specified by the Advisor and subject to periodic increases or decreases at the Advisor’s sole discretion.

(c)            Nature of Fund .  The Sub-Advisor and the Advisor both acknowledge that the Fund is a mutual fund that operates as a series of an open-end series investment company under the plenary authority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. In managing the Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall do so subject always to the plenary authority of the Board of Trustees.

2.            Duties of Sub-Advisor .

(a)            General Duties .  The Sub-Advisor shall act as one of several investment managers to the Fund and shall invest the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in the Fund’s and the Trust’s governing documents, including, without limitation, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information and undertakings; and such other limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust may impose from time to time in writing to the Sub-Advisor. In providing such services, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times adhere to the provisions and restrictions contained in the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable law.  Advisor shall provide to the Sub-Advisor such information with respect to the Fund such that the Sub-Advisor will be able to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, laws, policies, and restrictions with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor shall: (i) furnish the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets; (ii) effect the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (iii) determine that portion of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion that will remain uninvested, if any; (iv) manage and oversee the investments of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Trust’s Board of Trustees; (v) vote proxies, file required ownership reports, and take other actions with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vi) maintain the books and records required to be maintained with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vii) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of the Fund’ assets which the Advisor, the Trustees, or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (viii) render to the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion as the Board may reasonably request.

(b)            Brokerage .  With respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for broker-dealer selection and for negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Sub-Advisor may direct orders to an affiliated person of the Sub-Advisor or to any other broker-dealer who has been identified by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor as an affiliate of any other investment manager without prior authorization to use such affiliated broker or dealer by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, provided that the Sub-Advisor does so in a manner consistent with Sections 17(a) and 17(e) of the Investment Company Act, Rule 17e-1 thereunder and the Rule 17e-1 procedures adopted by the Trust (a copy of which shall by provided by the Advisor).  The Sub-Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a securities transaction will be best execution.  In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Sub-Advisor may take the following into consideration: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of the Fund on a continuing basis.  The price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.
 
 
 
-2-

 

 
Subject to such policies as the Advisor and the Board of Trustees of the Trust may determine, the Sub-Advisor shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides (directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor’s or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund.  The Sub-Advisor is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Fund to such brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services, to the Trust, the Advisor, any affiliate of either, or the Sub-Advisor.  Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Advisor shall determine, and the Sub-Advisor shall report on such allocations regularly to the Advisor and the Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.

On occasions when the Sub-Advisor deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Advisor in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.

(c)            Proxy Voting . The Advisor hereby delegates to the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor’s discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect to the securities and other investments in the Allocated Portion.  The Sub-Advisor’s proxy voting policies shall comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. The Sub-Advisor shall maintain and preserve a record, in an easily-accessible place for a period of not less than three (3) years (or longer, if required by law), of the Sub-Advisor’s voting procedures, of the Sub-Advisor’s actual votes, and such other information required for the Fund to comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC.  The Sub-Advisor shall supply updates of this record to the Advisor or any authorized representative of the Advisor, or to the Fund on a quarterly basis (or more frequently, if required by law).  The Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor and the Fund with information regarding the policies and procedures that the Sub-Advisor uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to the Allocated Portion. The Fund may request that the Sub-Advisor vote proxies for the Allocated Portion in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies.
 
 
 
-3-

 

 
(d)            Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund copies of any of such records upon the Fund’s request.  The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act with respect to the Fund and to preserve the records required by Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act with respect to the Fund for the period specified in the Rule.

(e)            Custody . Title to all investments shall be made in the name of the Fund, provided that for convenience in buying, selling, and exchanging securities (stocks, bonds, commercial paper, etc.), title to such securities may be held in the name of the Fund’s custodian bank, or its nominee or as otherwise provided in the Fund’s custody agreement.  The Fund shall notify the Sub-Advisor of the identity of its custodian bank and shall give the Sub-Advisor fifteen (15) days’ written notice of any changes in such custody arrangements. Neither the Sub-Advisor, nor any parent, subsidiary or related firm, shall take possession of or handle any cash or securities, mortgages or deeds of trust, or other indicia of ownership of the Fund’s investments, or otherwise act as custodian of such investments.  All cash and the indicia of ownership of all other investments shall be held by the Fund’s custodian bank. The Fund shall instruct its custodian bank to (a) carry out all investment instructions as may be directed by the Sub-Advisor with respect thereto (which may be orally given if confirmed in writing); and (b) provide the Sub-Advisor with all operational information necessary for the Sub-Advisor to trade on behalf of the Fund.

(f) (1)    Consulting with Certain Affiliated Sub-Advisors .  With respect to any transaction the Fund enters into with an affiliated sub-advisor (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor agrees that it will not consult with the affiliated sub-advisor concerning such transaction, except to the extent necessary to comply with the percentage limits of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1.

(2)     Transactions Among Sub-Advisors of the Fund .  In any case in which there are two or more sub-advisors responsible for providing investment advice to the Fund, the Sub-Advisor may enter into a transaction on behalf of the Fund with another sub-advisor of the Fund (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, only if (i) the Sub-Advisor, under the terms of this Agreement, is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to its Allocated Portion, and (ii) the other sub-advisor is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to a separate portion of the portfolio of the Fund.
 
 
 
-4-

 

 
3.            Representations of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           Sub-Advisor shall use its best judgment and efforts in rendering the advice and services to the Fund as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)           Sub-Advisor shall maintain all licenses and registrations necessary to perform its duties hereunder in good order.

(c)           Sub-Advisor shall conduct its operations at all times in conformance with the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act and any other applicable state and/or self-regulatory organization regulations.

(d)           Sub-Advisor shall be covered by errors and omissions insurance.  The company self-retention or deductible shall not exceed reasonable and customary standards, and Sub-Advisor agrees to notify Advisor in the event the aggregate coverage of such insurance in any annual period is reduced below $2,000,000.

(e)           The Sub-Advisor represents and warrants to the Advisor and the Fund that (i) the retention of the Sub-Advisor as contemplated by this Agreement is authorized by the Sub-Advisor’s governing documents; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any obligation by which the Sub-Advisor or its property is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action of the Sub-Advisor and when executed and delivered by the Sub-Advisor will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Sub-Advisor, enforceable against the Sub-Advisor in accordance with its terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

4.            Independent Contractor .  The Sub-Advisor shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor, and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided and authorized to do so, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor in any way, or in any way be deemed an agent for the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor.  It is expressly understood and agreed that the services to be rendered by the Sub-Advisor to the Fund under the provisions of this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Sub-Advisor shall be free to render similar or different services to others so long as its ability to render the services provided for in this Agreement shall not be impaired thereby.
 
 
 
-5-

 

 
5.            Sub-Advisor's Personnel .  The Sub-Advisor shall, at its own expense, maintain such staff and employ or retain such personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time to time determine to be necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the staff and personnel of the Sub-Advisor shall be deemed to include persons employed or retained by the Sub-Advisor to furnish statistical information, research, and other factual information, advice regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and scientific developments, and such other information, advice, and assistance as the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor or the Trust's Board of Trustees may desire and reasonably request.

6.            Expenses .

(a)   The Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) providing the personnel, office space, and equipment reasonably necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)   In the event this Agreement is terminated by an assignment in the nature of a change of control as contemplated by Section 14(b) hereof, and the parties agree to enter into a new agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) the costs of any special notifications to the Fund’s shareholders and any special meetings of the Trust’s Board of Trustees convened for the primary benefit of the Sub-Advisor, or (ii) its fair share of the costs of any special meetings required for the benefit of the Sub-Advisor as well as for other purposes.

(c)           The Sub-Advisor may voluntarily absorb certain Fund expenses or waive some or all of the Sub-Advisor’s own fee.

(d)           To the extent the Sub-Advisor incurs any costs by assuming expenses which are an obligation of the Advisor or the Fund, the Advisor or the Fund shall promptly reimburse the Sub-Advisor for such costs and expenses.  To the extent the Sub-Advisor performs services for which the Fund or the Advisor is obligated to pay, the Sub-Advisor shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement in such amount as shall be negotiated between the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor but shall, under no circumstances, exceed the Sub-Advisor’s actual costs for providing such services.

7.            Investment Sub-Advisory Fee .

(a)           The Advisor shall pay to the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept, as full compensation for all investment advisory services furnished or provided to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, an annual sub-advisory fee based on the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, as such Allocated Portion may be adjusted from time to time.  Such fee shall be paid at the annual rate of 0.60% of the net assets of the Fund attributable to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, computed on the value of such net assets as of the close of business each day.
 
 
 
-6-

 

 
(b)           The sub-advisory fee shall be paid by the Advisor to Sub-Advisor monthly in arrears on the tenth business day of each month.

(c)           The initial fee under this Agreement shall be payable on the tenth business day of the first month following the effective date of this Agreement and shall be prorated as set forth below.  If this Agreement is terminated prior to the end of any month, the fee to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated for the portion of any month in which this Agreement is in effect which is not a complete month according to the proportion which the number of calendar days in the month during which the Agreement is in effect bears to the number of calendar days in the month, and shall be payable within ten (10) days after the date of termination.

(d)           The fee payable to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement will be reduced to the extent of any receivable owed by the Sub-Advisor to the Advisor or the Fund.

(e)           The Sub-Advisor voluntarily may reduce any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses due to it pursuant to this Agreement and may agree to make payments to limit the expenses which are the responsibility of the Advisor of the Fund under this Agreement.  Any such reduction or payment shall be applicable only to such specific reduction or payment and shall not constitute an agreement to reduce any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder or to continue future payments.  Any such reduction will be agreed to prior to accrual of the related expense or fee and will be estimated daily and reconciled and paid on a monthly basis.

(f)           The Sub-Advisor may agree not to require payment of any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses otherwise due to it pursuant to this Agreement.  Any such agreement shall be applicable only with respect to the specific items covered thereby and shall not constitute an agreement not to require payment of any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder.

8.            No Shorting; No Borrowing .  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall take any short position in the shares of the Fund.  This prohibition shall not prevent the purchase of such shares by any of the officers or employees of the Sub-Advisor or any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons or affiliates thereof, at a price not less than the net asset value thereof at the time of purchase, as allowed pursuant to rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act.  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall borrow from the Fund or pledge or use the Funds assets in connection with any borrowing not directly for the Fund’s benefit.

9.            Conflicts with Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Laws . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Fund to take any action contrary to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws, or any applicable statute or regulation, or to relieve or deprive the Board of Trustees of the Trust of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust and the Fund.  In this connection, the Sub-Advisor acknowledges that the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees retain ultimate plenary authority over the Fund, including the Allocated Portion, and may take any and all actions necessary and reasonable to protect the interests of shareholders.
 
 
 
-7-

 

 
10.            Reports and Access .  The Sub-Advisor agrees to supply such information to the Advisor and to permit such compliance inspections by the Advisor or the Fund as shall be reasonably necessary to permit the administrator to satisfy its obligations and respond to the reasonable requests of the Trustees.

11.            Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification .

(a)           The Sub-Advisor shall exercise reasonable care and prudence in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)           The Sub-Advisor shall have responsibility for the accuracy and completeness (and liability for the lack thereof) of the statements furnished by the Sub-Advisor for use by the Advisor in the Fund’s offering materials (including the prospectus, the statement of additional information, advertising and sales materials) that pertain to the Sub-Advisor and the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund.  The Sub-Advisor shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to other disclosures.

(c)           The Sub-Advisor shall be liable to the Fund for any loss (including brokerage charges) incurred by the Fund as a result of any investment made by the Sub-Advisor in violation of Section 2 hereof.

(d)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Advisor, the Trust, or the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security by the Fund.

(e)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including without limitation paragraphs (c) and (d) above, each, party to this Agreement (as an “Indemnifying Party”), including the Trust on behalf of the Fund, shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party and the shareholders, directors, officers, and employees of the other party (any such person, an “Indemnified Party”) against any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating and defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising out of the Indemnifying Party’s performance or non-performance of any duties under this Agreement provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to protect any Indemnified Party against any liability to which such Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence in the performance of duties hereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.
 
 
 
-8-

 

 
If indemnification is to be sought hereunder, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided, however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may otherwise have to the Indemnified Party provided such failure shall not affect in a material adverse manner the position of the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim.  Following such notification, the Indemnifying Party may elect in writing to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and, upon such election, it shall not be liable for any legal costs incurred by the Indemnified Party (other than reasonable costs of investigation previously incurred) in connection therewith, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party has failed to provide counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party in a timely manner or (ii) counsel which has been provided by the Indemnifying Party reasonably determines that its representation of the Indemnified Party would present it with a conflict of interest.

The provisions of this paragraph 11(e) shall not apply in any action where the Indemnified Party is the party adverse, or one of the parties adverse, to the other party.

(f)           No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to protect any Trustee or officer of the Trust, or officer of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, from liability in violation of Sections 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act.

12.            Non-Exclusivity; Trading for Sub-Advisor’s Own Account; Code of Ethics .  The Advisor’s employment of the Sub-Advisor is not an exclusive arrangement.  The Advisor anticipates that it will employ other individuals or entities to furnish it with the services provided for herein. Likewise, the Sub-Advisor may act as investment adviser for any other person, and shall not in any way be limited or restricted from buying, selling, or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting, provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor expressly represents that it will undertake no activities which will adversely affect the performance of its obligations to the Fund under this Agreement; and provided further that the Sub-Advisor will adhere to a code of ethics governing employee trading and trading for proprietary accounts that conforms to the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act, a copy of which has been provided to the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

The Sub-Advisor will make such reports to the Advisor and the Fund as are required by Rule 17j-1 and Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide the Advisor and the Fund with any information required to satisfy the compliance program, code of ethics reporting or disclosure requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. To the extent the Sub-Advisor adopts or has adopted a separate code of ethics or amends or has amended its code of ethics to comply with such rules or regulations, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor with a copy of such code of ethics and any amendments thereto.
 
 
 
-9-

 

 
13.           
Term .

(a)           This Agreement shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and shall remain in effect for a period of two (2) years, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.  This Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter for additional periods not exceeding one (1) year so long as such continuation is approved for the Fund at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement nor interested persons thereof, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (iii) the Advisor.  The terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities” and “interested persons” shall have the meanings as set forth in the Investment Company Act.

(b)           The Fund and its distributor may use the Sub-Advisor’s trade name or any name derived from the Sub-Advisor’s trade name only in a manner consistent with the nature of this Agreement for so long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal, or amendment hereof remains in effect.  Within sixty (60) days from such time as this Agreement shall no longer be in effect, the Fund shall cease to use such a name or any other name connected with Sub-Advisor.

14.            Termination; No Assignment .

(a)           This Agreement may be terminated at any time without payment of any penalty, by: the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor. This Agreement also may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Trust and the other party.  In the event of a termination, Sub-Advisor shall cooperate in the orderly transfer of the Fund’s affairs and, at the request of the Board of Trustees, transfer any and all books and records of the Fund maintained by Sub-Advisor on behalf of the Fund.

(b)           This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of any transfer or assignment thereof, as defined in the Investment Company Act.

15.            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall be otherwise rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

16.            Captions .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
 
 
 
-10-

 

 
17.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

18.            Nonpublic Personal Information . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Sub-Advisor hereto agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, trustees, shareholders, officers, and employees (1) to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Advisor (on behalf of itself and the Fund) and the Trust (a) all records and other information relative to the Fund’s prior, present, or potential shareholders (and clients of said shareholders) and (b) any Nonpublic Personal Information, as defined under Section 248.3(t) of Regulation S-P (“Regulation S-P”), promulgated under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “G-L-B Act”), and (2) except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Advisor or the Trust, not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, or as otherwise permitted by Regulation S-P or the G-L-B Act, and if in compliance therewith, the privacy policies adopted by the Advisor and the Fund and communicated in writing to the Sub-Advisor.  Such written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Advisor or the Trust and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt or other proceedings for failure to comply after being requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities.

19.            Anti-Money Laundering Compliance . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the USA PATRIOT Act, and any respective implementing regulations (together, “AML Laws”), the Fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Policy. The Sub-Advisor agrees to comply with the Fund’s Anti-Money Laundering Policy and the AML Laws, as the same may apply to the Sub-Advisor, now and in the future. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to provide to the Fund and/or the Advisor such reports, certifications and contractual assurances as may be requested by the Fund or the Advisor. The Advisor may disclose information respecting the Sub-Advisor to governmental and/or regulatory or self-regulatory authorities to the extent required by applicable law or regulation and may file reports with such authorities as may be required by applicable law or regulation.

20.            Certifications; Disclosure Controls and Procedures . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder, the Fund is required to make certain certifications and has adopted disclosure controls and procedures. To the extent reasonably requested by the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor agrees to use its best efforts to assist the Advisor and the Fund in complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and implementing the Fund’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Sub-Advisor agrees to inform the Fund of any material development related to the Allocated Portion that the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes is relevant to the Fund’s certification obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
 
 
 
-11-

 
 

21.            Provision of Certain Information by the Sub-Advisor . The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Advisor in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)           the Sub-Advisor fails to be registered as investment adviser under the Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub-Advisor is required to be registered as investment adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(b)           the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Advisor or the Fund;

(c)           the Sub-Advisor suffers financial impairment which materially interferes with its ability to manage the Allocated Portion or otherwise fulfill its duties under this Agreement;

(d)           the Sub-Advisor, its principal officers or its controlling stockholders are the subject of a government investigation or inquiry, administrative proceeding or any other type of legal action which, under the Investment Company Act, would make it ineligible to serve as an investment adviser to an investment company;

(e)           a change in the Sub-Advisor’s personnel materially involved in the management of the Allocated Portion; or

(f)           a change in control or management of the Sub-Advisor.

22.            Confidentiality . The parties to this Agreement shall not, directly or indirectly, permit their respective affiliates, directors, trustees, officers, members, employees, or agents to, in any form or by any means, use, disclose, or furnish to any person or entity, records or information concerning the business of any of the other parties except as necessary for the performance of duties under this Agreement or as required by law, without prior written notice to and approval of the relevant other parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by such other parties.

23.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
 
 
 
-12-

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all on the day and year first above written.
 
 
LITMAN/GREGORY FUND   COVE STREET CAPITAL, LLC    
ADVISORS, LLC          
           
 
By:
________________________
By:
________________________    
Name: John M. Coughlan   Name: ________________________    
Title: Chief Operating Officer Title: ________________________    
           
 
As a Third Party Beneficiary,
       
           
MASTERS’ SELECT FUNDS TRUST
       
on behalf of
       
MASTERS’ SELECT SMALLER COMPANIES FUND
       
           
 
By:          
Name: John M. Coughlan        
Title: Treasurer          
           
 
 
 
-13-


 
LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND
LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the ____ day of ____ 2011 by and between LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC (the “Advisor”) and DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Sub-Advisor”).
 
WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been retained as the investment adviser to the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Fund”), a series of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company, registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement, dated May 28, 2003, as amended from time to time, by and between the Trust and the Advisor (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been authorized by the Trust to retain one or more investment advisers (each an “investment manager”) to serve as portfolio managers, each for a specified and discrete portion of the Fund’s assets (the portion with respect to the Sub-Advisor, the “Allocated Portion”); and

WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and is engaged in the business of supplying investment advisory services; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Advisor desire to retain the Sub-Advisor as an investment manager to render portfolio advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the Sub-Advisor desires to furnish said advice and services; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Fund are third party beneficiaries of such arrangements;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties to this Agreement, which shall include the Trust on behalf of the Fund for purposes of the indemnification provisions of Section 12 hereof, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

1.            Appointment of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           The Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such appointment, to render investment advice and related services with respect to the Allocated Portion for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
 
 
 

 

 
(b)           The Sub-Advisor’s appointment shall be solely with respect to the Allocated Portion, which is to be specified by the Advisor and subject to periodic increases or decreases at the Advisor’s sole discretion.

(c)            Nature of Fund .  The Sub-Advisor and the Advisor both acknowledge that the Fund is a mutual fund that operates as a series of an open-end series investment company under the plenary authority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. In managing the Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall do so subject always to the plenary authority of the Board of Trustees.

2.            Duties of Sub-Advisor .

(a)            General Duties .  The Sub-Advisor shall act as one of several investment managers to the Fund and shall have discretionary authority to invest the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in the Fund’s and the Trust’s governing documents, including, without limitation, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information and any related undertakings; and such other written limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust may impose from time to time in writing to the Sub-Advisor (collectively, the “Trust’s Legal Documents”). In providing such services, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times adhere to the provisions and restrictions contained in the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable law.  Advisor shall provide to the Sub-Advisor such information with respect to the Fund such that the Sub-Advisor will be able to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, laws, policies, and restrictions with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, such as but not limited to the Trust’s Legal Documents. The Sub-Advisor is not responsible for compliance with any changes to the Trust’s Legal Documents until it is in receipt of written notice of such changes provided by the Advisor.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor shall: (i) furnish the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the investment of the Allocated Portion; (ii) effect, and shall have full authority to effect, the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and other investments for the Allocated Portion, including the authority to enter into on behalf of the Fund any and all agreements necessary to effect portfolio transactions permitted by the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information and applicable law; (iii) determine that portion of the Allocated Portion that will remain uninvested, if any; (iv) manage and oversee the investments of the Allocated Portion, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Trust’s Board of Trustees; (v) vote proxies, file required ownership reports, and take other actions with respect to the securities in the Allocated Portion; (vi) maintain the books and records required to be maintained with respect to the securities in the Allocated Portion; (vii) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of the Fund’ assets which the Advisor, the Trustees, or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (viii) render to the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports with respect to the Allocated Portion as the Board may reasonably request.
 
 
-2-

 
 
(b)            Brokerage .  With respect to the Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for broker-dealer selection and for negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Sub-Advisor may direct orders to an affiliated person of the Sub-Advisor or to any other broker-dealer who has been identified by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor as an affiliate of any other investment manager without prior authorization to use such affiliated broker or dealer by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, provided that the Sub-Advisor does so in a manner consistent with Sections 17(a) and 17(e) of the Investment Company Act, Rule 17e-1 thereunder and the Rule 17e-1 procedures adopted by the Trust (a copy of which shall by provided by the Advisor).  The Sub-Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a securities transaction will be attempting to achieve best execution under the circumstances.  In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Sub-Advisor may take the following factors, among others, into consideration: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of the Fund on a continuing basis.  The price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered under the circumstances of any particular transaction.

Subject to such policies as the Advisor and the Board of Trustees of the Trust may determine, the Sub-Advisor shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides (directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor’s or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund.  The Sub-Advisor is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Fund to such brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services, to the Trust, the Advisor, any affiliate of either, or the Sub-Advisor.  Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Advisor shall determine, and the Sub-Advisor shall report on such allocations regularly to the Advisor and the Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.

On occasions when the Sub-Advisor deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution under the circumstances.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Advisor in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.
 
 
-3-

 
 
(c)            Proxy Voting . The Advisor hereby delegates to the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor’s discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect to the securities and other investments in the Allocated Portion.  The Sub-Advisor’s proxy voting policies shall comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Sub-Advisor shall maintain and preserve a record at such place and for such time as required by applicable law, rule or regulation, of the Sub-Advisor’s voting procedures, of the Sub-Advisor’s actual votes, and such other information required for the Fund to comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC.  The Sub-Advisor shall supply updates of such records to the Advisor or any authorized representative of the Advisor, or to the Fund, at such frequency as required by applicable law, rule or regulation.  The Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor and the Fund with information regarding the policies and procedures that the Sub-Advisor uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to the Allocated Portion. The Advisor may choose to vote proxies for the Allocated Portion in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies, but will do so only after providing written notice to the Sub-Advisor.

(d)            Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund copies of any of such records upon the Advisor’s request.  The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act with respect to the Fund and to preserve the applicable records required by Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act with respect to the Fund for the period specified in the Rule.

(e)            Custody . Title to all investments shall be made in the name of the Fund, provided that for convenience in buying, selling, and exchanging securities (stocks, bonds, commercial paper, etc.) and in making other investments for the Fund, title to such securities and investments may be held in the name of the Fund’s custodian bank, or its nominee or as otherwise provided in the Fund’s custody agreement.  The Advisor shall notify the Sub-Advisor of the identity of the Fund’s custodian bank and shall give the Sub-Advisor fifteen (15) days’ written notice of any changes in such custody arrangements. Neither the Sub-Advisor, nor any parent, subsidiary or related firm, shall take possession of or handle any cash or securities, mortgages or deeds of trust, or other indicia of ownership of the Fund’s investments, or otherwise act as custodian of such investments.  All cash and the indicia of ownership of all other investments shall be held by the Fund’s custodian bank. The Advisor shall ensure that the Fund instructs its custodian bank to (a) carry out all investment instructions as may be directed by the Sub-Advisor with respect thereto (which may be orally given if confirmed in writing); and (b) provides the Sub-Advisor with all operational information necessary for the Sub-Advisor to trade on behalf of the Fund.

(f) (1) Consulting with Certain Affiliated Sub-Advisors .  With respect to any transaction the Fund enters into with an affiliated sub-advisor (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17e-1, Rule 17a-10, Rule 12d3-1 or any other exemptive rule under the Investment Company Act that requires the Sub-Advisor to act in accordance with this Subsection, the Sub-Advisor agrees that it will not consult with the affiliated sub-advisor concerning such transaction. The parties acknowledge that this provision of this Agreement has been reasonably designed and is intended to conform to the requirements of Rule 17a-10 under the Investment Company Act.
 
 
-4-

 
 
(2) Transactions Among Sub-Advisors of the Fund .  In any case in which there are two or more sub-advisors responsible for providing investment advice to the Fund, the Sub-Advisor may enter into a transaction on behalf of the Fund with another sub-advisor of the Fund (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17e-1, Rule 17a-10, Rule 12d3-1 or any other exemptive rule under the Investment Company Act that requires the Sub-Advisor to act in accordance with this Subsection, only if (i) the Sub-Advisor, under the terms of this Agreement, is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to its Allocated Portion, and (ii) the other sub-advisor is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to a different separate and discrete portion of the portfolio of the Fund. The parties acknowledge that this provision and other applicable provisions of this Agreement have been reasonably designed and are intended to conform to the requirements of Rule 17a-10 under the Investment Company Act.

3.            Representations and Warranties of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           The Sub-Advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act;

(b)           The Sub-Advisor is a limited partnership duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with the power to own and possess its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted hereunder;

(c)           The execution, delivery and performance by the Sub-Advisor of this Agreement are within the Sub-Advisor’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of its directors, shareholders or partners, and no action by or in respect of, and no filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Sub-Advisor for the execution, delivery and performance by the Sub-Advisor of this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Sub-Advisor of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a violation of, or a material default under, (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, (ii) the Sub-Advisor’s governing instruments, or (iii) any agreement, any actual or reasonably likely judgment, injunction, order or decree or any other instrument binding upon the Sub-Advisor;
 
(d)           The Form ADV of the Sub-Advisor provided to the Advisor and the Trust is a true and complete copy of the form, including that part or parts of the Form ADV filed with the SEC, that part or parts maintained in the records of the Sub-Advisor, and/or that part or parts provided or offered to clients, in each case as required under the Investment Advisers Act and rules thereunder, and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
 
 
-5-

 
 
(e)           The Sub-Advisor shall maintain all licenses and registrations necessary to perform its duties hereunder in good order;

(f)           The Sub-Advisor shall conduct its operations at all times in conformance with the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act and any other applicable state and/or self-regulatory organization regulations;

(g)           The Sub-Advisor shall be covered by errors and omissions insurance.  The company self-retention or deductible shall not exceed reasonable and customary standards, and the Sub-Advisor agrees to notify the Advisor in the event the aggregate coverage of such insurance in any annual period is reduced below $10,000,000; and

(h)           The Sub-Advisor represents and warrants to the Advisor and the Fund that (i) the retention of the Sub-Advisor as contemplated by this Agreement is authorized by the Sub-Advisor’s governing documents; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any obligation by which the Sub-Advisor is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action of the Sub-Advisor and when executed and delivered by the Sub-Advisor will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Sub-Advisor, enforceable against the Sub-Advisor in accordance with its terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

4.   Representations and Warranties of Advisor .  The Advisor represents and warrants to the Sub-Advisor as follows:
 
(a)   The Advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act;
 
(b)   The Advisor is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to own and possess its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted hereunder;
 
(c)   The execution, delivery and performance by the Advisor of this Agreement are within the Advisor’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of its directors or shareholders, and no action by or in respect of, and no filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Advisor for the execution, delivery and performance by the Advisor of this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Advisor of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a violation of, or a material default under, (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, (ii) the Advisor’s governing instruments, or (iii) any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Advisor;
 
 
-6-

 
 
(d)   The Form ADV of the Advisor provided to the Sub-Advisor and the Trust is a true and complete copy of the form, including that part or parts of the Form ADV filed with the SEC, that part or parts maintained in the records of the Advisor, and/or that part or parts provided or offered to clients, in each case as required under the Investment Advisers Act and rules thereunder, and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
 
(e)   The Advisor acknowledges that it received a copy of the Sub-Advisor’s disclosure brochure pursuant to Rule 204-3 under the Investment Advisers Act prior to the execution of this Agreement; and
 
(f)   The Advisor and the Trust have duly entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement pursuant to which the Trust authorized the Advisor to delegate certain of its duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement to the investment managers, including without limitation, the appointment of a sub-advisor with respect to assets of the Fund and the Advisor’s entering into and performing this Agreement.
 
5.            Independent Contractor .  The Sub-Advisor shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor, and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided and authorized to do so by this Agreement, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor in any way, or in any way be deemed an agent for the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor.  It is expressly understood and agreed that the services to be rendered by the Sub-Advisor to the Fund under the provisions of this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Sub-Advisor shall be free to render similar or different services to others so long as its ability to render the services provided for in this Agreement shall not be impaired thereby.

6.            Sub-Advisor's Personnel .  The Sub-Advisor shall, at its own expense, maintain such staff and employ or retain such personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time to time determine to be necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the staff and personnel of the Sub-Advisor shall be deemed to include persons employed or retained by the Sub-Advisor to furnish statistical information, research, and other factual information, advice regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and scientific developments, and such other information, advice, and assistance as the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor or the Trust's Board of Trustees may desire and reasonably request.

7.            Expenses .

(a)   The Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) providing the personnel, office space, and equipment reasonably necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
-7-

 
 
(b)   In the event this Agreement is terminated by an assignment in the nature of a change of control related to the Sub-Advisor as contemplated by Section 15(b) hereof, and the parties agree to enter into a new agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) the costs of any special notifications to the Fund’s shareholders and any special meetings of the Trust’s Board of Trustees convened for the primary benefit of the Sub-Advisor, or (ii) its fair share of the costs of any special meetings required for the benefit of the Sub-Advisor as well as for other purposes. The Sub-advisor shall bear no expenses related to a new agreement into which the parties agree to enter in the event this Agreement is terminated by an assignment in the nature of a change of control related to the Advisor as contemplated by Section 15(b) hereof.

(c)           The Sub-Advisor may voluntarily absorb certain Fund expenses or waive some or all of the Sub-Advisor’s own fee. Any such voluntary waiver must be in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the Sub-Advisor.

(d)           To the extent the Sub-Advisor incurs any costs by assuming expenses which are an obligation of the Advisor or the Fund, the Advisor or the Fund shall promptly reimburse the Sub-Advisor for such costs and expenses.  To the extent the Sub-Advisor performs services for which the Fund or the Advisor is obligated to pay, the Sub-Advisor shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement in such amount as shall be negotiated between the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor but shall, under no circumstances, exceed the Sub-Advisor’s actual costs for providing such services.

8.            Investment Sub-Advisory Fee .

(a)           The Advisor shall pay to the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept, as full compensation for all investment advisory services furnished or provided to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, an annual sub-advisory fee based on the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, as such Allocated Portion may be adjusted from time to time.  Such fee shall be paid at the annual rate of 1.00% of the net assets of the Fund attributable to the Allocated Portion, computed on the value of such net assets as of the close of business each day.

(b)           The sub-advisory fee shall be paid by the Advisor to Sub-Advisor monthly in arrears on the tenth business day of each month.

(c)           The initial fee under this Agreement shall be payable on the tenth business day of the first month following the effective date of this Agreement and shall be prorated as set forth below.  If this Agreement is terminated prior to the end of any month, the fee to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated for the portion of any month in which this Agreement is in effect which is not a complete month according to the proportion which the number of calendar days in the month during which the Agreement is in effect bears to the number of calendar days in the month, and shall be payable within ten (10) days after the date of termination.

(d)           The fee payable to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement will be reduced to the extent of any receivable owed by the Sub-Advisor to the Advisor or the Fund.
 
 
-8-

 
 
(e)           The Sub-Advisor voluntarily may reduce any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses due to it pursuant to this Agreement and may agree to make payments to limit the expenses which are the responsibility of the Advisor of the Fund under this Agreement.  Any such reduction or payment shall be applicable only to such specific reduction or payment and shall not constitute an agreement to reduce any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder or to continue future payments.  Any such reduction will be agreed to prior to accrual of the related expense or fee and will be estimated daily and reconciled and paid on a monthly basis. Any such voluntary waiver or reduction must be in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the Sub-Advisor.

(f)           The Sub-Advisor may agree not to require payment of any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses otherwise due to it pursuant to this Agreement.  Any such agreement shall be applicable only with respect to the specific items covered thereby and shall not constitute an agreement not to require payment of any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder. Any such agreement must be in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the Sub-Advisor.

9.            No Shorting; No Borrowing .  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall take any short position in the shares of the Fund.  This prohibition shall not prevent the purchase of such shares by any of the officers or employees of the Sub-Advisor or any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons or affiliates thereof, at a price not less than the net asset value thereof at the time of purchase, as allowed pursuant to rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act.  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall borrow from the Fund or pledge or use the Funds assets in connection with any borrowing not directly for the Fund’s benefit.

10.            Conflicts with Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Laws . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Fund to take any action contrary to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws, or any applicable statute or regulation, or to relieve or deprive the Board of Trustees of the Trust of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust and the Fund.  In this connection, the Sub-Advisor acknowledges that the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees retain ultimate plenary authority over the Fund, including the Allocated Portion, and may take any and all actions necessary and reasonable to protect the interests of shareholders.

11.            Reports and Access .  The Sub-Advisor agrees to supply such information to the Advisor and to permit such compliance inspections by the Advisor or the Fund as shall be reasonably necessary to permit the administrator to satisfy its obligations and respond to the reasonable requests of the Trustees.

12.            Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification .

(a)           The Sub-Advisor shall exercise reasonable care and prudence in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
-9-

 
 
(b)           The Sub-Advisor shall have responsibility for the accuracy and completeness (and liability for the lack thereof) of the statements furnished by the Sub-Advisor for use by the Advisor in the Fund’s offering materials (including the prospectus and the statement of additional information) as well as advertising and sales materials that pertain solely to the Sub-Advisor.  The Sub-Advisor shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to any other disclosures made by the Advisor or the Trust in any materials.

(c)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Advisor, the Trust, or the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security by the Fund.

(d)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including without limitation Subsection (c) above, each party to this Agreement (as an “Indemnifying Party”), including the Trust on behalf of the Fund, shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party and the shareholders, directors, officers, and employees of the other party (any such person, an “Indemnified Party”) against any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating and defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising out of the Indemnifying Party’s performance or non-performance of any duties under this Agreement provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to protect any Indemnified Party against any liability to which such Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of duties hereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

If indemnification is to be sought hereunder, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided, however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may otherwise have to the Indemnified Party provided such failure shall not affect in a material adverse manner the position of the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim.  Following such notification, the Indemnifying Party may elect in writing to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and, upon such election, it shall not be liable for any legal costs incurred by the Indemnified Party (other than reasonable costs of investigation previously incurred) in connection therewith, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party has failed to provide counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party in a timely manner or (ii) counsel which has been provided by the Indemnifying Party reasonably determines that its representation of the Indemnified Party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest.

The provisions of this Section 12(d) shall not apply in any action where the Indemnified Party is the party adverse, or one of the parties adverse, to the other party.
 
 
-10-

 
 
(e)           No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to protect any Trustee or officer of the Trust, or officer of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, from liability in violation of Sections 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act.

13.            Non-Exclusivity; Trading for Sub-Advisor’s Own Account; Code of Ethics .  The Advisor’s employment of the Sub-Advisor is not an exclusive arrangement.  The Advisor anticipates that it will employ other individuals or entities to furnish it with the services provided for herein. Likewise, the Sub-Advisor may act as investment adviser for any other person, including other open-end management investment companies, and shall not in any way be limited or restricted from buying, selling, or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting, provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor expressly represents that it will undertake no activities which will adversely affect the performance of its obligations to the Fund under this Agreement; and provided further that the Sub-Advisor will adhere to a code of ethics governing employee trading and trading for proprietary accounts that conforms to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, the Investment Advisers Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and any related rules and regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing, and will provide the Board of Trustees of the Trust a copy of the code of ethics and any amendments thereto.

The Sub-Advisor will make such reports to the Advisor and the Fund as are required by Rule 17j-1 and Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide the Advisor and the Fund with any information required to satisfy the compliance program, code of ethics reporting or disclosure requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC.

14.             Term .

(a)           This Agreement shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and shall remain in effect for a period of two (2) years, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.  This Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter for additional periods not exceeding one (1) year so long as such continuation is approved for the Fund at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or as otherwise provided by the Investment Company Act and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement nor interested persons thereof, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (iii) the Advisor.  The terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities” and “interested persons” shall have the meanings as set forth in the Investment Company Act.

(b)           The Fund and its distributor may use the Sub-Advisor’s trade name or any name derived from the Sub-Advisor’s trade name only in a manner consistent with the nature of this Agreement for so long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal, or amendment hereof remains in effect.  Any other uses of the Sub-Advisor’s trade name shall require advance written permission of the Sub-Advisor. The Advisor acknowledges that the word “DoubleLine” is a registered trademark of the Sub-Advisor and agrees to provide notice of that trademark in any written materials that trademark is used, including with appropriate disclosure such as “‘DoubleLine’ is a registered trademark of DoubleLine Capital LP” or by use of the ® symbol or both as may be suitable to the usage of “DoubleLine” in the materials in which the word “DoubleLine” appears. Within sixty (60) days from such time as this Agreement shall no longer be in effect, the Fund shall cease to use such name or any other name connected with Sub-Advisor.
 
 
-11-

 
 
15.            Termination; No Assignment .

(a)           This Agreement may be terminated at any time without payment of any penalty, by: the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor. This Agreement also may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Trust and the other party.  In the event of a termination, Sub-Advisor shall cooperate in the orderly transfer of the Fund’s affairs and, at the request of the Board of Trustees, transfer copies of any and all books and records of the Fund maintained by Sub-Advisor on behalf of the Fund and destroy any original copies of such materials not transferred to the Fund to the extent the Sub-Advisor is not required under the Investment Company Act or Investment Advisers Act to maintain them.

(b)           This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of any transfer or assignment thereof, as defined in the Investment Company Act.

16.            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall be otherwise rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

17.            Captions .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

18.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

19.            Certifications; Disclosure Controls and Procedures . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder, the Fund is required to make certain certifications and has adopted disclosure controls and procedures. To the extent reasonably requested by the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor agrees to use its best efforts to assist the Advisor and the Fund in complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and implementing the Fund’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Sub-Advisor agrees to inform the Fund of any material development related to the Allocated Portion that the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes is relevant to the Fund’s certification obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
 
 
-12-

 
 
20.            Provision of Certain Information by the Sub-Advisor . The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Advisor in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)           the Sub-Advisor fails to be registered as investment adviser under the Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub-Advisor is required to be registered as investment adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(b)           the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Advisor or the Fund;

(c)           the Sub-Advisor suffers financial impairment which materially interferes with its ability to manage the Allocated Portion or otherwise fulfill its duties under this Agreement;

(d)           the Sub-Advisor, its principal officers or its controlling stockholders are the subject of a government investigation or inquiry, administrative proceeding or any other type of legal action which, under the Investment Company Act, would make it ineligible to serve as an investment adviser to an investment company;

(e)           a change in the Sub-Advisor’s personnel materially involved in the management of the Allocated Portion; or

(f)           a change in control or management of the Sub-Advisor. The term control shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Investment Advisers Act.

21.            Confidentiality . The parties to this Agreement shall not, directly or indirectly, permit their respective affiliates, directors, trustees, officers, members, employees, or agents to, in any form or by any means, use, disclose, or furnish to any person or entity, records or information concerning the business of any of the other parties except as necessary for the performance of duties under this Agreement or as required by law, without prior written notice to and approval of the relevant other parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by such other parties.

22.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
 
 
-13-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all on the day and year first above written.

LITMAN/GREGORY FUND                                                                                     DoubleLine Capital LP
ADVISORS, LLC

By:
_________________________
By: __________________________
­
Name:
John M. Coughlan                           
Name: ________________________
­
Title:
Chief Operating Officer                    
Title: _________________________
­
 
 
As a Third Party Beneficiary and as a Party to Section 12,

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
on behalf of
LITMAN GREGORY ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND

By:
_________________________
­
Name:
John M. Coughlan                           
­
Title:
Treasurer                                           
­

                              
 
 
 
-14-
 


 
 
LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND
LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of the ____ day of ____ 2011 by and between LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC (the “Advisor”) and  First Pacific Advisors, LLC (the “Sub-Advisor”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been retained as the investment adviser to the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Fund”), a series of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company, registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”); and

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been authorized by the Trust to retain one or more investment advisers (each an “investment manager”) to serve as portfolio managers for a specified portion of the Fund’s assets (the “Allocated Portion”); and

WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and is engaged in the business of supplying investment advisory services as an independent contractor; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Advisor desire to retain the Sub-Advisor as an investment manager to render portfolio advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the Sub-Advisor desires to furnish said advice and services; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Fund are third party beneficiaries of such arrangements;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties to this Agreement, which shall include the Trust on behalf of the Fund for purposes of the indemnification provisions of section 11 hereof, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

1.            Appointment of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           The Advisor hereby employs the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such employment, to render investment advice and related services with respect to the Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)           The Sub-Advisor’s employment shall be solely with respect to an Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets, such Allocated Portion to be specified by the Advisor and subject to periodic increases or decreases at the Advisor’s sole discretion.

(c)            Nature of Fund .  The Sub-Advisor and the Advisor both acknowledge that the Fund is a mutual fund that operates as a series of an open-end series investment company under the plenary authority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. In managing the Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall do so subject always to the plenary authority of the Board of Trustees.

2.            Duties of Sub-Advisor .

(a)            General Duties .  The Sub-Advisor shall act as one of several investment managers to the Fund and shall invest the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in the Fund’s and the Trust’s governing documents, including, without limitation, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information and undertakings; and such other limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust may impose from time to time in writing to the Sub-Advisor. In providing such services, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times adhere to the provisions and restrictions contained in the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable law.  Advisor shall provide to the Sub-Advisor such information with respect to the Fund such that the Sub-Advisor will be able to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, laws, policies, and restrictions with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor shall: (i) furnish the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets; (ii) effect the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (iii) determine that portion of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion that will remain uninvested, if any; (iv) manage and oversee the investments of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Trust’s Board of Trustees; (v) vote proxies, file required ownership reports, and take other actions with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vi) maintain the books and records required to be maintained with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vii) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of the Fund’ assets which the Advisor, the Trustees, or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (viii) render to the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion as the Board may reasonably request.

(b)            Brokerage .  With respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for broker-dealer selection and for negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Sub-Advisor may direct orders to an affiliated person of the Sub-Advisor or to any other broker-dealer who has been identified by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor as an affiliate of any other investment manager without prior authorization to use such affiliated broker or dealer by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, provided that the Sub-Advisor does so in a manner consistent with Sections 17(a) and 17(e) of the Investment Company Act, Rule 17e-1 thereunder and the Rule 17e-1 procedures adopted by the Trust (a copy of which shall be provided by the Advisor).  The Sub-Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a securities transaction will be best execution.  In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Sub-Advisor may take other factors into consideration, including by not limited to the following: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of the Fund on a continuing basis.  When more than one firm is believed to meet these criteria, preference can be given to broker dealers providing research services to the Fund and the Sub-Advisor. The price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.
 
 
-2-

 
 
Subject to such policies as the Advisor and the Board of Trustees of the Trust may determine, the Sub-Advisor shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides (directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor’s or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund.  The Sub-Advisor is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Fund to such brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services, to the Trust, the Advisor, any affiliate of either, or the Sub-Advisor.  Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Advisor shall determine, and the Sub-Advisor shall report on such allocations regularly to the Advisor and the Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.

On occasions when the Sub-Advisor deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Advisor in the manner it considers to be equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.

(c)            Proxy Voting . The Advisor hereby delegates to the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor’s discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect to the securities and other investments in the Allocated Portion.  The Sub-Advisor’s proxy voting policies shall comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. The Sub-Advisor shall maintain and preserve a record, in an easily-accessible place for a period of not less than three (3) years (or longer, if required by law), of the Sub-Advisor’s voting procedures, of the Sub-Advisor’s actual votes, and such other information required for the Fund to comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC.  The Sub-Advisor shall supply updates of this record to the Advisor or any authorized representative of the Advisor, or to the Fund on a quarterly basis (or more frequently, if required by law).  The Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor and the Fund with information regarding the policies and procedures that the Sub-Advisor uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to the Allocated Portion. The Fund may request that the Sub-Advisor vote proxies for the Allocated Portion in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies.
 
 
-3-

 
 
(d)            Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund copies of any of such records upon the Fund’s request.  The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act with respect to the Allocated Portion and to preserve the records required by Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act with respect to the Allocated Portion for the period specified in the Rule.

(e)            Custody . Title to all investments shall be made in the name of the Fund, provided that for convenience in buying, selling, and exchanging securities (stocks, bonds, commercial paper, etc.), title to such securities may be held in the name of the Fund’s custodian bank, or its nominee or as otherwise provided in the Fund’s custody agreement.  The Fund shall notify the Sub-Advisor of the identity of its custodian bank and shall give the Sub-Advisor fifteen (15) days’ written notice of any changes in such custody arrangements. Neither the Sub-Advisor, nor any parent, subsidiary or related firm, shall take possession of or handle any cash or securities, mortgages or deeds of trust, or other indicia of ownership of the Fund’s investments, or otherwise act as custodian of such investments.  All cash and the indicia of ownership of all other investments shall be held by the Fund’s custodian bank. The Fund shall instruct its custodian bank to (a) carry out all investment instructions as may be directed by the Sub-Advisor with respect thereto (which may be orally given if confirmed in writing); and (b) provide the Sub-Advisor with all operational information necessary for the Sub-Advisor to trade on behalf of the Fund.

(f) (1) Consulting with Certain Affiliated Sub-Advisors .  With respect to any transaction the Fund enters into with an affiliated sub-advisor (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor agrees that it will not consult with the affiliated sub-advisor concerning such transaction, except to the extent necessary to comply with the percentage limits of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1.
 
 
-4-

 
 
(2) Transactions Among Sub-Advisors of the Fund .  In any case in which there are two or more sub-advisors responsible for providing investment advice to the Fund, the Sub-Advisor may enter into a transaction on behalf of the Fund with another sub-advisor of the Fund (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, only if (i) the Sub-Advisor, under the terms of this Agreement, is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to its Allocated Portion, and (ii) the other sub-advisor is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to a separate portion of the portfolio of the Fund.

3.            Representations of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           Sub-Advisor shall use its best judgment and efforts in rendering the advice and services to the Fund as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)           Sub-Advisor shall maintain all licenses and registrations necessary to perform its duties hereunder in good order.

(c)           Sub-Advisor shall conduct its operations at all times in conformance with the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act and any other applicable state and/or self-regulatory organization regulations.

(d)           Sub-Advisor shall be covered by errors and omissions insurance.  The Sub-Advisor agrees to notify Advisor in the event the aggregate coverage of such insurance in any annual period is reduced below $10,000,000.

(e)           The Sub-Advisor represents and warrants to the Advisor and the Fund that (i) the retention of the Sub-Advisor as contemplated by this Agreement is authorized by the Sub-Advisor’s governing documents; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any obligation by which the Sub-Advisor or its property is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action of the Sub-Advisor and when executed and delivered by the Sub-Advisor will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Sub-Advisor, enforceable against the Sub-Advisor in accordance with its terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

4.            Independent Contractor .  The Sub-Advisor shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor, and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided and authorized to do so, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor in any way, or in any way be deemed an agent for the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor.  It is expressly understood and agreed that the services to be rendered by the Sub-Advisor to the Fund under the provisions of this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Sub-Advisor shall be free to render similar or different services to others so long as its ability to render the services provided for in this Agreement shall not be impaired thereby.
 
 
-5-

 
 
5.            Sub-Advisor's Personnel .  The Sub-Advisor shall, at its own expense, maintain such staff and employ or retain such personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time to time determine to be necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the staff and personnel of the Sub-Advisor shall be deemed to include persons employed or retained by the Sub-Advisor to furnish statistical information, research, and other factual information, advice regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and scientific developments, and such other information, advice, and assistance as the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor or the Trust's Board of Trustees may desire and reasonably request.

6.            Expenses .

(a)   The Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) providing the personnel, office space, and equipment reasonably necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)   In the event this Agreement is terminated by an assignment in the nature of a change of control of the Sub-Advisor as contemplated by Section 14(b) hereof, and the parties agree to enter into a new agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) the costs of any special notifications to the Fund’s shareholders and any special meetings of the Trust’s Board of Trustees convened for the primary benefit of the Sub-Advisor, or (ii) its fair share of the costs of any special meetings required for the benefit of the Sub-Advisor as well as for other purposes.

(c)           The Sub-Advisor may voluntarily absorb certain Fund expenses or waive some or all of the Sub-Advisor’s own fee.

(d)           To the extent the Sub-Advisor incurs any costs by assuming expenses which are an obligation of the Advisor or the Fund, the Advisor or the Fund shall promptly reimburse the Sub-Advisor for such costs and expenses.  To the extent the Sub-Advisor performs services for which the Fund or the Advisor is obligated to pay, the Sub-Advisor shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement in such amount as shall be negotiated between the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor but shall, under no circumstances, exceed the Sub-Advisor’s actual costs for providing such services.

7.            Investment Sub-Advisory Fee .

(a)           The Advisor shall pay to the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept, as full compensation for all investment advisory services furnished or provided to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, an annual sub-advisory fee based on the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, as such Allocated Portion may be adjusted from time to time.  Such fee shall be paid at the annual rate of 1.00% of the net assets of the Fund attributable to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, computed on the value of such net assets as of the close of business each day.
 
 
-6-

 
 
(b)           The sub-advisory fee shall be paid by the Advisor to Sub-Advisor monthly in arrears on the tenth business day of each month.

(c)           The initial fee under this Agreement shall be payable on the tenth business day of the first month following the effective date of this Agreement and shall be prorated as set forth below.  If this Agreement is terminated prior to the end of any month, the fee to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated for the portion of any month in which this Agreement is in effect which is not a complete month according to the proportion which the number of calendar days in the month during which the Agreement is in effect bears to the number of calendar days in the month, and shall be payable within ten (10) days after the date of termination.

(d)           The fee payable to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement will be reduced to the extent of any receivable owed by the Sub-Advisor to the Advisor or the Fund.

(e)           The Sub-Advisor voluntarily may reduce any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses due to it pursuant to this Agreement and may agree to make payments to limit the expenses which are the responsibility of the Advisor of the Fund under this Agreement.  Any such reduction or payment shall be applicable only to such specific reduction or payment and shall not constitute an agreement to reduce any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder or to continue future payments.  Any such reduction will be agreed to prior to accrual of the related expense or fee and will be estimated daily and reconciled and paid on a monthly basis.

(f)           The Sub-Advisor may agree not to require payment of any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses otherwise due to it pursuant to this Agreement.  Any such agreement shall be applicable only with respect to the specific items covered thereby and shall not constitute an agreement not to require payment of any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder.

(g)           Any reduction of fees payable to the Advisor by the Fund does not reduce the fees payable by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement.

8.            No Shorting; No Borrowing .  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall take any short position in the shares of the Fund.  This prohibition shall not prevent the purchase of such shares by any of the officers or employees of the Sub-Advisor or any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons or affiliates thereof, at a price not less than the net asset value thereof at the time of purchase, as allowed pursuant to rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act.  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall borrow from the Fund or pledge or use the Funds assets in connection with any borrowing not directly for the Fund’s benefit.
 
 
-7-

 
 
9.            Conflicts with Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Laws . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Fund to take any action contrary to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws, or any applicable statute or regulation, or to relieve or deprive the Board of Trustees of the Trust of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust and the Fund.  In this connection, the Sub-Advisor acknowledges that the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees retain ultimate plenary authority over the Fund, including the Allocated Portion, and may take any and all actions necessary and reasonable to protect the interests of shareholders.

10.            Reports and Access .  The Sub-Advisor agrees to supply such information to the Advisor and to permit such compliance inspections by the Advisor or the Fund as shall be reasonably necessary to permit the administrator to satisfy its obligations and respond to the reasonable requests of the Trustees.

11.            Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification .

(a)           The Sub-Advisor shall exercise reasonable care and prudence in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)           The Sub-Advisor shall have responsibility for the accuracy and completeness (and liability for the lack thereof) of the statements furnished by the Sub-Advisor for use by the Advisor in the Fund’s offering materials (including the prospectus, the statement of additional information, advertising and sales materials) that pertain to the Sub-Advisor and the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund.  The Sub-Advisor shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to other disclosures.

(c)           The Sub-Advisor shall be liable to the Fund for any loss (including brokerage charges) incurred by the Fund as a result of any investment made by the Sub-Advisor in violation of Section 2 hereof.

(d)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Advisor, the Trust, or the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security by the Fund.

(e)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including without limitation paragraphs (c) and (d) above, each, party to this Agreement (as an “Indemnifying Party”), including the Trust on behalf of the Fund, shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party and the shareholders, directors, officers, and employees of the other party (any such person, an “Indemnified Party”) against any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating and defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising out of the Indemnifying Party’s performance or non-performance of any duties under this Agreement provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to protect any Indemnified Party against any liability to which such Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of duties hereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.
 
 
-8-

 
 
If indemnification is to be sought hereunder, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided, however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may otherwise have to the Indemnified Party provided such failure shall not affect in a material adverse manner the position of the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim.  Following such notification, the Indemnifying Party may elect in writing to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and, upon such election, it shall not be liable for any legal costs incurred by the Indemnified Party (other than reasonable costs of investigation previously incurred) in connection therewith, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party has failed to provide counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party in a timely manner or (ii) counsel which has been provided by the Indemnifying Party reasonably determines that its representation of the Indemnified Party would present it with a conflict of interest.

The provisions of this paragraph 11(e) shall not apply in any action where the Indemnified Party is the party adverse, or one of the parties adverse, to the other party.

(f)           No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to protect any Trustee or officer of the Trust, or officer of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, from liability in violation of Sections 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act.

12.            Non-Exclusivity; Trading for Sub-Advisor’s Own Account; Code of Ethics .  The Advisor’s employment of the Sub-Advisor is not an exclusive arrangement.  The Advisor anticipates that it will employ other individuals or entities to furnish it with the services provided for herein. Likewise, the Sub-Advisor may act as investment adviser for any other person, and shall not in any way be limited or restricted from buying, selling, or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting, provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor expressly represents that it will undertake no activities which will adversely affect the performance of its obligations to the Fund under this Agreement; and provided further that the Sub-Advisor will adhere to a code of ethics governing employee trading and trading for proprietary accounts that conforms to the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act, a copy of which has been provided to the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

The Sub-Advisor will make such reports to the Advisor and the Fund as are required by Rule 17j-1 and Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide the Advisor and the Fund with information related to the Allocated Portion required to satisfy the compliance program, code of ethics reporting or disclosure requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. To the extent the Sub-Advisor adopts or has adopted a separate code of ethics or amends or has amended its code of ethics to comply with such rules or regulations, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor with a copy of such code of ethics and any amendments thereto.
 
 
-9-

 

 
       13.  
Term .

(a)           This Agreement shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and shall remain in effect for a period of two (2) years, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.  This Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter for additional periods not exceeding one (1) year so long as such continuation is approved for the Fund at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement nor interested persons thereof, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (iii) the Advisor.  The terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities” and “interested persons” shall have the meanings as set forth in the Investment Company Act.

(b)           The Fund and its distributor may use the Sub-Advisor’s trade name or any name derived from the Sub-Advisor’s trade name only in a manner consistent with the nature of this Agreement for so long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal, or amendment hereof remains in effect with prior written approval of the Sub-Advisor, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.  Immediately after such time as this Agreement shall no longer be in effect, the Fund shall cease to use such a name or any other name connected with Sub-Advisor.

14.            Termination; No Assignment .

(a)           This Agreement may be terminated at any time without payment of any penalty, by: the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor. This Agreement also may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Trust and the other party.  In the event of a termination, Sub-Advisor shall cooperate in the orderly transfer of the Fund’s affairs and, at the request of the Board of Trustees, transfer any and all books and records of the Fund maintained by Sub-Advisor on behalf of the Fund.

(b)           This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of any transfer or assignment thereof, as defined in the Investment Company Act.

15.            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall be otherwise rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
 
-10-

 
 
16.            Captions .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

17.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

18.            Nonpublic Personal Information . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Sub-Advisor hereto agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, trustees, shareholders, officers, and employees (1) to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Advisor (on behalf of itself and the Fund) and the Trust (a) all records and other information relative to the Fund’s prior, present, or potential shareholders (and clients of said shareholders) and (b) any Nonpublic Personal Information, as defined under Section 248.3(t) of Regulation S-P (“Regulation S-P”), promulgated under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “G-L-B Act”), and (2) except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Advisor or the Trust, not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, or as otherwise permitted by Regulation S-P or the G-L-B Act, and if in compliance therewith, the privacy policies adopted by the Advisor and the Fund and communicated in writing to the Sub-Advisor.  Such written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Advisor or the Trust and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt or other proceedings for failure to comply after being requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities.

19.            Anti-Money Laundering Compliance . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the USA PATRIOT Act, and any respective implementing regulations (together, “AML Laws”), the Fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Policy. The Sub-Advisor agrees to comply with the Fund’s Anti-Money Laundering Policy and the AML Laws, as the same may apply to the Sub-Advisor, now and in the future. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to provide to the Fund and/or the Advisor such reports, certifications and contractual assurances as may be requested by the Fund or the Advisor. The Advisor may disclose information respecting the Sub-Advisor to governmental and/or regulatory or self-regulatory authorities to the extent required by applicable law or regulation and may file reports with such authorities as may be required by applicable law or regulation.

20.            Certifications; Disclosure Controls and Procedures . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder, the Fund is required to make certain certifications and has adopted disclosure controls and procedures. To the extent reasonably requested by the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor agrees to use its best efforts to assist the Advisor and the Fund in complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and implementing the Fund’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Sub-Advisor agrees to inform the Fund of any material development related to the Allocated Portion that the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes is relevant to the Fund’s certification obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
 
 
-11-

 
 
21.            Provision of Certain Information by the Sub-Advisor . The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Advisor in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)           the Sub-Advisor fails to be registered as investment adviser under the Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub-Advisor is required to be registered as investment adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(b)           the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Advisor or the Fund;

(c)           the Sub-Advisor suffers financial impairment which materially interferes with its ability to manage the Allocated Portion or otherwise fulfill its duties under this Agreement;

(d)           the Sub-Advisor, its principal officers or its controlling stockholders are the subject of a government investigation or inquiry, administrative proceeding or any other type of legal action which, under the Investment Company Act, would make it ineligible to serve as an investment adviser to an investment company;

(e)           a change in the Sub-Advisor’s personnel materially involved in the management of the Allocated Portion; or

(f)           a change in control or management of the Sub-Advisor.

22.            Confidentiality . The parties to this Agreement shall not, directly or indirectly, permit their respective affiliates, directors, trustees, officers, members, employees, or agents to, in any form or by any means, use, disclose, or furnish to any person or entity, records or information concerning the business of any of the other parties except as necessary for the performance of duties under this Agreement or as required by law, without prior written notice to and approval of the relevant other parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by such other parties.

23.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
 
 
-12-

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all on the day and year first above written.

LITMAN/GREGORY FUND                                                                                     FIRST PACIFIC ADVISORS, LLC
ADVISORS, LLC
 
By:
_________________________
By: __________________________
­
Name:
John M. Coughlan                           
Name: ________________________
­
Title:
Chief Operating Officer                    
Title: _________________________
­
 
 
As a Third Party Beneficiary and as a Party to Section 12,

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
on behalf of
LITMAN GREGORY ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND

By:
_________________________
­
Name:
John M. Coughlan                           
­
Title:
Treasurer                                           
­

                              
 
 
 
-13-
 
 


 
LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND
LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of the ____ day of ____ 2011 by and between LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC (the “Advisor”) and  Loomis Sayles and Company, LP  (the “Sub-Advisor”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been retained as the investment adviser to the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Fund”), a series of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company, registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”); and

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been authorized by the Trust to retain one or more investment advisers (each an “investment manager”) to serve as portfolio managers for a specified portion of the Fund’s assets (the “Allocated Portion”); and

WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and is engaged in the business of supplying investment advisory services as an independent contractor; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Advisor desire to retain the Sub-Advisor as an investment manager to render portfolio advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the Sub-Advisor desires to furnish said advice and services; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Fund are third party beneficiaries of such arrangements;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties to this Agreement, which shall include the Trust on behalf of the Fund for purposes of the indemnification provisions of section 11 hereof, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

1.            Appointment of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           The Advisor hereby employs the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such employment, to render investment advice and related services with respect to the Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)           The Sub-Advisor’s employment shall be solely with respect to an Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets, such Allocated Portion to be specified by the Advisor and subject to periodic increases or decreases at the Advisor’s sole discretion.

(c)            Nature of Fund .  The Sub-Advisor and the Advisor both acknowledge that the Fund is a mutual fund that operates as a series of an open-end series investment company under the plenary authority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. In managing the Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall do so subject always to the plenary authority of the Board of Trustees.

2.            Duties of Sub-Advisor .

(a)            General Duties .  The Sub-Advisor shall act as one of several investment managers to the Fund and shall invest the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in the Fund’s and the Trust’s governing documents, including, without limitation, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information and undertakings; and such other limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust may impose from time to time in writing to the Sub-Advisor. In providing such services, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times adhere to the provisions and restrictions contained in the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable law.  Advisor shall provide to the Sub-Advisor such information with respect to the Fund such that the Sub-Advisor will be able to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, laws, policies, and restrictions with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor shall: (i) furnish the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets; (ii) effect the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (iii) determine that portion of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion that will remain uninvested, if any; (iv) manage and oversee the investments of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Trust’s Board of Trustees; (v) vote proxies, file required ownership reports, and take other actions with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vi) maintain the books and records required to be maintained with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vii) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of the Fund’ assets which the Advisor, the Trustees, or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (viii) render to the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion as the Board may reasonably request.

(b)            Brokerage .  With respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for broker-dealer selection and for negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Sub-Advisor may direct orders to an affiliated person of the Sub-Advisor or to any other broker-dealer who has been identified by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor as an affiliate of any other investment manager without prior authorization to use such affiliated broker or dealer by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, provided that the Sub-Advisor does so in a manner consistent with Sections 17(a) and 17(e) of the Investment Company Act, Rule 17e-1 thereunder and the Rule 17e-1 procedures adopted by the Trust (a copy of which shall by provided by the Advisor).  The Sub-Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a securities transaction will be best execution.  In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Sub-Advisor may take the following into consideration: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of the Fund on a continuing basis.  The price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.
 
 
-2-

 
 
Subject to such policies as the Advisor and the Board of Trustees of the Trust may determine, the Sub-Advisor shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides (directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor’s or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and the Sub-Advisor’s or the Advisor’s other discretionary accounts.  The Sub-Advisor is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Fund to such brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services, to the Trust, the Advisor, any affiliate of either, or the Sub-Advisor.  Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Advisor shall determine, and the Sub-Advisor shall report on such allocations regularly to the Advisor and the Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.

On occasions when the Sub-Advisor deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Advisor in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.

(c)            Proxy Voting . The Advisor hereby delegates to the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor’s discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect to the securities and other investments in the Allocated Portion.  The Sub-Advisor’s proxy voting policies shall comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. The Sub-Advisor shall maintain and preserve a record, in an easily-accessible place for a period of not less than three (3) years (or longer, if required by law), of the Sub-Advisor’s voting procedures, of the Sub-Advisor’s actual votes, and such other information required for the Fund to comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC.  The Sub-Advisor shall supply updates of this record to the Advisor or any authorized representative of the Advisor, or to the Fund on a quarterly basis (or more frequently, if required by law).  The Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor and the Fund with information regarding the policies and procedures that the Sub-Advisor uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to the Allocated Portion. The Fund may request that the Sub-Advisor vote proxies for the Allocated Portion in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies.
 
 
-3-

 
 
(d)            Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund copies of any of such records upon the Fund’s request.  The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act with respect to the Fund and to preserve the records required by Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act with respect to the Fund for the period specified in the Rule.

(e)            Custody . Title to all investments shall be made in the name of the Fund, provided that for convenience in buying, selling, and exchanging securities (stocks, bonds, commercial paper, etc.), title to such securities may be held in the name of the Fund’s custodian bank, or its nominee or as otherwise provided in the Fund’s custody agreement.  The Fund shall notify the Sub-Advisor of the identity of its custodian bank and shall give the Sub-Advisor fifteen (15) days’ written notice of any changes in such custody arrangements. Neither the Sub-Advisor, nor any parent, subsidiary or related firm, shall take possession of or handle any cash or securities, mortgages or deeds of trust, or other indicia of ownership of the Fund’s investments, or otherwise act as custodian of such investments.  All cash and the indicia of ownership of all other investments shall be held by the Fund’s custodian bank. The Fund shall instruct its custodian bank to (a) carry out all investment instructions as may be directed by the Sub-Advisor with respect thereto (which may be orally given if confirmed in writing); and (b) provide the Sub-Advisor with all operational information necessary for the Sub-Advisor to trade on behalf of the Fund.

(f) (1) Consulting with Certain Affiliated Sub-Advisors .  With respect to any transaction the Fund enters into with an affiliated sub-advisor (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor agrees that it will not consult with the affiliated sub-advisor concerning such transaction, except to the extent necessary to comply with the percentage limits of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1.
 
 
-4-

 
 
(2) Transactions Among Sub-Advisors of the Fund .  In any case in which there are two or more sub-advisors responsible for providing investment advice to the Fund, the Sub-Advisor may enter into a transaction on behalf of the Fund with another sub-advisor of the Fund (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, only if (i) the Sub-Advisor, under the terms of this Agreement, is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to its Allocated Portion, and (ii) the other sub-advisor is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to a separate portion of the portfolio of the Fund.

3.            Representations of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           Sub-Advisor shall use its best judgment and efforts in rendering the advice and services to the Fund as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)           Sub-Advisor shall maintain all licenses and registrations necessary to perform its duties hereunder in good order.

(c)           Sub-Advisor shall conduct its operations at all times in conformance with the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act and any other applicable state and/or self-regulatory organization regulations.

(d)           Sub-Advisor shall be covered by errors and omissions insurance.  The company self-retention or deductible shall not exceed reasonable and customary standards, and Sub-Advisor agrees to notify Advisor in the event the aggregate coverage of such insurance in any annual period is reduced below $10,000,000.

(e)           The Sub-Advisor represents and warrants to the Advisor and the Fund that (i) the retention of the Sub-Advisor as contemplated by this Agreement is authorized by the Sub-Advisor’s governing documents; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any obligation by which the Sub-Advisor or its property is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action of the Sub-Advisor and when executed and delivered by the Sub-Advisor will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Sub-Advisor, enforceable against the Sub-Advisor in accordance with its terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

4.            Independent Contractor .  The Sub-Advisor shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor, and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided and authorized to do so, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor in any way, or in any way be deemed an agent for the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor.  It is expressly understood and agreed that the services to be rendered by the Sub-Advisor to the Fund under the provisions of this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Sub-Advisor shall be free to render similar or different services to others so long as its ability to render the services provided for in this Agreement shall not be impaired thereby.
 
 
-5-

 
 
5.            Sub-Advisor's Personnel .  The Sub-Advisor shall, at its own expense, maintain such staff and employ or retain such personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time to time determine to be necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and excluding brokers or dealers referenced in Section 2(b) above, the staff and personnel of the Sub-Advisor shall be deemed to include persons employed or retained by the Sub-Advisor to furnish statistical information, research, and other factual information, advice regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and scientific developments, and such other information, advice, and assistance as the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor or the Trust's Board of Trustees may desire and reasonably request.

6.            Expenses .

(a)   The Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) providing the personnel, office space, and equipment reasonably necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)   In the event this Agreement is terminated by an assignment in the nature of a change of control as contemplated by Section 14(b) hereof, and the parties agree to enter into a new agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) the costs of any special notifications to the Fund’s shareholders and any special meetings of the Trust’s Board of Trustees convened for the primary benefit of the Sub-Advisor, or (ii) its fair share of the costs of any special meetings required for the benefit of the Sub-Advisor as well as for other purposes.

(c)           The Sub-Advisor may voluntarily absorb certain Fund expenses or waive some or all of the Sub-Advisor’s own fee.

(d)           To the extent the Sub-Advisor incurs any costs by assuming expenses which are an obligation of the Advisor or the Fund, the Advisor or the Fund shall promptly reimburse the Sub-Advisor for such costs and expenses.  To the extent the Sub-Advisor performs services for which the Fund or the Advisor is obligated to pay, the Sub-Advisor shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement in such amount as shall be negotiated between the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor but shall, under no circumstances, exceed the Sub-Advisor’s actual costs for providing such services.

7.            Investment Sub-Advisory Fee .

(a)           The Advisor shall pay to the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept, as full compensation for all investment advisory services furnished or provided to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, an annual sub-advisory fee based on the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, as such Allocated Portion may be adjusted from time to time.  Such fee shall be paid at the annual rate of 0.40% of the net assets of the Fund attributable to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, computed on the value of such net assets as of the close of business each day.
 
 
-6-

 
 
(b)           The sub-advisory fee shall be paid by the Advisor to Sub-Advisor monthly in arrears on the tenth business day of each month.

(c)           The initial fee under this Agreement shall be payable on the tenth business day of the first month following the effective date of this Agreement and shall be prorated as set forth below.  If this Agreement is terminated prior to the end of any month, the fee to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated for the portion of any month in which this Agreement is in effect which is not a complete month according to the proportion which the number of calendar days in the month during which the Agreement is in effect bears to the number of calendar days in the month, and shall be payable within ten (10) days after the date of termination.

(d)           The fee payable to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement will be reduced to the extent of any receivable owed by the Sub-Advisor to the Advisor or the Fund.

(e)           The Sub-Advisor voluntarily may reduce any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses due to it pursuant to this Agreement and may agree to make payments to limit the expenses which are the responsibility of the Advisor of the Fund under this Agreement.  Any such reduction or payment shall be applicable only to such specific reduction or payment and shall not constitute an agreement to reduce any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder or to continue future payments.  Any such reduction will be agreed to prior to accrual of the related expense or fee and will be estimated daily and reconciled and paid on a monthly basis.

(f)           The Sub-Advisor may agree not to require payment of any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses otherwise due to it pursuant to this Agreement.  Any such agreement shall be applicable only with respect to the specific items covered thereby and shall not constitute an agreement not to require payment of any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder.

8.            No Shorting; No Borrowing .  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall take any short position in the shares of the Fund.  This prohibition shall not prevent the purchase of such shares by any of the officers or employees of the Sub-Advisor or any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons or affiliates thereof, at a price not less than the net asset value thereof at the time of purchase, as allowed pursuant to rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act.  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall borrow from the Fund or pledge or use the Funds assets in connection with any borrowing not directly for the Fund’s benefit.

9.            Conflicts with Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Laws . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Fund to take any action contrary to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws, or any applicable statute or regulation, or to relieve or deprive the Board of Trustees of the Trust of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust and the Fund.  In this connection, the Sub-Advisor acknowledges that the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees retain ultimate plenary authority over the Fund, including the Allocated Portion, and may take any and all actions necessary and reasonable to protect the interests of shareholders.
 
 
-7-

 
 
10.            Reports and Access .  The Sub-Advisor agrees to supply such information to the Advisor and to permit such compliance inspections by the Advisor or the Fund as shall be reasonably necessary to permit the administrator to satisfy its obligations and respond to the reasonable requests of the Trustees.

11.            Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification .

(a)           The Sub-Advisor shall exercise reasonable care and prudence in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)           The Sub-Advisor shall have responsibility for the accuracy and completeness (and liability for the lack thereof) of the statements furnished by the Sub-Advisor for use by the Advisor in the Fund’s offering materials (including the prospectus, the statement of additional information, advertising and sales materials) that pertain to the Sub-Advisor and the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund.  The Sub-Advisor shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to other disclosures.

(c)           The Sub-Advisor shall be liable to the Fund for any loss (including brokerage charges) incurred by the Fund as a result of any investment made by the Sub-Advisor in violation of Section 2 hereof.

(d)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Advisor, the Trust, or the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security by the Fund.

(e)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including without limitation paragraphs (c) and (d) above, each, party to this Agreement (as an “Indemnifying Party”), including the Trust on behalf of the Fund, shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party and the shareholders, directors, officers, and employees of the other party (any such person, an “Indemnified Party”) against any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating and defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising out of the Indemnifying Party’s performance or non-performance of any duties under this Agreement provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to protect any Indemnified Party against any liability to which such Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence in the performance of duties hereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.
 
 
-8-

 
 
If indemnification is to be sought hereunder, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided, however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may otherwise have to the Indemnified Party provided such failure shall not affect in a material adverse manner the position of the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim.  Following such notification, the Indemnifying Party may elect in writing to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and, upon such election, it shall not be liable for any legal costs incurred by the Indemnified Party (other than reasonable costs of investigation previously incurred) in connection therewith, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party has failed to provide counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party in a timely manner or (ii) counsel which has been provided by the Indemnifying Party reasonably determines that its representation of the Indemnified Party would present it with a conflict of interest.

The provisions of this paragraph 11(e) shall not apply in any action where the Indemnified Party is the party adverse, or one of the parties adverse, to the other party.

(f)           No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to protect any Trustee or officer of the Trust, or officer of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, from liability in violation of Sections 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act.

12.            Non-Exclusivity; Trading for Sub-Advisor’s Own Account; Code of Ethics .  The Advisor’s employment of the Sub-Advisor is not an exclusive arrangement.  The Advisor anticipates that it will employ other individuals or entities to furnish it with the services provided for herein. Likewise, the Sub-Advisor may act as investment adviser for any other person, and shall not in any way be limited or restricted from buying, selling, or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting, provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor expressly represents that it will undertake no activities which will adversely affect the performance of its obligations to the Fund under this Agreement; and provided further that the Sub-Advisor will adhere to a code of ethics governing employee trading and trading for proprietary accounts that conforms to the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act, a copy of which has been provided to the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

The Sub-Advisor will make such reports to the Advisor and the Fund as are required by Rule 17j-1 and Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide the Advisor and the Fund with any information required to satisfy the compliance program, code of ethics reporting or disclosure requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. To the extent the Sub-Advisor adopts or has adopted a separate code of ethics or amends or has amended its code of ethics to comply with such rules or regulations, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor with a copy of such code of ethics and any amendments thereto.
 
 
-9-

 
 
            13.  
Term .

(a)           This Agreement shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and shall remain in effect for a period of two (2) years, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.  This Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter for additional periods not exceeding one (1) year so long as such continuation is approved for the Fund at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement nor interested persons thereof, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (iii) the Advisor.  The terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities” and “interested persons” shall have the meanings as set forth in the Investment Company Act.

(b)           The Fund and its distributor may use the Sub-Advisor’s trade name or any name derived from the Sub-Advisor’s trade name only in a manner consistent with the nature of this Agreement for so long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal, or amendment hereof remains in effect.  Within sixty (60) days from such time as this Agreement shall no longer be in effect, the Fund shall cease to use such a name or any other name connected with Sub-Advisor.

14.            Termination; No Assignment .

(a)           This Agreement may be terminated at any time without payment of any penalty, by: the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor. This Agreement also may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Trust and the other party.  In the event of a termination, Sub-Advisor shall cooperate in the orderly transfer of the Fund’s affairs and, at the request of the Board of Trustees, transfer any and all books and records of the Fund maintained by Sub-Advisor on behalf of the Fund.

(b)           This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of any transfer or assignment thereof, as defined in the Investment Company Act.

15.            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall be otherwise rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
 
-10-

 
 
16.            Captions .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

17.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

18.            Nonpublic Personal Information . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Sub-Advisor hereto agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, trustees, shareholders, officers, and employees (1) to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Advisor (on behalf of itself and the Fund) and the Trust (a) all records and other information relative to the Fund’s prior, present, or potential shareholders (and clients of said shareholders) and (b) any Nonpublic Personal Information, as defined under Section 248.3(t) of Regulation S-P (“Regulation S-P”), promulgated under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “G-L-B Act”), and (2) except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Advisor or the Trust, not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, or as otherwise permitted by Regulation S-P or the G-L-B Act, and if in compliance therewith, the privacy policies adopted by the Advisor and the Fund and communicated in writing to the Sub-Advisor.  Such written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Advisor or the Trust and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt or other proceedings for failure to comply after being requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities.

19.            Anti-Money Laundering Compliance . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the USA PATRIOT Act, and any respective implementing regulations (together, “AML Laws”), the Fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Policy. The Sub-Advisor agrees to comply with the Fund’s Anti-Money Laundering Policy and the AML Laws, as the same may apply to the Sub-Advisor, now and in the future. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to provide to the Fund and/or the Advisor such reports, certifications and contractual assurances as may be requested by the Fund or the Advisor. The Advisor may disclose information respecting the Sub-Advisor to governmental and/or regulatory or self-regulatory authorities to the extent required by applicable law or regulation and may file reports with such authorities as may be required by applicable law or regulation.

20.            Certifications; Disclosure Controls and Procedures . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder, the Fund is required to make certain certifications and has adopted disclosure controls and procedures. To the extent reasonably requested by the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor agrees to use its best efforts to assist the Advisor and the Fund in complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and implementing the Fund’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Sub-Advisor agrees to inform the Fund of any material development related to the Allocated Portion that the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes is relevant to the Fund’s certification obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
 
 
-11

 
 
21.            Provision of Certain Information by the Sub-Advisor . The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Advisor in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)           the Sub-Advisor fails to be registered as investment adviser under the Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub-Advisor is required to be registered as investment adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(b)           the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Advisor or the Fund;

(c)           the Sub-Advisor suffers financial impairment which materially interferes with its ability to manage the Allocated Portion or otherwise fulfill its duties under this Agreement;

(d)           the Sub-Advisor, its principal officers or its controlling stockholders are the subject of a government investigation or inquiry, administrative proceeding or any other type of legal action which, under the Investment Company Act, would make it ineligible to serve as an investment adviser to an investment company;

(e)           a change in the Sub-Advisor’s personnel materially involved in the management of the Allocated Portion; or

(f)           a change in control or management of the Sub-Advisor.

22.            Confidentiality . The parties to this Agreement shall not, directly or indirectly, permit their respective affiliates, directors, trustees, officers, members, employees, or agents to, in any form or by any means, use, disclose, or furnish to any person or entity, records or information concerning the business of any of the other parties except as necessary for the performance of duties under this Agreement or as required by law, without prior written notice to and approval of the relevant other parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by such other parties.

23.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
 
 
-12-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all on the day and year first above written.

LITMAN/GREGORY FUND                                                                                     LOOMIS SAYLES and COMPANY, LP
ADVISORS, LLC
 
By:
_________________________
By: __________________________
­
Name:
John M. Coughlan                           
Name: ________________________
­
Title:
Chief Operating Officer                    
Title: _________________________
­
 
 
As a Third Party Beneficiary and as a Party to Section 12,

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
on behalf of
LITMAN GREGORY ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND

By:
_________________________
­
Name:
John M. Coughlan                           
­
Title:
Treasurer                                           
­

 
 
 
 
 
-13-
 


 
LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND
LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of the ____ day of ____ 2011 by and between LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC (the “Advisor”) and Water Island Capital, LLC  (the “Sub-Advisor”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been retained as the investment adviser to the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Fund”), a series of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company, registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”); and

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been authorized by the Trust to retain one or more investment advisers (each an “investment manager”) to serve as portfolio managers for a specified portion of the Fund’s assets (the “Allocated Portion”); and

WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and is engaged in the business of supplying investment advisory services as an independent contractor; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Advisor desire to retain the Sub-Advisor as an investment manager to render portfolio advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the Sub-Advisor desires to furnish said advice and services; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Fund are third party beneficiaries of such arrangements;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties to this Agreement, which shall include the Trust on behalf of the Fund for purposes of the indemnification provisions of section 11 hereof, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

1.            Appointment of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           The Advisor hereby employs the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such employment, to render investment advice and related services with respect to the Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)           The Sub-Advisor’s employment shall be solely with respect to an Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets, such Allocated Portion to be specified by the Advisor and subject to periodic increases or decreases at the Advisor’s sole discretion.

(c)            Nature of Fund .  The Sub-Advisor and the Advisor both acknowledge that the Fund is a mutual fund that operates as a series of an open-end series investment company under the plenary authority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. In managing the Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall do so subject always to the plenary authority of the Board of Trustees.

2.            Duties of Sub-Advisor .

(a)            General Duties .  The Sub-Advisor shall act as one of several investment managers to the Fund and shall invest the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in the Fund’s and the Trust’s governing documents, including, without limitation, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information and undertakings; and such other limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust may impose from time to time in writing to the Sub-Advisor. In providing such services, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times adhere to the provisions and restrictions contained in the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable law.  Advisor shall provide to the Sub-Advisor such information with respect to the Fund such that the Sub-Advisor will be able to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, laws, policies, and restrictions with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor shall: (i) furnish the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets; (ii) effect the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (iii) determine that portion of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion that will remain uninvested, if any; (iv) manage and oversee the investments of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Trust’s Board of Trustees; (v) vote proxies, file required ownership reports, and take other actions with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vi) maintain the books and records required to be maintained with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vii) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of the Fund’ assets which the Advisor, the Trustees, or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (viii) render to the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion as the Board may reasonably request.

(b)            Brokerage .  With respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for broker-dealer selection and for negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Sub-Advisor may direct orders to an affiliated person of the Sub-Advisor or to any other broker-dealer who has been identified by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor as an affiliate of any other investment manager without prior authorization to use such affiliated broker or dealer by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, provided that the Sub-Advisor does so in a manner consistent with Sections 17(a) and 17(e) of the Investment Company Act, Rule 17e-1 thereunder and the Rule 17e-1 procedures adopted by the Trust (a copy of which shall by provided by the Advisor).  The Sub-Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a securities transaction will be best execution.  In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Sub-Advisor may take the following into consideration: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of the Fund on a continuing basis.  The price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.
 
 
-2-

 
 
Subject to such policies as the Advisor and the Board of Trustees of the Trust may determine, the Sub-Advisor shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides (directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor’s or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund.  The Sub-Advisor is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Fund to such brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services, to the Trust, the Advisor, any affiliate of either, or the Sub-Advisor.  Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Advisor shall determine, and the Sub-Advisor shall report on such allocations regularly to the Advisor and the Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.

On occasions when the Sub-Advisor deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Advisor in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.

(c)            Proxy Voting . The Advisor hereby delegates to the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor’s discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect to the securities and other investments in the Allocated Portion.  The Sub-Advisor’s proxy voting policies shall comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. The Sub-Advisor shall maintain and preserve a record, in an easily-accessible place for a period of not less than three (3) years (or longer, if required by law), of the Sub-Advisor’s voting procedures, of the Sub-Advisor’s actual votes, and such other information required for the Fund to comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC.  The Sub-Advisor shall supply updates of this record to the Advisor or any authorized representative of the Advisor, or to the Fund on a quarterly basis (or more frequently, if required by law).  The Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor and the Fund with information regarding the policies and procedures that the Sub-Advisor uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to the Allocated Portion. The Fund may request that the Sub-Advisor vote proxies for the Allocated Portion in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies.
 
 
-3-

 
 
(d)            Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund copies of any of such records upon the Fund’s request.  The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act with respect to the Fund and to preserve the records required by Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act with respect to the Fund for the period specified in the Rule.

(e)            Custody . Title to all investments shall be made in the name of the Fund, provided that for convenience in buying, selling, and exchanging securities (stocks, bonds, commercial paper, etc.), title to such securities may be held in the name of the Fund’s custodian bank, or its nominee or as otherwise provided in the Fund’s custody agreement.  The Fund shall notify the Sub-Advisor of the identity of its custodian bank and shall give the Sub-Advisor fifteen (15) days’ written notice of any changes in such custody arrangements. Neither the Sub-Advisor, nor any parent, subsidiary or related firm, shall take possession of or handle any cash or securities, mortgages or deeds of trust, or other indicia of ownership of the Fund’s investments, or otherwise act as custodian of such investments.  All cash and the indicia of ownership of all other investments shall be held by the Fund’s custodian bank. The Fund shall instruct its custodian bank to (a) carry out all investment instructions as may be directed by the Sub-Advisor with respect thereto (which may be orally given if confirmed in writing); and (b) provide the Sub-Advisor with all operational information necessary for the Sub-Advisor to trade on behalf of the Fund.

(f) (1) Consulting with Certain Affiliated Sub-Advisors .  With respect to any transaction the Fund enters into with an affiliated sub-advisor (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor agrees that it will not consult with the affiliated sub-advisor concerning such transaction, except to the extent necessary to comply with the percentage limits of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1.

(2) Transactions Among Sub-Advisors of the Fund .  In any case in which there are two or more sub-advisors responsible for providing investment advice to the Fund, the Sub-Advisor may enter into a transaction on behalf of the Fund with another sub-advisor of the Fund (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, only if (i) the Sub-Advisor, under the terms of this Agreement, is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to its Allocated Portion, and (ii) the other sub-advisor is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to a separate portion of the portfolio of the Fund.
 
 
-4-

 
 
3.            Representations of Sub-Advisor .

(a)           Sub-Advisor shall use its best judgment and efforts in rendering the advice and services to the Fund as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)           Sub-Advisor shall maintain all licenses and registrations necessary to perform its duties hereunder in good order.

(c)           Sub-Advisor shall conduct its operations at all times in conformance with the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act and any other applicable state and/or self-regulatory organization regulations.

(d)           Sub-Advisor shall be covered by errors and omissions insurance.  The company self-retention or deductible shall not exceed reasonable and customary standards, and Sub-Advisor agrees to notify Advisor in the event the aggregate coverage of such insurance in any annual period is reduced below $5,000,000.

(e)           The Sub-Advisor represents and warrants to the Advisor and the Fund that (i) the retention of the Sub-Advisor as contemplated by this Agreement is authorized by the Sub-Advisor’s governing documents; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any obligation by which the Sub-Advisor or its property is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action of the Sub-Advisor and when executed and delivered by the Sub-Advisor will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Sub-Advisor, enforceable against the Sub-Advisor in accordance with its terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

4.            Independent Contractor .  The Sub-Advisor shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor, and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided and authorized to do so, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor in any way, or in any way be deemed an agent for the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor.  It is expressly understood and agreed that the services to be rendered by the Sub-Advisor to the Fund under the provisions of this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Sub-Advisor shall be free to render similar or different services to others so long as its ability to render the services provided for in this Agreement shall not be impaired thereby.
 
 
-5-

 
 
5.            Sub-Advisor's Personnel .  The Sub-Advisor shall, at its own expense, maintain such staff and employ or retain such personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time to time determine to be necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the staff and personnel of the Sub-Advisor shall be deemed to include persons employed or retained by the Sub-Advisor to furnish statistical information, research, and other factual information, advice regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and scientific developments, and such other information, advice, and assistance as the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor or the Trust's Board of Trustees may desire and reasonably request.

6.            Expenses .

(a)   The Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) providing the personnel, office space, and equipment reasonably necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)   In the event this Agreement is terminated by an assignment in the nature of a change of control as contemplated by Section 14(b) hereof, and the parties agree to enter into a new agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) the costs of any special notifications to the Fund’s shareholders and any special meetings of the Trust’s Board of Trustees convened for the primary benefit of the Sub-Advisor, or (ii) its fair share of the costs of any special meetings required for the benefit of the Sub-Advisor as well as for other purposes.

(c)           The Sub-Advisor may voluntarily absorb certain Fund expenses or waive some or all of the Sub-Advisor’s own fee.

(d)           To the extent the Sub-Advisor incurs any costs by assuming expenses which are an obligation of the Advisor or the Fund, the Advisor or the Fund shall promptly reimburse the Sub-Advisor for such costs and expenses.  To the extent the Sub-Advisor performs services for which the Fund or the Advisor is obligated to pay, the Sub-Advisor shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement in such amount as shall be negotiated between the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor but shall, under no circumstances, exceed the Sub-Advisor’s actual costs for providing such services.

7.            Investment Sub-Advisory Fee .

(a)           The Advisor shall pay to the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept, as full compensation for all investment advisory services furnished or provided to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, an annual sub-advisory fee based on the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, as such Allocated Portion may be adjusted from time to time.  Such fee shall be paid at the annual rate of 0.90% of the first $50 million of net assets of the Fund attributable to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, plus 0.85% on the next $100 million of net assets of the fund attributable to the Sub-Advisor, plus 0.80% on the next $150 million of net assets of the fund attributable to the Sub-Advisor,  plus 0.75% of net assets of the fund in excess of $300 million attributable to the Sub-Advisor, computed on the value of such net assets as of the close of business each day.
 
 
-6-

 
 
(b)           The sub-advisory fee shall be paid by the Advisor to Sub-Advisor monthly in arrears on the tenth business day of each month.

(c)           The initial fee under this Agreement shall be payable on the tenth business day of the first month following the effective date of this Agreement and shall be prorated as set forth below.  If this Agreement is terminated prior to the end of any month, the fee to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated for the portion of any month in which this Agreement is in effect which is not a complete month according to the proportion which the number of calendar days in the month during which the Agreement is in effect bears to the number of calendar days in the month, and shall be payable within ten (10) days after the date of termination.

(d)           The fee payable to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement will be reduced to the extent of any receivable owed by the Sub-Advisor to the Advisor or the Fund.

(e)           The Sub-Advisor voluntarily may reduce any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses due to it pursuant to this Agreement and may agree to make payments to limit the expenses which are the responsibility of the Advisor of the Fund under this Agreement.  Any such reduction or payment shall be applicable only to such specific reduction or payment and shall not constitute an agreement to reduce any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder or to continue future payments.  Any such reduction will be agreed to prior to accrual of the related expense or fee and will be estimated daily and reconciled and paid on a monthly basis.

(f)           The Sub-Advisor may agree not to require payment of any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses otherwise due to it pursuant to this Agreement.  Any such agreement shall be applicable only with respect to the specific items covered thereby and shall not constitute an agreement not to require payment of any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder.

8.            No Shorting; No Borrowing .  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall take any short position in the shares of the Fund.  This prohibition shall not prevent the purchase of such shares by any of the officers or employees of the Sub-Advisor or any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons or affiliates thereof, at a price not less than the net asset value thereof at the time of purchase, as allowed pursuant to rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act.  The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall borrow from the Fund or pledge or use the Funds assets in connection with any borrowing not directly for the Fund’s benefit.
 
 
-7-

 
 
9.            Conflicts with Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Laws . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Fund to take any action contrary to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws, or any applicable statute or regulation, or to relieve or deprive the Board of Trustees of the Trust of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust and the Fund.  In this connection, the Sub-Advisor acknowledges that the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees retain ultimate plenary authority over the Fund, including the Allocated Portion, and may take any and all actions necessary and reasonable to protect the interests of shareholders.

10.            Reports and Access .  The Sub-Advisor agrees to supply such information to the Advisor and to permit such compliance inspections by the Advisor or the Fund as shall be reasonably necessary to permit the administrator to satisfy its obligations and respond to the reasonable requests of the Trustees.

11.            Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification .

(a)           The Sub-Advisor shall exercise reasonable care and prudence in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)           The Sub-Advisor shall have responsibility for the accuracy and completeness (and liability for the lack thereof) of the statements furnished by the Sub-Advisor for use by the Advisor in the Fund’s offering materials (including the prospectus, the statement of additional information, advertising and sales materials) that pertain to the Sub-Advisor and the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund.  The Sub-Advisor shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to other disclosures.

(c)           The Sub-Advisor shall be liable to the Fund for any loss (including brokerage charges) incurred by the Fund as a result of any investment made by the Sub-Advisor in violation of Section 2 hereof.

(d)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Advisor, the Trust, or the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security by the Fund.

(e)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including without limitation paragraphs (c) and (d) above, each, party to this Agreement (as an “Indemnifying Party”), including the Trust on behalf of the Fund, shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party and the shareholders, directors, officers, and employees of the other party (any such person, an “Indemnified Party”) against any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating and defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising out of the Indemnifying Party’s performance or non-performance of any duties under this Agreement provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to protect any Indemnified Party against any liability to which such Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence in the performance of duties hereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.
 
 
-8-

 
 
If indemnification is to be sought hereunder, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided, however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may otherwise have to the Indemnified Party provided such failure shall not affect in a material adverse manner the position of the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim.  Following such notification, the Indemnifying Party may elect in writing to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and, upon such election, it shall not be liable for any legal costs incurred by the Indemnified Party (other than reasonable costs of investigation previously incurred) in connection therewith, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party has failed to provide counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party in a timely manner or (ii) counsel which has been provided by the Indemnifying Party reasonably determines that its representation of the Indemnified Party would present it with a conflict of interest.

The provisions of this paragraph 11(e) shall not apply in any action where the Indemnified Party is the party adverse, or one of the parties adverse, to the other party.

(f)           No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to protect any Trustee or officer of the Trust, or officer of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, from liability in violation of Sections 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act.

12.            Non-Exclusivity; Trading for Sub-Advisor’s Own Account; Code of Ethics .  The Advisor’s employment of the Sub-Advisor is not an exclusive arrangement.  The Advisor anticipates that it will employ other individuals or entities to furnish it with the services provided for herein. Likewise, the Sub-Advisor may act as investment adviser for any other person, and shall not in any way be limited or restricted from buying, selling, or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting, provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor expressly represents that it will undertake no activities which will adversely affect the performance of its obligations to the Fund under this Agreement; and provided further that the Sub-Advisor will adhere to a code of ethics governing employee trading and trading for proprietary accounts that conforms to the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act, a copy of which has been provided to the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

The Sub-Advisor will make such reports to the Advisor and the Fund as are required by Rule 17j-1 and Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide the Advisor and the Fund with any information required to satisfy the compliance program, code of ethics reporting or disclosure requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. To the extent the Sub-Advisor adopts or has adopted a separate code of ethics or amends or has amended its code of ethics to comply with such rules or regulations, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor with a copy of such code of ethics and any amendments thereto.
 
 
-9-

 
 
         13.  
Term .

(a)           This Agreement shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and shall remain in effect for a period of two (2) years, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.  This Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter for additional periods not exceeding one (1) year so long as such continuation is approved for the Fund at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement nor interested persons thereof, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (iii) the Advisor.  The terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities” and “interested persons” shall have the meanings as set forth in the Investment Company Act.

(b)           The Fund and its distributor may use the Sub-Advisor’s trade name or any name derived from the Sub-Advisor’s trade name only in a manner consistent with the nature of this Agreement for so long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal, or amendment hereof remains in effect.  Within sixty (60) days from such time as this Agreement shall no longer be in effect, the Fund shall cease to use such a name or any other name connected with Sub-Advisor.

14.            Termination; No Assignment .

(a)           This Agreement may be terminated at any time without payment of any penalty, by: the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor. This Agreement also may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Trust and the other party.  In the event of a termination, Sub-Advisor shall cooperate in the orderly transfer of the Fund’s affairs and, at the request of the Board of Trustees, transfer any and all books and records of the Fund maintained by Sub-Advisor on behalf of the Fund.

(b)           This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of any transfer or assignment thereof, as defined in the Investment Company Act.

15.            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall be otherwise rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
 
-10-

 
 
16.            Captions .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

17.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

18.            Nonpublic Personal Information . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Sub-Advisor hereto agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, trustees, shareholders, officers, and employees (1) to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Advisor (on behalf of itself and the Fund) and the Trust (a) all records and other information relative to the Fund’s prior, present, or potential shareholders (and clients of said shareholders) and (b) any Nonpublic Personal Information, as defined under Section 248.3(t) of Regulation S-P (“Regulation S-P”), promulgated under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “G-L-B Act”), and (2) except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Advisor or the Trust, not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, or as otherwise permitted by Regulation S-P or the G-L-B Act, and if in compliance therewith, the privacy policies adopted by the Advisor and the Fund and communicated in writing to the Sub-Advisor.  Such written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Advisor or the Trust and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt or other proceedings for failure to comply after being requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities.

19.            Anti-Money Laundering Compliance . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the USA PATRIOT Act, and any respective implementing regulations (together, “AML Laws”), the Fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Policy. The Sub-Advisor agrees to comply with the Fund’s Anti-Money Laundering Policy and the AML Laws, as the same may apply to the Sub-Advisor, now and in the future. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to provide to the Fund and/or the Advisor such reports, certifications and contractual assurances as may be requested by the Fund or the Advisor. The Advisor may disclose information respecting the Sub-Advisor to governmental and/or regulatory or self-regulatory authorities to the extent required by applicable law or regulation and may file reports with such authorities as may be required by applicable law or regulation.

20.            Certifications; Disclosure Controls and Procedures . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder, the Fund is required to make certain certifications and has adopted disclosure controls and procedures. To the extent reasonably requested by the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor agrees to use its best efforts to assist the Advisor and the Fund in complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and implementing the Fund’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Sub-Advisor agrees to inform the Fund of any material development related to the Allocated Portion that the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes is relevant to the Fund’s certification obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
 
 
-11-

 
 
21.            Provision of Certain Information by the Sub-Advisor . The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Advisor in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)           the Sub-Advisor fails to be registered as investment adviser under the Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub-Advisor is required to be registered as investment adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(b)           the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Advisor or the Fund;

(c)           the Sub-Advisor suffers financial impairment which materially interferes with its ability to manage the Allocated Portion or otherwise fulfill its duties under this Agreement;

(d)           the Sub-Advisor, its principal officers or its controlling stockholders are the subject of a government investigation or inquiry, administrative proceeding or any other type of legal action which, under the Investment Company Act, would make it ineligible to serve as an investment adviser to an investment company;

(e)           a change in the Sub-Advisor’s personnel materially involved in the management of the Allocated Portion; or

(f)           a change in control or management of the Sub-Advisor.

22.            Confidentiality . The parties to this Agreement shall not, directly or indirectly, permit their respective affiliates, directors, trustees, officers, members, employees, or agents to, in any form or by any means, use, disclose, or furnish to any person or entity, records or information concerning the business of any of the other parties except as necessary for the performance of duties under this Agreement or as required by law, without prior written notice to and approval of the relevant other parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by such other parties.

23.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
 
 
-12-

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all on the day and year first above written.

LITMAN/GREGORY FUND                                                                                     WATER ISLAND CAPITAL, LLC
ADVISORS, LLC
 
By:
_________________________
By: __________________________
­
Name:
John M. Coughlan                           
Name: ________________________
­
Title:
Chief Operating Officer                    
Title: _________________________
­
 
 
As a Third Party Beneficiary and as a Party to Section 12,

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
on behalf of
LITMAN GREGORY ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND

By:
_________________________
­
Name:
John M. Coughlan                           
­
Title:
Treasurer                                           
­

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-13-
 


 
AMENDMENT TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of the 31 st day of August, 2011, is entered into by and between Litman Gregory Funds Trust f/k/a The Masters’ Select Funds Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and   Quasar Distributors, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “Distributor,” and together with the Trust, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

 
WHEREAS, the Trust, Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC, and the Distributor have entered into the Distribution Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2004, as amended (the “Agreement”);

 
WHEREAS, the Trust has recently changed its name from The Masters’ Select Funds Trust to Litman Gregory Funds Trust;

WHEREAS, the Trust has established a new series, Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Fund”);

WHEREAS, the Trust desires to retain the Distributor, and the Distributor desires, to act as the principal underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the shares of beneficial interests in the Fund;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Agreement to reflect the aforementioned changes;

WHEREAS, Section 10, Paragraph B of the Agreement allows for an amendment to the Agreement by a written instrument executed by the Parties; and

WHEREAS, this Amendment has been approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, by a vote cast in person at a meeting held for the purpose of voting on this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 
1.  
All references to “The Masters’ Select Funds Trust” in the Agreement are hereby replaced with “Litman Gregory Funds Trust.”

 
2.  
Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby superseded and replaced in its entirety with the Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
 
1

 

 
 
3.  
Except to the extent expressly amended by this Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on one or more counterparts as of the date and year first written above.


LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST                                                                                     QUASAR DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

By: ______________________________                                                                            By: ________________________________

Name:____________________________                                                                             Name:  James R. Schoenike

Title:_____________________________                                                                            Title: President






 
2

 



Exhibit A
to the
Distribution Agreement





Name of Series                                                                                                                                 
Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund
Litman Gregory Masters International Fund
Litman Gregory Masters Value Fund
Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund
Litman Gregory Masters Focused Opportunities Fund
Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund


 
 
3
 


Litman Gregory Funds Trust
 

 
August 30, 2011
 
State Street Bank and Trust Company
John Hancock Tower,  17 th Floor
200 Clarendon Street
Boston, MA  02116

Re:           Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This is to advise you that the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Fund”) has established a new series of shares to be known as the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Portfolio”).  In accordance with the Additional Funds provision of Section 17 of the Custodial Contract dated January 17, 1997 between the Fund and State Street Bank and Trust Company (as amended, the “Contract”), the Fund hereby requests that you act as Custodian for the Portfolio under the terms of the Contract.

Please indicate your acceptance of the foregoing by executing two copies of this letter agreement, returning one to the Fund and retaining one copy for your records.


Sincerely,

Litman Gregory Funds Trust


By:________________________________________
Name:  John M. Coughlan
Title:           Treasurer, Duly Authorized

Agreed and Accepted:

STATE STREET BANK AN TRUST COMPANY



By:_________________________________________
Name:
Title:




 
AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICING AGREEMENT


THIS AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICING AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of the 31 st day of August, 2011, is entered into by and between Litman Gregory Funds Trust f/k/a The Masters’ Select Funds Trust , a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC , a Wisconsin limited liability company (“USBFS,” and together with the Trust, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2003, as amended June 8, 2006, February 2, 2007, and June 4, 2009 (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Trust has recently changed its name from The Masters’ Select Funds Trust to Litman Gregory Funds Trust;

WHEREAS, the Trust has established a new series, Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Fund”);

WHEREAS, the Trust desires to retain USBFS, and USBFS desires, to provide fund administration services for the Fund;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Agreement to reflect the aforementioned changes; and

WHEREAS, Section 6 of the Agreement allows the Agreement to be amended by a mutual written consent of the Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 
1.  
All references to “The Masters’ Select Funds Trust” in the Agreement are hereby replaced with “Litman Gregory Funds Trust.”

 
2.  
Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby superseded and replaced in its entirety with the Exhibit A attached hereto.

 
3.  
Except to the extent expressly amended by this Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
 
 
1

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on one or more counterparts as of the date and year first written above.

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST                                                                           U.S. BANCORP FUND SERVICES, LLC


By: ______________________________                                                                           By: ________________________________

Name:____________________________                                                                           Name: Michael R. McVoy

Title: ____________________________                                                             Title: Executive Vice President

 
 
 
 
 
 
2

 
 
Exhibit A
to the
Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement







Name of Series                                                                                                                                 
Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund
Litman Gregory Masters International Fund
Litman Gregory Masters Value Fund
Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund
Litman Gregory Masters Focused Opportunities Fund
Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund

 
 
 
 
 
3
 


 
litman gregory Funds Trust
Amendment to Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement

THIS AMENDMENT TO RESTATED CONTRACTUAL ADVISORY FEE WAIVER AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of August 31, 2011, is entered into by and between LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, and LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC, a California limited liability company (the “Advisor,” together with the Trust, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

 
WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into the Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2006, as amended (the “Agreement”);

 
WHEREAS, the Trust has recently changed its name from The Masters’ Select Funds Trust to Litman Gregory Funds Trust;

WHEREAS, the Advisor has recently changed its name from Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC to Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC;

WHEREAS, the Trust has established a new series, Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Fund”);

WHEREAS, the Trust has retained the Advisor to provide investment management advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the Unified Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2003, as amended, by and between the Trust and the Advisor (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Advisor desires to waive a portion of the advisory fees it is entitled to receive under the Investment Advisory Agreement with respect to the Fund, and the Trust (on behalf of the Fund) desires to allow the Advisor to implement such waiver;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Agreement to reflect the aforementioned changes;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 
1.  
All references to “The Masters’ Select Funds Trust” in the Agreement are hereby replaced with “Litman Gregory Funds Trust.”

 
2.  
All references to “Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC” in the Agreement are hereby replaced with “Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC.”

 
3.  
Appendix A to the Agreement is hereby suspended and replaced in its entirety with Appendix A attached to this Amendment.

 
4.  
Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers on one or more counterparts, all on the date and year first above written.

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
on behalf of its series listed on Appendix A
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC
By:
____________________________________________  
By:
________________________________
Name:
   
Name:
 
Title:
   
Title:
 

 
 

 

Appendix A

FUND AND WAIVER SCHEDULE – LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
(updated August 31, 2011)

Fund
Fee Waiver Rate
 
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Equity Fund
 
None
 
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select International Fund
 
Such percentage rate of the daily net assets of the Fund so that after payment of all sub-advisory fees, the net advisory fee retained by the Advisor is 0.40% of the daily net assets of the Fund on the first $1 billion of daily net assets and 0.30% of Fund assets in excess of
$1 billion (1) .
 
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Value Fund
 
0.02% of the daily net assets of the Fund
 
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Smaller Companies Fund
 
None
 
·   Litman Gregory Masters Select Focused opportunities Fund
 
0.08% of the daily net assets of the Fund
·   Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund
 
None

(1) For example: The Fund’s advisory fee is 1.10% of the Fund’s daily net assets. Assuming payment of sub-advisory fees of 0.56% of the Fund’s daily net assets, on the first $1 billion of the Fund’s daily net assets, the Advisor will waive a portion of its fee equal to 0.14% of the Fund’s daily net assets and retain a net advisory fee equal to 0.40% of the Fund’s daily net assets.  For the portion of assets in excess of $1 billion, the Fund’s advisory fee is 1.00% of the Fund’s daily net assets.  Assuming payment of sub-advisory fees of 0.56% of the Fund’s daily net assets, on assets in excess of $1 billion, the Advisor will waive a portion of its fee equal to 0.14% of the Fund’s daily net assets and retain a net advisory fee equal to 0.30% of the Fund’s daily net assets.


LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
on behalf of its series listed above
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC
By:
______________________________________  
By:
________________________________
Name:
   
Name:
 
Title:
   
Title:
 

 
 


Litman Gregory Funds Trust
Operating Expenses Limitation Agreement

This Operating Expenses Limitation Agreement (this “Agreement”) is effective as of August __, 2011, by and between Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, on behalf of the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund, a series of the Trust (the “Fund”), and the investment advisor to the Fund, Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC, a California limited liability company (the “Advisor”).
 
WITNESSETH:
 
WHEREAS, the Advisor renders advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the terms and provisions of a Unified Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor dated May 28, 2003, as such agreement may be amended from time to time (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”);
 
WHEREAS, the Fund is responsible for, and has assumed the obligation for, payment of certain expenses pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, the Advisor desires to limit the Fund’s Operating Expenses (as that term is defined in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement) pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the Trust (on behalf of the Fund) desires to allow the Advisor to implement such limit;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:
 
1.     Limit on Operating Expenses .  The Advisor hereby agrees to limit the Fund’s Operating Expenses to an annual rate, expressed as a percentage of such Fund’s average annual net assets, as shown on Schedule A of this Agreement (the “Expense Cap”).  In the event that the current Operating Expenses of the Fund, as accrued daily, exceeds its Expense Cap, the Advisor will pay to the Fund, on a monthly basis, the excess expense within 30 days of being notified that an excess payment is due.
 
 
 
Page 1 of 5

 
 
2.     Definition .  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Operating Expenses” with respect to the Fund is defined to include all expenses necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Fund, including the Advisor’s investment advisory or management fee under Paragraph 7 of the Investment Advisory Agreement and other expenses described in Paragraph 6 of the Investment Advisory Agreement, but does not include any taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization, borrowing costs (including commitment fees), dividend expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses or any extraordinary expenses such as but not limited to litigation.
 
3.     Reimbursement of Fees and Expenses .  The Advisor, under Paragraph 7(e) of the Investment Advisory Agreement, retains its right to receive reimbursement of reductions of its investment management fee and of Operating Expenses paid by it that it is not responsible for under Paragraph 6 of the Investment Advisory Agreement.
 
4.     Recoupment Balance . Any fee reduced by the Advisor, or Operating Expenses paid by it (collectively, “subsidies”), pursuant to this Agreement may be reimbursed by the Fund to the Advisor no later than the end of the third fiscal year following the year to which the subsidy relates (subsidies available for reimbursement to the Advisor under this Paragraph are collectively referred to as the “Recoupment Balance”), and any such reimbursement must be approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”). For example, subsidies relating to the period January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 would no longer be eligible for reimbursement after January 1, 2016. The Advisor generally seeks reimbursement on a rolling three-year basis whereby the oldest subsidies are recouped first. The Advisor may not request or receive reimbursement of the Recoupment Balance before payment of the Fund’s Operating Expenses for the current year and cannot cause the Fund to exceed the Expense Cap or any other agreed upon expense limitation for that year in making such reimbursement. The Advisor agrees not to request or seek reimbursement of subsidies that are no longer eligible for reimbursement.
 
 
 
Page 2 of 5

 
 
5.     Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the date specified herein and shall remain in effect until September 30, 2012 unless sooner terminated as provided in Paragraph 6 of this Agreement.  This Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter for additional periods not exceeding one (1) year so long as such continuation is approved for the Fund at least annually by the Board (and separately by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”)).
 
6.     Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Board, on behalf of the Fund, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Advisor without payment of any penalty.  The Advisor may decline to renew this Agreement by written notice to the Trust at least thirty (30) days before its renewal date. This Agreement will automatically terminate if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated with respect to the Fund, with such termination effective upon the effective date of the Investment Advisory Agreement’s termination with respect to the Fund.
 
7.     Assignment .  This Agreement and all rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned without the written consent of the other party.
 
8.     Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall be otherwise rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
 
 
Page 3 of 5

 
 
9.     Captions .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction of effect.
 
10.     Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
11.     Notice of Limited Liability . The Advisor agrees that the Trust’s obligations under this Agreement shall be limited to the Fund and to its assets, and that the Advisor shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from the shareholders of the Fund nor from any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust or the Fund.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers on one or more counterparts, all on the date and year first above written.
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST,
on behalf of the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund
 
LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC
By:
                                         
By:
                                                   
Name:
John Coughlan
 
Name:
John Coughlan
Title:
Treasurer
 
Title:
Chief Operating Officer

 
 
 
Page 4 of 5

 

 
Schedule A

Series of Litman Gregory Funds Trust
 
Operating Expense Limit
     
Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund
   
Institutional Class
 
1.49% of average daily net assets
Investor Class
 
1.74% of average daily net assets

 
 

 
Page 5 of 5



Paul Hastings LLP
Twenty-Fourth Floor
55 Second Street
San Francisco, CA  94105-3441
telephone 415-856-7000
facsimile 415-856-7100
www.paulhastings.com

September 2, 2011

 

Litman Gregory Funds Trust
4 Orinda Way, Suite 230-D
Orinda, California  94563
 
Re:
Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
We have acted as legal counsel to Litman Gregory Funds Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), in connection with the establishment of a new series of shares of the Trust, the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “ Fund ”), pursuant to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Trust’s Registration Statement expected to be filed on Form N-1A with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 2, 2011(the “ Post-Effective Amendment ”).
 
As such counsel and for purposes of our opinion set forth below, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth herein, including, without limitation:
 
(i)  
the Post-Effective Amendment;
 
(ii)  
the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 1, 1996, as amended, and the Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Trust, as amended, each as presently in effect as certified by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust as of the date hereof (together, the “ Charter Documents ”);
 
(iii)  
a certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as to the good standing of the Trust under the laws of the State of Delaware as of September 2, 2011 (the “ Good Standing Certificate ”); and
 
(iv)  
resolutions adopted by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “ Board ”) on June 1, 2011 authorizing the establishment and organization of the Fund, certified by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust.
 
 
 
 

 
 
Litman Gregory Funds Trust
September 2, 2011
Page 2
 
 
In addition to the foregoing, we have made such investigations of law as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth herein.
 
In such examination and in rendering the opinion expressed below, we have assumed:  (i) the due authorization, execution and delivery of all agreements, instruments and other documents by all the parties thereto (other than the due authorization by the Trust); (ii) the genuineness of all signatures on all documents submitted to us; (iii) the authenticity and completeness of all documents, corporate records, certificates and other instruments submitted to us; (iv) that photocopy, electronic, certified, conformed, facsimile and other copies submitted to us of original documents, corporate records, certificates and other instruments conform to the original documents, records, certificates and other instruments, and that all such original documents, corporate records, certificates and other instruments were authentic and complete; (v) the legal capacity of all individuals executing documents; (vi) that all agreements, instruments and other documents are the valid and binding obligations of each of the parties thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with their respective terms and that no such documents have been amended or terminated orally or in writing except as has been disclosed to us; (vii) that the statements contained in the certificates and comparable documents of public officials, officers and representatives of the Trust and other persons on which we have relied for the purposes of this opinion are true and correct and that there has not been any change in the good standing status of the Trust from that reported in the Good Standing Certificate; and (viii) that any purchasers of shares of the Fund satisfy all regulatory and legal requirements applicable to them.  As to all questions of fact material to this opinion and as to the materiality of any fact or other matter referred to herein, we have relied (without independent investigation) upon certificates or comparable documents of officers and representatives of the Trust and of public officials.
 
Based upon the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, and subject to the limitations, qualifications and exceptions set forth herein, and assuming that (i) all of the shares of the Fund (the “ Shares ”) will be issued and sold for cash at the per-share public offering price on the date of their issuance in accordance with statements in the Fund’s Prospectus included in the Post-Effective Amendment and in accordance with the Charter Documents, (ii) all consideration for the Shares will be actually received by the Fund, and (iii) all applicable securities laws will be complied with, we are of the following opinion:
 
1.     The Shares are duly authorized and, upon issuance and delivery of the Shares and receipt by the Fund of payment of the purchase price therefor in accordance with the Post-Effective Amendment, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable by the Trust.
 
 
 
 

 
 
Litman Gregory Funds Trust
September 2, 2011
Page 3
 
The opinion expressed herein is subject to the following exceptions, qualifications and limitations:
 
(a)     We express no opinion with respect to any of the following (collectively, the “ Excluded Laws ”):  (i) anti-fraud laws or other federal and state securities laws; (ii) Federal Reserve Board margin regulations; (iii) pension and employee benefit laws, e.g. , ERISA; (iv) federal and state antitrust and unfair competition laws, including, without limitation, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the Exon-Florio Act; (v) the statutes, ordinances, administrative decisions and rules and regulations of counties, towns, municipalities and other political subdivisions (whether created or enabled through legislative action at the federal, state or regional level); (vi) federal and state environmental laws; (vii) federal and state land use and subdivision laws; (viii) federal and state tax laws; (ix) federal and state laws relating to communications (including, without limitation, the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the Telecommunications Act of 1996, as amended); (x) federal patent, copyright and trademark, state trademark and other federal and state intellectual property laws; (xi) federal and state racketeering laws, e.g. , RICO; (xii) federal and state health and safety laws, e.g. , OSHA; (xiii) federal and state laws concerning aviation , vessels, railway or other means of transportation ; (xiv) federal and state laws concerning public utilities; (xv) federal and state labor and employment laws; (xvi) federal and state laws and policies concerning (A) national and local emergencies, (B) possible judicial deference to acts of sovereign states including judicial acts, and (C) criminal and civil forfeiture laws; (xvii)  federal and state banking and insurance laws; (xviii) export, import and customs laws; (xix) anti-terrorism orders, as the same may be renewed, extended, amended or replaced, and all federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, governmental rules, regulations, licensing requirements and policies relating to anti-terrorism orders (including, without limitation, Executive Order 13224, effective September 24, 2001); (xx) the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005, its successor statutes and similar statutes in effect from time to time, and the policies promulgated thereunder and any foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department or any enabling legislation or order relating thereto; (xxi) federal and state laws concerning bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, including, without limitation, fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance laws; and (xxii)  other federal and state statutes of general application to the extent they provide for criminal prosecution ( e.g. , mail fraud and wire fraud statutes); and in the case of each of the foregoing, all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or administrative or judicial decisions with respect thereto.
 
(b)     Without limiting any of the other limitations, exceptions and qualifications stated elsewhere herein (including, without limitation, qualification paragraph (a) with respect to Excluded Laws), we express no opinion with regard to the applicability or effect of the law of any jurisdiction other than, as in effect on the date of this letter, (i) to the extent set forth in our opinion above, our review of Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code (based solely upon our review of a standard compilation thereof), and (ii) the federal laws of the United States.  We are limiting our opinion on the law of the state of Delaware to that extent because we are not admitted to practice law in that state.
 
 
 
 

 
 
Litman Gregory Funds Trust
September 2, 2011
Page 4
 
This opinion is rendered solely to you in connection with the filing of the Post-Effective Amendment with respect to the Fund.  This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or delivered to or relied upon by any other person without our express prior written consent (including, without limitation, any person that acquires the Shares); except that you may furnish a copy of this opinion for information (but not reliance): (i) to your independent auditors and your attorneys, (ii) pursuant to order or legal process of any court or governmental agency, and (iii) in connection with any legal action to which you are a party arising out of the issuance and delivery of the Shares.  This opinion is rendered to you as of the date hereof and is not to be deemed to have been reissued by any subsequent delivery as permitted above, and we assume no obligation to advise you or any other person hereafter with regard to any change after the date hereof in the circumstances or the law that may bear on the matters set forth herein even though the change may affect the legal analysis or a legal conclusion or other matters in this opinion letter.
 
We hereby consent to (i) the reference to our firm as Legal Counsel in the Post-Effective Amendment, and (ii) the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-Effective Amendment.
 
Very truly yours,
 
/s/ Paul Hastings LLP
 
PAUL HASTINGS LLP




CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
We hereby consent to the reference to us under the heading "General Information" included in the Registration Statement on Form N-1A for Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
San Francisco, California
September 2, 2011






Code of Ethics
for
DoubleLine Funds Trust
and
DoubleLine Capital LP

Effective Date:  April 26, 2011


 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
      Page
     
I.
Introduction
1
A.
Applicable to all Personnel
1
B.
Access to the Code
3
C.
Regulatory Requirements
3
D.
Other Topics Covered In the Code
4
E.
Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies
4
F.
Best Judgment and Further Advice
5
     
II.
Duty to Report Violations of this Code, Sanctions and Acknowledgement
6
A.
Duty to Report Violations of this Code
6
B.
SANCTIONS
8
C.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
8
     
III.
General Standard of conduct
11
A.
Fiduciary Duty
11
B.
Adherence to Good Business Practices
12
C.
Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements
12
D.
Client Representations
12
     
IV.
Conflicts of Interest
14
A.
General Statement of Policy
14
B.
General Description of Conflicts
14
C.
Particular Conflicts
15
D.
General Antifraud Prohibitions
16
     
V.
CONFIDENTIALITY/PRivacy
18
A.
General Statement of Policy -- Confidentiality
18
B.
Sharing of Information Within the Companies
18
C.
Sharing of Information Outside the Companies
19
D.
Reasonable Safeguards
20
E.
Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach
20
     
VI.
PROHIBITION Against Insider Trading
22
A.
Companies’ Policy – Insider Trading
22
B.
Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information
22
C.
Avoiding the Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information
24
D.
Required Steps to Take If Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information
27
E.
Responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer
28
F.
Reporting of Insider Trading Activity
31
G.
Annual Attestation
32
     
VII.
Reporting of ACcounts AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING Securities and OTher Financial Products
33
A.
General Statement of Companies’ Policy With Respect to Account and Notification
33
B.
Review of Account Statements and Holding Report Notifications
39
     
VIII.
INVESTMENT Activities
41
A.
Overview
41
B.
Provisions of General Applicability
41
C.
Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability
42
D.
Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons
46
     
 
 
-i-

 
 
IX.
Outside Business Activities
49
A.
General Policy
49
B.
Receipt of Payment of Third Party Compensation
50
C.
Annual Attestation
51
     
X.
Gifts and Gratuities and Political Activities
52
A.
Gifts and Gratuities
52
B.
Political Contributions
56
C.
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
59
D.
Annual Attestation
60
     
XI.
CLient Complaints And Indications of INAPPROPRIATE Conduct
61
A.
General Statement of Policy
61
B.
Responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer
61
     
XII.
Annual Review by Trustees
62
 
ATTACHMENTS
 
Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics
     
       
Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics (consultants)
     
       
Acknowledgement of Receipt of Amended Code of Ethics
     
       
Exhibit I.A.:
New Access Person Introduction Checklist
   
       
Exhibit VII A1:
Annual or Initial Holdings Report
   
       
Exhibit VII A2:
Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements
   
       
Exhibit VIII C:
Request for Preauthorization – Personal Trades
   
       
Exhibit X. A.:
Annual Non-Cash Compensation Acknowledgement and Certification  (aka: Gift Form)
       
Exhibit XI C:
Required Annual Attestations and Disclosures
   
       
 
 
-ii-

 

 
I. INTRODUCTION
 
DoubleLine Funds Trust, a registered investment company (the “ Trust ”), together with its  registered adviser, DoubleLine Capital LP (the “ Adviser ”), which provides operational support for the Trust and will perform all actions discussed herein on behalf of the Trust, have jointly adopted this Code of Ethics (the “ Code ”) to set forth the ethical and professional standards required by the Trust and the Adviser (collectively, the “ Companies ”) and to demonstrate the commitment of the Companies and their management to maintaining the trust and confidence of the investors in the funds offered by the Trust (collectively, the “ Funds ”) and of the adviser’s clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and with the Companies’ internal policies and procedures.
 
 
A.  
Applicable to all Personnel
 
The Code covers all personnel of the Trust and the Adviser, including partners, officers, directors (and other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), and employees, as well as individuals associated with the Companies in any manner that provide investment advice on their behalf and are subject to their supervision and control (collectively, hereinafter, the “ DoubleLine Personnel ” or “ Personnel ”).  The term “Personnel” shall also include any individuals who are members of the DoubleLine Capital GP LLC, the Adviser’s general partner.
 
Temporary employees and consultants that, in each case, are engaged to provide clerical, administrative or professional services that are not directly investment related will not be considered to be Personnel subject to this Code except to the extent the Chief Compliance Officer notifies them to the contrary.
 
New employees shall be briefed as to the requirements of the Code of Ethics, with Exhibit I. A. serving as a guideline to that introduction. The briefing is not a substitute for all employees reading the Code in its entirety at least annually. The fact that a briefing has not occurred or that the CCO has not made a determination of any existing employee's change of status does not in any way limit the obligation of any person to comply with all applicable provisions of the Code.
 
 
1. 
Applicability of this Code to the Disinterested Trustees
 
Various provisions of this Code either do not apply to the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Disinterested  Trustees ”), or applies only in a limited fashion.
 
The following Sections of this Code do not apply to the Disinterested Trustees:
 
 
·  
Section VIII (Investment Activities)
 
 
·  
Section IX (Outside Business Activities)
 
 
 

 
 
 
·  
Section X (Gifts and Gratuities and Political Activities)
 
In addition, Disinterested Trustees are required to comply with only Subsection A(5) of Section VII (Reporting of Accounts and Transactions Involving Securities and Other Financial Products).
 
 
2.  
Authority to Exempt Any Person from Coverage
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Compliance Officer may exempt any person from all or any portion of the Code upon a finding that such person is neither an “ Access Person, ” as defined at Rule 17j-1(a)(1) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act ”) or Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”) or a “ supervised person ,” as defined at Section 202(a)(25) of the Advisers Act, and that, such person’s duties and responsibilities are such that application of all or any particular portion of this Code to such person is not reasonably necessary.  Accordingly, all persons subject to the Code shall be considered to be Access Persons, regardless of whether they meet any particular definition thereof while persons that have been exempted from all or any particular portion of the Code shall not be considered to be Access Persons to the extent of that exemption.
 
The Chief Compliance Officer also may waive provisions of the Code on a case-by-case basis, after reviewing the circumstances surrounding the request for a waiver. An example of such a waiver would be the waiver of the two-day requirement to execute a trade.  The Chief Compliance Officer shall keep a written record of all such waivers and the basis for such waiver.
 
 
3.  
Documentation
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible (i) for maintaining a record of all personnel associated from time-to-time with the Companies and, as to each individual, the dates of such person’s association, the title or position held by such individual and whether such person was exempted from all or any portion of the Code and, therefore is not considered to be an Access Person, and, (ii) as to all persons exempted from all or any portion of the Code, for documenting the basis for such exemption.
 
 
-2-

 
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   A record of all Trustees, officers and employees of the Fund and documentation of the basis for any exemption from the Code
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:  A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which such record was created, provided any documentation as to any exemption from the Code shall be maintained for a minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the relevant individual’s association with the Companies was terminated.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(1)(D) and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(ii)
 
 
B.  
Access to the Code
 
All Personnel will be provided access to the Code, either in hard copy or on the Companies’  internal electronic systems.  Personnel should keep the Code available for easy reference.
 
 
C.  
Regulatory Requirements
 
The Code has been adopted in connection with the Companies’ compliance with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”) and Rule 17j-1(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act ”), as applicable thereto.
 
As a registered investment adviser, the Adviser, pursuant to Rule 204A-1, is required to establish, maintain and enforce a written code of ethics that, at a minimum:
 
 
·  
Sets forth the general standard of conduct required of all supervised persons, which standard reflects the fiduciary duties that the Adviser and all such individuals owe to the Adviser’s clients.
 
 
·  
Requires compliance by all supervised persons with applicable federal securities laws.
 
 
·  
Requires certain supervised persons to report, and for the Adviser to review, their personal securities transactions and holdings periodically.
 
 
·  
Requires prompt reporting by all supervised persons of any violations of this Code.
 
 
·  
Requires distribution by the Adviser of the Code and of any amendments to all supervised persons and for the Adviser to obtain written acknowledgements from all such individuals as to their receipt of the Code.
 
 
-3-

 
 
Both the Trust and the Adviser are also required pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act to adopt a written code of ethics that contain provisions reasonably necessary to prevent their “Access Persons,” as defined in Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(1), from:
 
 
·  
employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a Fund;
 
 
·  
making any untrue statement of a material fact to a Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to a Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
 
 
·  
engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on a Fund; or
 
 
·  
engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to a Fund.
 
 
D.  
Other Topics Covered In the Code
 
In addition to the minimum requirements set forth above, the Code also addresses the Companies’ policies and procedures regarding:
 
 
·  
Sanctions for violating the Code
 
 
·  
Safeguarding and maintaining confidential information
 
 
·  
Prohibitions against insider trading
 
 
·  
Investment activities
 
 
·  
Outside business activities
 
 
·  
Giving and receiving of gifts and entertainment
 
 
·  
Political activities
 
 
·  
Client complaints
 
 
·  
Annual review by Trustees
 
 
E.  
Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies
 
The Code has been drafted in a manner that allows it to apply equally to all Personnel regardless of their specific functions or responsibilities.  As a result of this “one size fits all” approach, the Companies may, from time-to-time, supplement the Code as it applies to Personnel that perform certain functions or that have particular responsibilities by the adoption of separate, more specialized policies and procedures.  Where this is the case, Personal to whom these separate policies and procedures apply must comply with both the Code and these additional policies – or the more restrictive of the two in the case of a conflict.  More generally, the existence of the Code should not be understood as relieving Personnel, in any manner, from their continuing responsibility to familiarize themselves, and to comply, with all applicable policies and procedures of the Companies.
 
 
-4-

 
 
 
F.  
Best Judgment and Further Advice
 
It is not reasonable to expect this Code or other applicable policies or procedures of the Companies to cover all of the possible situations that Personnel may encounter.  For this reason, nothing in this Code removes the need for all Personnel to use their best judgment in order to maintain high professional standards and to consult with their supervisor s as well as appropriate legal or compliance Personnel, as needed.
 
Personnel that are unsure how to handle a particular situation are urged to consult with their supervisor or legal or compliance personnel for advice.
 

   
References:
Advisers Act Section 202(a)(25):  Definitions (definition of “Supervised
     Person”)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a):  Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics
     (adoption of code of ethics)
 
Investment Company Act Section 17:  Transaction of Certain Affiliated
     Persons and Underwriters
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1:  Personal Investment Activities of
     Investment Company Personnel
   
 
II. DUTY TO REPORT VIOLATIONS OF THIS CODE, SANCTIONS AND
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
 
 
A.  
Duty to Report Violations of this Code
 
DoubleLine Personnel are required to report promptly any violation or potential violation of the Code to the Companies’ Chief Compliance Officer. Any such report shall be maintained in confidence and no retaliation shall be made against the individual making such report and, indeed, any retaliation for the reporting of a violation of the Code shall itself constitute a violation of the Code.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Any individual that becomes aware of a violation of this Code must promptly report such violation.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Any applicable individual
 
 
1.  
Review and Investigation
 
The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the prompt review and investigation of any violations of the Code reported to, or independently discovered by, the Chief Compliance Officer.  The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for reporting any substantiated material violations of the Code to appropriate senior management within the Companies and to the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “ Trustees ”) and for appropriately documenting such review and investigation, the reporting thereof to senior management, and any action, including any sanctions, taken as a result thereof.
 
 
2.  
Heightened Supervision or Other Responsive Actions
 
The Chief Compliance officer shall be responsible for determining whether any violation of the Code that is brought to the Chief Compliance Officer’s attention indicates a need (i) for heightened supervisor y procedures, and, if so, the means by which such need should be addressed, and (ii) any change in the Companies’ procedures or policies or applicable controls.  In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer, after conferring with legal, shall also be responsible for determining whether the violation, or any sanction imposed as a result thereof, requires disclosure or reporting, including to the Companies’ clients or, any regulatory, law enforcement or other outside party.  The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for appropriately documenting each  determination.
 
 
3.  
Involvement of Legal Counsel
 
Notwithstanding the assignment of responsibility to the Chief Compliance Officer with respect to the review and investigation and reporting of violations, where either the Chief Compliance Officer, counsel, or the Disinterested Trustees determine that sufficient reasons exist for any such review, investigation, or reporting to be conducted under the direction of legal counsel or such outside counsel as shall engage for such purpose shall have the ultimate responsibility for the conduct of such review, investigation, and the reporting and documentation thereof.
 
 
-6-

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for the review and investigation of violations of the Code, for reporting of any substantiated material violations to the Companies’ senior management and/or the Trustees, as applicable, for determining whether the violation indicates a need for heightened supervisor y procedures, changes to procedures or policies or applicable controls, and whether there is any requirement to disclose or report the violation or any sanction imposed as a result thereof.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The Chief Compliance Officer
 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documentation of the review and investigation of purported violations of the Code and the reporting, if applicable, thereof to senior management and/or the Trustees of any action taken as a result thereof.
 
Responsible Party:   Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the documentation was created, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(B).
 
 
4.  
Where the Chief Compliance Officer is Implicated by the Violation Being Reported
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a person making a report believes that the Chief Compliance Officer is implicated in any violation being reported, the reporting person may report such violation to any of the Companies’ senior management, including the Disinterested Trustees, as such individual believes is appropriate (the “ Receiving Person ”).  Upon the receipt of a report of a violation, the Receiving Person shall either cause the Companies to undertake such review and investigation of the reported violation and to take such other action as is contemplated above or promptly report such matter to another member of senior management as the Receiving Person believes is appropriate, who, upon receipt of such report, shall have the responsibility of a Receiving Person.
 
 
-7-

 
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each Receiving Person , if any, is responsible for either causing the Adviser to undertake such review and investigation of any violation of the Code as is contemplated above or for promptly reporting such matter to another member of senior management who shall, thereupon, assume the responsibilities of a Receiving Person.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Each Receiving Person
 
   
References:
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(4):  Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (duty
        to report violations)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(ii):  Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of any violation of the Code and action taken as a result)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e)(1):  Books and Records to be Maintained by
        Investment Advisers (holding periods for certain required records)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii)(A):  Personal Investment
       Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Administration of Code of Ethics)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(B):  Personal Investment Activities
      of Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)
   
 
 
B.  
SANCTIONS
 
 
1.  
Requirement that Chief Compliance Officer be Informed of all Internal Discipline
 
No internal discipline shall be imposed on any DoubleLine Personnel for violation of this Code without the underlying matter and the sanction to be imposed being first brought to the attention of the Companies’ Chief Compliance Officer.
 
 
2.  
Possible Sanctions
 
Possible sanctions for violation of this Code may include, but need not be limited to, reprimands, monetary fines, suspensions, reduction in responsibilities, grade or title, or termination.  Sanctions are imposed by the firm’s senior management.
 
 
C.  
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
 
All Personnel must read, understand and adhere to this Code as well as any amendments to the Code.  Personnel (with the exception of the Trustees) are also required to sign an Acknowledgement that they have read the entire Code, and from time-to-time, any amendments, and have had an opportunity to review any portions with their supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department.
 
 
-8-

 
 
By signing the Acknowledgement, each signatory agrees to perform fully all applicable responsibilities and to comply with all applicable restrictions, limitations, and requirements set forth in the Code and acknowledge that any such failure may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination.  Failure to comply with the terms of this Code can also subject the Companies and responsible supervisor s and involved individuals to fines, penalties and potentially even criminal proceedings in addition to significant reputational harm and regulatory sanctions.  From time-to-time, the Companies may ask any recipient of this Code may be asked to certify his or her continued compliance with the applicable terms and/or with any other applicable restrictions, limitations or requirements and to sign an Acknowledgement with respect to any amendments hereto.
 
A copy of the Acknowledgement can be found at the end of this Code.  Each recipient is required to return the completed Acknowledgement to the Chief Compliance Officer.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each recipient is responsible for providing a signed copy of the Acknowledgement to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Each recipient
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for obtaining a signed copy of the Acknowledgement from each recipient with respect to the Code and any amendments thereto.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
 
-9-

 
 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Acknowledgement relating to receipt and review of Code and any amendments thereto
 
Responsible Party:   Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the applicable individual ceases to be a supervised person of the Companies, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best practices and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(iii).
 

   
References:
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(5):  Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics
       (written acknowledgement)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(iii):  Books and Records to be Maintained
        by Investment Advisers (record of written acknowledgement)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1:  Personal Investment Activities of
         Investment Company Personnel
   
 
 
-10

 
 
III. GENERAL STANDARD OF CONDUCT
 
The Companies are committed to maintaining the trust and confidence of their shareholders and clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and its own internal policies and procedures.
 
Compliance with these standards is crucial to the Companies’ long term success.  Simply put, the Companies’ continued success is dependent upon its reputation and there is no more certain way to diminish the Companies’ reputation than by failing to put their shareholders and clients first.  If the Companies serve their shareholders and clients honestly and equitably and to the best of their abilities, their success will follow.
 
The general standard of conduct required by all Personnel reflects a number of underlying requirements including:
 
 
·  
the fiduciary duty owed by the Companies and their Personnel to the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser’s clients;
 
 
·  
the Companies’ intent to adhere to good business practices;
 
 
·  
applicable legal and regulatory requirements;
 
 
·  
the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures; and
 
 
·  
representations that the Companies have made to its clients in agreements, offering documents or other written materials.
 
 
A.  
Fiduciary Duty
 
The Companies’ and all Personnel owe a fiduciary duty to the Funds’ shareholders and to the Adviser’s clients.  This means that the Companies and their Personnel must always place the interests of the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser’s clients first and may not put their own interests ahead of their shareholders’ and clients’ interests or otherwise abuse their position of trust and responsibility.  More specifically, the Companies’ fiduciary duty to their shareholders and clients requires that Personnel adhere to the following standards:
 
 
·  
Any recommendation to a client must have a reasonable basis and must be suitable for the client in light of the client’s needs, financial circumstances, and investment objectives;
 
 
·  
Facts that may be material to the client’s economic interest or decision-making must be disclosed fully and fairly and Personnel must refrain from engaging in fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct;
 
 
·  
Best execution should be provided with respect to client transactions; and
 
 
-11-

 
 
 
·  
Conflicts of interest should be fully disclosed and fairly managed (as discussed more fully at Section IV hereof).
 
 
B.  
Adherence to Good Business Practices
 
The Companies expect all Personnel to adhere to the principles of good business practice.  At a minimum, this requires Personnel to engage in fair and honest conduct in all their dealings and to perform their functions and meet their responsibilities with a degree of professionalism reasonable to the circumstances.
 
 
C.  
Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements
 
Inherent in the above standard is the requirement that the Companies and all Personnel comply at all times with all applicable securities laws as well as the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures.
 
While many applicable legal and regulatory requirements are reflected in this Code or the Companies’ other policies and procedures, Personnel should not assume that this is true of every relevant securities law or regulation.  As a result, Personnel must take the responsibility to inform themselves of, and understand, the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to their activities.  For this same reason, the Companies expect all Personnel to stay current with respect to applicable regulatory and legislative developments.
 
 
D.  
Client Representations
 
The Companies and all Personnel are also expected to comply with any representations that the Companies have made to their clients, including, but not limited to, representations that are made in formal agreements between the Companies and their clients or the offering documents for any of the Companies’ products (where applicable).  This is particularly relevant with respect to adherence to stated objectives and constraints applicable to a portfolio or fund.
 
 
-12-

 

   
References:
Advisers Act Section 206:  Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2):  Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(e)(4):  Investment Adviser Codes of Ethic (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b):  Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c):  Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1):  Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)
   
 
 
-13-

 
 
IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 
 
A.  
General Statement of Policy
 
The fiduciary duties imposed on the Companies and Personnel require all Personnel to be sensitive to the possibility of conflicts of interest, whether real or apparent, in transactions with clients.  This includes conflicts between the interest of the Companies or their Personnel and their clients and conflicts between two clients.  As a general matter, conflicts should be avoided.  Where they cannot be avoided, it will generally be the case that they should be disclosed and specific consent obtained from the client with respect thereto.  When in doubt, Personnel should contact their supervisor or a member of legal or compliance for advice.
 
 
B.  
General Description of Conflicts
 
While it is impossible to describe all conflicts that may arise, in general, conflicts will  include various practices in which the Companies or any Personnel have a pecuniary or other interest in recommending or undertaking a transaction for a client.  It is important to understand that a conflict does not require that the client suffer any actual harm.  It also does not require that the improper interest in question be tangible or otherwise quantifiable or even certain.  It is enough if the improper interest is, or could be viewed as, a motivating factor in the Companies or Personnel recommending or undertaking the transaction.
 
An improper interest may be economic, personal or otherwise.  In the case of an economic interest, the interest may be a positive benefit or the avoidance, or minimization of, a negative economic result, e.g. , the avoidance of an expense or a loss, or loss minimization.
 
Improper interests can include a wide variety of situations, including situations where:
 
 
·  
The transaction allows the Companies or Personnel to generate fees or profits, or avoid losses or expenses, from another relationship as, for example, is the case with respect to soft dollars (discussed further below), the receipt of finder’s fees, outside commissions or bonuses;
 
 
·  
The Companies or Personnel are directly interested in the transaction as, for example, is the case with respect to principal transactions;
 
 
·  
The transaction benefits a third party in which the Companies or any Personnel has an ownership or other economic interest;
 
 
·  
The transaction provides a benefit to a third party, rather than to the Companies or any Personnel directly, for an improper purpose as, for example, one that:
 
 
·  
involves any quid pro quo, e.g. , where the benefit is returned to the Companies or Personnel in some manner;
 
 
-14-

 
 
 
·  
is done to benefit a spouse or child or other person for personal reasons; or
 
 
·  
is done to repay a favor or out of gratitude or for the purpose of obtaining or continuing to receive lavish gifts or entertainment (as discussed further below).
 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all Personnel should avoid any investment, interest, association or other relationship that interferes, might interfere, or even might be perceived as interfering with the independent exercise by the individual of good judgment in the best interest of the Adviser’s clients or the Funds’ shareholders.
 
 
C.  
Particular Conflicts
 
 
1.  
Conflicts Related to the Provision of Disinterested and Impartial Advice or Undertaking a Transaction on Behalf of a Client
 
Any advice or recommendation, or transaction undertaken on behalf of a client, must be disinterested and impartial.  An interest in a security or issuer, whether direct or indirect, or a relationship with an issuer, may support an inference that advice or a recommendation or the undertaking concerning such security or the securities of an issuer was not disinterested and impartial.
 
Accordingly, to minimize the possibility of such conflicts the Companies have adopted policies discussed elsewhere herein with respect to:
 
 
·  
the investment activities of DoubleLine Personnel (see Sections VII and VIII hereof);
 
 
·  
the holding of any position ( e.g. , as a director or trustee) with an issuer or its affiliates (see Section IX hereof); or
 
 
·  
any present or proposed business relationship with an issuer or its affiliates (see Section IX hereof).
 
 
2.  
Appropriation of Client Information for Personal Benefit
 
DoubleLine Personnel may not trade or recommend trading in securities on the basis of client information, including information related to client positions, trades, or strategies.  This means that trades and recommended trades by Personnel should always be based upon an investment assessment that is independent of any nonpublic client information.
 
 
3.  
Soft Dollars
 
The term “soft dollars” is generally understood as an arrangement under which research or brokerage products or services, other than execution of securities transactions, are obtained by an adviser from or through a broker-dealer in exchange for the direction by the adviser of client brokerage transactions to the broker-dealer.  Because such arrangements can have the effect of using client assets to pay for services that benefit the adviser, rather than the client directly, participation by an adviser in such arrangements is considered to violate an adviser’s fiduciary duty to its clients and, therefore, is generally prohibited.  The one exception to the foregoing is found in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), which exempts the provision of brokerage and research services from the foregoing prohibition.  Any arrangements for brokerage and research services, however, should comply with any separate policies or procedures that may be adopted from time-to-time.
 
 
-15-

 
 
 
4.  
Selecting Suppliers and Service Providers
 
The acceptance of any compensation or other benefit from a supplier or service provider to the Companies, especially one involving expenses that are, directly or indirectly, borne by the Adviser’s clients, may also be perceived as a conflict in that it may lead to a perception that the provider’s selection may not be in the clients’ best interest.  Accordingly, the Companies’ use of any brokerage firm or other vendor, or service provider may be subject to separate policies and procedures of the Companies subjecting such use to a pre-approval process and other requirements for the purpose of minimizing the possibility of such conflicts.  Moreover, Personnel may not accept compensation, whether in the form of cash or otherwise, for their own benefit from a service provider except in accordance with the provisions of Subsection B of Section IX hereof, which relates to receipt or payment of third party compensation, and Section X hereof, which relates to gifts and entertainment.
 
 
D.  
General Antifraud Prohibitions
 
DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from:
 
 
·  
employing any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud a client or prospective client;
 
 
·  
engaging in any transaction, practice, or course of business that operates as a fraud or deceit upon a client or prospective client;
 
 
·  
making any untrue statement of a material fact to a client or omitting to state a material fact necessary to make a statement made not misleading; or
 
 
·  
engaging in any act, practice or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative.
 
 
-16-

 
 

   
References:
Exchange Act Section 28(e):  Effect on Existing Law (exchange, broker, and dealer commissions; brokerage and research services)
 
Advisers Act Section 206:  Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2):  Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b):  Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c):  Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1):  Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-17-
 
 
V. CONFIDENTIALITY/PRIVACY
 
 
A.  
General Statement of Policy -- Confidentiality
 
All DoubleLine employees have a duty to safeguard and treat as confidential all nonpublic information concerning the Companies, investors in the Funds, clients of the Adviser, and all transactions in which the Adviser or its clients are involved.  This includes all information concerning a client’s financial circumstances and holdings, and advice furnished to the client.  Moreover, employees may only use Companies or client information within the scope of their employment and, accordingly, may not appropriate such information for their own use or benefit or the use or benefit of any third party.
 
 
B.  
Sharing of Information Within the Companies
 
DoubleLine employees should only share client or proprietary information within the Companies with individuals that have a legitimate business need for knowing the particular information.  In addition, employees should not share information in violation of any Information Walls implemented by the Companies as a means of isolating certain kinds of sensitive information within the Companies so that it is not available to employees that perform “public” functions, such as the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading.  Employees should bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any attempt by other Personnel to solicit or obtain client or proprietary information for which they do not have a legitimate business need.
 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each individual that becomes aware of any attempt by Personnel to solicit or obtain client or proprietary information for which they do not have a legitimate business need should bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Each applicable individual
 
 
1.  
Presentations to the Fund’s Trustees
 
In presenting or furnishing a report to the Fund’s Trustees, representatives of service providers to the Funds should generally refrain from identifying or discussing Fund portfolio transactions that occurred within the preceding 15 calendar days or Fund portfolio transactions that will occur or are actively being considered within the following 15 calendar days (a “ Disclosed Portfolio Transaction ”).  Exceptions to the foregoing policy may be made upon the request of a Trustee, with the permission of the Chief Compliance Officer or as is otherwise necessary for the Trustee’s to fulfill their oversight responsibilities.
 
 
-18-

 
 
(i)   Notification to Disinterested Trustees
 
For the purposes of assisting the Disinterested Trustees in fulfilling their reporting obligations under the Code, whenever the Chief Compliance Officer is informed or otherwise becomes aware of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction, the Chief Compliance Officer shall provide the Disinterested Trustees with specific notice of such fact and remind them of the reporting requirements applicable to the Disinterested Trustees with respect to the applicable securities.  Notwithstanding such obligation on the part of the Chief Compliance Officer, any failure by the Chief Compliance Officer to provide such notice shall not affect or otherwise lessen in any way any reporting obligation that the Disinterested Directors may have under this Code or otherwise.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer, upon becoming aware of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction, shall provide notice of such fact to the Disinterested Trustees.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The Chief Compliance Officer
 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Notification to the Disinterested Trustees of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction
 
Responsible Party:   Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the notice is given, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Fund and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best Practices.
 
 
C.  
Sharing of Information Outside the Companies
 
DoubleLine employees should not discuss or share client or proprietary information with individuals outside the Companies, other than with parties that both have a legitimate need to know such information and have either provided a confidentially agreement that covers such information, which, in accordance with the Companies’ policies, has been reviewed and approved by the Companies’ Compliance Department (or legal counsel, as appropriate) or are themselves under a separate duty to maintain the confidentiality of the information, such as, for example, the Companies’ outside counsel or accounting firm, or employees of regulated entities such as prime brokers, clearing firms or transfer agents.  When any doubt exists as to the need for a confidentially agreement, employees should contact the Companies’ Compliance Department or legal counsel if appropriate.
 
 
-19-

 
 
 
D.  
Reasonable Safeguards
 
DoubleLine employees should use special care to limit the possibility of inadvertent disclosure of client or proprietary information.  In particular, Personnel should:
 
 
·  
keep their desk and work areas clear of all confidential information when they are not present;
 
 
·  
secure all laptops, mobile phones, blackberries and other such devices when unattended;
 
 
·  
dispose of confidential documents by shredding them or placing them in confidential document waste bins or otherwise complying with proper document destruction procedures;
 
 
·  
keep sensitive information removed from the office out of public view;
 
 
·  
limit discussions of such information within the Companies to individuals who have a legitimate business need for knowing the particular information; and
 
 
·  
consider whether the use of a code name in place of an issuer’s name may be advisable.
 
Employees should not :
 
 
·  
leave confidential information in the open, including in a conference room, once a meeting is over;
 
 
·  
discuss confidential information in places where it may be inadvertently overheard by unauthorized persons, such as in elevators, public transportation, restaurants or the like;
 
 
·  
discuss confidential information while using a speaker-phone that is turned up loud enough to be overhead by visitors or unauthorized Personnel; or
 
 
·  
discuss confidential information with individuals outside the Companies except in accordance with the policy set forth above.
 
 
E.  
Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach
 
Employees should promptly bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer or legal counsel (if deemed appropriate) any suspicion that an unauthorized person has obtained confidential information.
 
 
-20-

 
 
 
1.  
Special Considerations Involving Information Disclosure About Publicly Traded Clients
 
The inadvertent disclosure of nonpublic information about a client that has publicly traded securities outstanding may trigger a disclosure requirement on the part of the client.  Accordingly, anyone who unintentionally discloses nonpublic information regarding a client that has securities that trade publicly should immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer so that a determination can be made as to whether there is a need to take any action, including alerting such client of such disclosure so that it will have an opportunity to publicly disclose such information.
 

  ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each individual should promptly bring any suspicion that an unauthorized person has obtained confidential information to the attention of the Chief Compliance Office or the General Counsel .
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Each applicable individual
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-21-

 
 
 
VI. PROHIBITION AGAINST INSIDER TRADING
 
 
A.  
Companies’ Policy – Insider Trading
 
It is unlawful for any person to trade on one’s own behalf or on behalf of others, or to “tip” or recommend trading in securities on the basis of material nonpublic, or “inside” information concerning an issuer or to pass such information to others.  Violations of the foregoing can result in severe civil and criminal penalties for the individuals involved and can result in the imposition of significant penalties on the Companies.
 
The possession of material nonpublic information by any employee or other Personnel may be attributed to the Companies generally unless the information is effectively isolated by the use of Information Walls so that it is not available to employees that perform public functions, including trading and the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading.  A breach of the Companies’ Information Walls so that nonpublic information is not confined to Personnel that do not perform public functions, can result in the Companies being required to suspend activities involving trading and the making of recommendations in whole or in part for some indefinite period of time in certain circumstances.
 
As a result, strict compliance with all applicable procedures that the Companies institute to contain the flow of material nonpublic information is required of all Personnel.  Moreover, and as described more fully below, Personnel that become aware of material nonpublic information must promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 
The provisions of this Article VI shall, and shall be construed so as to, apply to the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of the Trust or the Adviser only in respect or their status and activities as such.
 
Personnel that have questions concerning the requirements of the policies set forth in this Section are urged to consult with their supervisor , the individual responsible for the Chief Compliance Officer or other legal counsel as appropriate.
 
 
B.  
Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information
 
 
1.  
Nonpublic Information
 
Typically, for purposes of the U.S. securities laws, information is considered “nonpublic” if the issuer to which such information relates has not broadly disseminated that information to investors in the marketplace, such as by releasing the information over the news wires, disclosing it in public filings ( e.g. , Forms 10-K or 10-Q) or otherwise disseminating it in a manner that makes it fully available to investors and a reasonable time has elapsed to allow such dissemination.
 
 
2.  
Materiality
 
Information is considered “material” if:  (1) there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in making an investment decision; or (2) a reasonable investor would consider it as having significantly altered the total mix of information relating to the issuer’s securities.  Generally, this includes any information the disclosure of which would have a meaningful effect on the price of an outstanding security.
 
 
-22-

 
 
Determining materiality is a fact-specific inquiry, requiring a careful assessment of the inferences a reasonable person would draw from a given set of facts.  By way of guidance, the Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated the following as examples of the types of information or events that may be considered material:
 
 
·  
impending or potential mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, joint ventures, or changes in assets, such as a large disposal of the same;
 
 
·  
earnings or revenue information and changes in previously disclosed financial information;
 
 
·  
events regarding the issuer’s securities, e.g. , advance knowledge of a ratings downgrade, defaults on securities, calls of securities for redemption, public or private sales of additional securities, stock splits or changes in dividends, repurchase plans or changes to the rights of security holders;
 
 
·  
new products or discoveries, or developments regarding clients or suppliers ( e.g. , the acquisition or loss of a major contract);
 
 
·  
significant changes in control or management;
 
 
·  
changes in auditors or auditor notification that the issuer may no longer rely on an auditor’s report;
 
 
·  
impending bankruptcies or receiverships;
 
 
·  
information relating to the market for an issuer’s securities, such as a large order to purchase or sell securities; and
 
 
·  
prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press.
 
Because assessments of materiality are necessarily highly fact-specific, when in doubt DoubleLine Personnel should err on the side of caution and treat the matter in question as material and   bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer for further consideration.
 
 
3.  
Breach of Fiduciary Duty or Duty of Trust or Confidence
 
Generally, except in the case of tender offers (as described in the immediately following subparagraph), the legal prohibitions on the use of material nonpublic information are dependent upon such information being obtained under a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence.  Nevertheless, even where information is obtained outside of a fiduciary relationship or relationship of trust or confidence, the use of material nonpublic information may still trigger regulatory investigations and reputational concerns.  For this reason, as a general policy, the Companies prohibit use of any material nonpublic information by all Personnel, regardless of whether the information is obtained pursuant to a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence, except to the extent explicit written approval is obtained from the Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Compliance Officer (collectively, the “Approving Officers”).
 
 
-23-

 
 
(i)   Special Situations -- Tender Offers
 
Exchange Act Rule 14e-3 specifically prohibits trading or “tipping,” e.g. , providing information to third parties, while in the possession of material nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either – irrespective of whether the information was obtained in breach of a fiduciary duty or similar duty of trust and confidence.  Personnel that become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer must promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 
 
C.  
Avoiding the Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information
 
Nonpublic information may come to the attention of DoubleLine Personnel in a variety of ways.  Personnel should be aware of the most likely situations so that they can either avoid being “tainted” with such information, which as discussed above may impact their ability to perform their usual functions for the Companies as well as the Companies’ ability to engage in business as usual, or take such actions as are described below to minimize the impact such information may have on the Companies and the affected employee.
 
In the event any Personnel comes into possession of, or is otherwise exposed to, nonpublic information, such individual must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer and must otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.  Upon being informed of any such matter, the Chief Compliance Officer will make a determination of whether trading (as a firm or for personal trades or both) or other restrictions or controls should be put in  place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result or lead to any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or their employees.
 
 
-24-

 
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each individual contacted for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not been publicly disclosed, is responsible for directing the other party to the Chief Compliance Officer and for bring such contact to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The applicable individual
 
 
1.  
Pre-Sounding
 
From time to time, investment banks may contact Personnel for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed.  Because of the potential for such conversations, even when conducted on a hypothetical or no names basis, to result in the disclosure of material, nonpublic information, such conversations must be coordinated through the Chief Compliance Officer and comply with any restrictions or other requirements imposed thereby.
 
Personnel that are contacted for such purpose must promptly interrupt the investment bank representatives and inform them that applicable policies require that such calls be coordinated through the Companies’ General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer.  After providing the investment banking representatives with contact information for the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer, the contacted Personnel should terminate the call and promptly bring the call to the attention to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer.
 
 
2.  
Involvement by the Companies in a Nonpublic Transaction
 
From time-to-time the Adviser may bid for, or cause one of its clients to bid for, securities in a company, purchase securities in a private placement, serve on a creditors’ committee with respect to a bankrupt entity, or otherwise be involved in another type of transaction with an issuer through which the Adviser may be made aware of material nonpublic information.  In such situations, the head of the business unit involved in such transactions is responsible for the Chief Compliance Officer being informed of such involvement at or before the initiation thereof, to the extent practical, but in any event before any material nonpublic information is provided to the Adviser or any Personnel.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The head of the business unit involved in any transaction with an issuer that may result in the receipt by the Adviser of material nonpublic information, is responsible for bringing such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The applicable business unit head
 
 
-25-

 
 
 
3.  
Contacts with Officials of Publicly-Held Companies
 
Contacts with public companies may constitute an important part of the Companies research efforts and investment decisions may be made based on conclusions formed through these contacts, as well as through an analysis of publicly available information.  Difficult legal issues arise, however, when, in the course of these contacts, Personnel become aware of material nonpublic information.  This could happen, for example, if an issuer’s Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an individual associated with the Companies, or an investor relations representative selectively discloses significant news to a handful of investors.  In such situations, the Companies must make a judgment as to its further conduct.  Any individual who believes he or she may have received nonpublic information from an issuer should promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Any individual who believes he or she may have received nonpublic information from an issuer is responsible for promptly bringing such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Each applicable individual
 
 
4.  
Board Seats
 
DoubleLine Personnel are sometimes asked to sit or act as Board members for an issuer of publicly held securities.  As noted at Section IX A hereof, any such arrangement must be pre-approved and, in connection therewith, the Chief Compliance Officer, in accordance with Subsection E below, will make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in  place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as is required to comply with any restrictions imposed by the issuer on its directors.  It should be noted that such approval generally will not be granted.
 
In addition, Board members of public issuers may also be exposed to material nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies that may have dealings with the company on whose board they sit.  Personnel sitting on the board of a company who receive materially nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies must immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 
 
5.  
Creditors’ Committees
 
Participants on creditors’ committees are often exposed to nonpublic information regarding the debtor company.  This exposure may affect the Companies’ ability to trade in securities in that company.  Accordingly, Personnel should not agree to sit on any creditor’s committee, whether official or informal (including preliminary meetings that precede creditors’ committees), without first contacting the Chief Compliance Officer, who will obtain any necessary approvals and make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as may otherwise be required of members of the creditor committee.
 
 
-26-

 
 
 
6.  
Other Situations
 
(i)   Information Originating within the Companies
 
DoubleLine Personnel that are contacted by another employee for the purpose of communicating material nonpublic information as to which the employee was previously unaware must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer regardless of whether any nonpublic information is actually communicated and must otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 
(ii)   Information Originating Outside the Companies
 
Similarly, all Personnel that come into receipt of nonpublic information, no matter what the source may be or under what circumstances and no matter whether the information is obtained in the individual’s personal capacity, must immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Any individual who believes he or she may have received nonpublic information or who has been contacted by another employee for the purpose of communicating nonpublic information of which the individual was previously generally unaware, must promptly bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Each applicable individual
 
 
D.  
Required Steps to Take If Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information
 
Personnel who believe they have been exposed to or may possess material nonpublic information should cease any further actions in any way related to such information or any issuer to which it relates and immediately take the following steps:
 
 
·  
contact the Chief Compliance Officer or Compliance or legal Personnel;
 
 
·  
refrain from disclosing the information internally (other than with, or at the direction of,  the Chief Compliance Officer or Legal or compliance Personnel) or externally;
 
 
·  
refrain from recommending or purchasing or selling the subject securities or related securities (whether for a personal account or an account of a client) or otherwise attempting to take advantage of the information whether for one’s own benefit, that of the Companies, a client or any other person; and
 
 
-27-

 
 
 
·  
comply with any restrictions or controls that are put in place by the Companies in response to such exposure or possession.
 
Compliance with the foregoing will help protect the individual involved, the Adviser’s clients, and the Companies.
 
 
E.  
Responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer
 
 
1.  
Upon Receipt of Notification of Possible Receipt of Material, Nonpublic Information/Imposition of Information Barriers
 
Upon the receipt of any notification with respect to the receipt by Personnel of possible material, nonpublic information, the Chief Compliance Officer, in conjunction with legal counsel if deemed necessary, shall be responsible for making a determination of whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, whether any actions or precautions should be taken, including restricting the Companies’ activities in any way or placing an Information Wall around the individual involved in such matter together with any other relevant individuals from the public portions of the Companies.
 
(i)   Restrictions on Communication and Information Barriers
 
Individuals subject to information barriers are prohibited from discussing the information that gave rise to the information barrier except:
 
 
·  
among other individuals who are part of the same walled off group;
 
 
·  
with the Companies’ legal counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or such other persons as the Chief Compliance Officer shall specifically direct.
 
Individuals subject to information barriers should use care to maintain the information that gave rise to the information barrier in confidence and shall:
 
 
·  
take reasonable steps, including such steps as are set forth at Subsection D of Section V hereof, to safeguard the protected information;
 
 
·  
not discuss such matter externally with anyone except as specifically provided above; and
 
 
·  
in accordance with Subsection B of Section V hereof, bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any attempt by Personnel to solicit or obtain such information unless they have a legitimate business need or reason.
 
(ii)   Documentation
 
The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for documenting any notice received, any review undertaken, and any action taken.
 
 
-28-

 
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer   is responsible for determining whether any matter reported is material and nonpublic and, if so, the Companies’ response thereto.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Notice of any receipt of material nonpublic information by any individual and the Companies’ response thereto.
 
Responsible Party:   The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years , such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best Practices
 
 
2.  
Pre-Sounding
 
Upon the receipt of any notification that Personnel have been contacted for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for managing the Companies’ participation in any response thereto.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer   is responsible for managing the Companies’ response to any pre-sounding request.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
 
-29-

 
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documentation of any response to a pre-sounding request.
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years , such documentation to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best Practices
 
 
3.  
Maintenance of Restricted and Watch List
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining the Companies’ Restricted and Watch Lists.
 
The Restricted List is disclosed to DoubleLine Personnel and consists of a list of issuers , e.g. ., companies, in which Personnel are prohibited from trading, absent an exemption from such restriction.
 
The Watch List is not generally disclosed to Personnel and consists of a list of issuers as to which a limited or select group of Personnel may be in possession of nonpublic material information or other sensitive information.  The Watch List facilitates monitoring of trading in such issuer without “tipping” a wider group of Personnel as to the status of the issuer.
 
As a general matter, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the determination to add or remove an issuer from either list.
 
In considering whether an issuer should be added or removed from the Restricted or Watch List, the following presumptions shall apply:
 
 
·  
Issuers that are the subject of an Information Wall or similar controls should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List.
 
 
·  
Issuers as to which Personnel are in possession of material nonpublic information should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List, provided that if such information is widely known among Personnel, the issuer should be placed on the Companies’ Restricted List.
 
 
·  
Issuers for whom Personnel serve as directors or members of official creditors’ committee should be placed on the Restricted Lists.
 
 
-30-

 
 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer   is responsible for maintaining the Companies’ Watch and Restricted Lists.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The Chief Compliance Officer
 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documentation of any consideration to add an issuer to the Companies’ Watch or Restricted Lists.
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years , such documentation to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best Practices
 
 
F.  
Reporting of Insider Trading Activity
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are required to promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any activity related to a client or client related account or employee or employee related account that appears to be based upon material nonpublic information.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for conducting such review with respect thereto as the Chief Compliance Officer believes appropriate and, in conjunction with the Companies’ senior management, for determining whether the Companies should take any action in response thereto, including reporting such matter to any official, as may be required or appropriate and for documenting such notice, review and determination.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Any individual who is aware of any activity related to a client or client related account or employee or employee related account that appears to be based upon nonpublic information, shall promptly report it to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Each applicable individual
 
 
-31-

 
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for conducting a review upon receipt of a report of possible insider trading and for determining, in conjunction with the Companies’ senior management, whether the Companies should take any action in response thereto.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The Chief Compliance Officer
 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documentation of the review and investigation of purported insider trading activity and the Adviser’s response thereto
 
Responsible Party:   The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the applicable individual ceases to be a supervised person of the Companies, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best Practice
 
 
G.  
Annual Attestation
 
Personnel will be required to attest annually to their compliance with the foregoing policies on insider-trading. See the form at Exhibit XI C .
 

   
References:
Advisers Act Section 204A:  Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information
   
 
Advisers Act Section 206:  Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
   
 
Exchange Act, Section 9:  Manipulation of Security Prices
   
 
Exchange Act, Section 10:  Manipulative and Deceptive Devices
   
 
Exchange Act Rule 10b5-1:  Trading on the Basis of Material Nonpublic
      Information in Insider Trading Cases
 
Exchange Act Rule 14e-3:  Transactions in Securities on the Basis of
      Material, Nonpublic Information in the Context of Tender Offers
   
 
 
-32-

 
 
VII. REPORTING OF ACCOUNTS AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING
SECURITIES AND OTHER FINANCIAL PRODUCTS
 
 
A.  
General Statement of Companies’ Policy With Respect to Account and Notification
 
All DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Directors, are required to notify the Companies promptly, in the manner provided below, upon opening any outside account for a Covered Person or Immediate Family Member , each as hereinafter defined, for the purchase, holding or disposition of any financial product, e.g. , a security, future, commodity, or any derivative thereon, provided that no notice shall be required with respect to an account of an Immediate Family Member to the extent the individual has no direct or indirect influence or control over such account and that Personnel shall be required to certify in writing that they have no direct or indirect influence or control over such account.
 
The term “Covered Person” shall mean any account that is beneficially owned by (i) an individual who is subject to these procedures; (ii) such individual’s spouse or domestic partner; (iii) such individual’s child or a child of the individual’s spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, the individual; and (iv) any account as to which the individual has discretionary authority or direct influence or control, including any account for which an individual acts as trustee, executor or custodian, but excluding any account for an Adviser’s client to the extent the discretion is exercised on behalf of the Adviser.
 
The term “Immediate Family Member” shall mean, any grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, brother-in law, or sister-in-law, but only to the extent such family member shares a household with the individual.
 
Personnel who are new to the Companies, or whose employment predates the date this Code was first put into effect, must, promptly notify the Companies of all existing accounts that would otherwise fall within the foregoing notification requirement.
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are also required to notify the Companies promptly upon any change in the account set up information, e.g. , a change to the name of the account or the account number, or the closing of such account.
 
 
1.  
Account and Initial Holdings Notification
 
All account and initial holding notifications, including account openings, changes to an account and account closings, must be made in a dated writing to the Chief Compliance Officer, and in the case of accounts, shall include the name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with whom the account was established. Such notification should be provided using a copy of the form (or its substantial equivalent) attached hereto as Exhibit VII A1 .  All initial holding notifications shall be submitted within ten (10) days of a person being designated as an Access Person and being subjected to the requirements of the Code. Information submitted in initial holdings reports must be current as of a date no more than forty five (45) days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person. Information submitted in annual holdings reports must be current as of a date no more than forty five (45) days prior to the date submitted.
 
 
-33-

 
 
At the time any such notification is made, the brokerage or other firm that is to carry the account must also be notified of the need to provide copies of account statements and confirmations to the Companies.  Such notification should be provided by completing and mailing a copy of the form letter attached hereto as Exhibit VII A2 .
 
 
2.  
Right of Companies to Limit Where Accounts May be Carried
 
Notwithstanding anything herein, the Companies reserve the right to limit the particular firms at which personal securities accounts may be opened and carried, provided that the Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to such policy in the case of hardship or for other good cause.
 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with prompt notification with respect to all financial accounts related to holdings of securities, futures, commodities, or any derivative.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  All Personnel
 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documentation related to account and initial position notification
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Adviser and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)
 
 
3.  
Disclosure and Furnishing of Quarterly Transaction Reports Regarding Financial Products
 
No later than thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter, all Personnel, other than Disinterested Directors, must provide the Chief Compliance Officer with the following information with respect to all transactions during such quarter involving a security or financial product, other than “ Excluded Transaction ,” as defined below, in which they have any direct or indirect beneficial interest:
 
 
 
-34-
 
 
 
·  
The date of the transaction, the type of product and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each security or financial product involved;
 
 
·  
The price of the security or financial product at which the transaction was effected;
 
 
·  
The name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with or through which the transaction was effected; and
 
 
·  
The date that the report is submitted.
 
 
(i)   Excluded Transactions
 
For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Transaction” means any of the following:
 
 
·  
A transaction involving an Excluded Product or a Non-Volitional Transaction
 
 
·  
A transaction as to which all of the information required to be reported is contained in a broker trade confirmation or account statement that has been previously provided to the Adviser;
 
 
·  
A transaction pursuant to an “ Automatic Investment Plan ,” which, in accordance with Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(11), means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation and which includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with timely quarterly transaction reports.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  All Personnel
 
 
-35-

 
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Quarterly transaction reports
 
 Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Adviser and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)
 
 
4.  
Annual Holdings Reports
 
As required by Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, not later than 45 days after October 1 st , all Personnel, other than Disinterested Directors, are required to report in a dated writing to the Chief Compliance Officer the following information, which must be current as of October 1st:
 
 
·  
The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security or financial product, other than an Excluded Product, in which the individual has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
 
 
·  
The name of any broker, dealer, bank or other party through whom an account is held for the direct or indirect benefit of the individual.
 
 
·  
The timing of the submission of these reports is designed to coincide with a quarterly transaction report to alleviate confusion about the submission of reports.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Adviser with timely annual holdings reports using the form (or a substantially equivalent version) found at Exhibit VII A1 .
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  All Personnel
 
 
-36-

 
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Annual holdings reports
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Adviser and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)
 
 
5.  
Reporting Requirements Applicable to Disinterested Trustees
 
While Disinterested Trustees are not subject to the foregoing reporting requirements they are required to report any transaction, other than a “ Non-Reportable Transaction ” (as hereinafter defined), involving a security, other than one that is an Excluded Product, undertaken by the Disinterested Trustee or any Covered Person or any Immediate Family Member, if the Disinterested Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Trustee of the Fund, should have known that, during a 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, (i) the Fund purchased or sold such security, or (ii) the Fund or an adviser to the Fund was considering the purchase or sale of such security (such transaction a “ Covered Transaction ”).
 
(i)   Reporting Requirements
 
Any Disinterested Trustee that is required to report a Covered Transaction shall, no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which such transaction occurred, file such report containing such information with respect to such transaction and any account in which the transacted securities were held with the person responsible for the Control Function.
 
(ii)   Definition of Non-Reportable Transaction
 
For purposes hereof, the term “ Non-Reportable Transaction ” means any transaction taken as part of an Automatic Investment Plan or a Non-Volitional Transaction.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each Disinterested Trustee is responsible for providing the Adviser with timely quarterly transaction reports, as applicable.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Each Disinterested Trustee
 
 
-37-

 
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Quarterly  transactions reports for Disinterested Directors
 
 Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)
 
 
6.  
Other Reports or Information
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Personnel may be required to provide such additional information regarding any holdings of, or transactions in, financial products at such times and in such manner as the individual responsible for the Control Function may request.
 
 
7.  
Excluded Products
 
For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Products” means the following:
 
 
·  
Direct obligations of the government of the United States (Note: this does not include obligations of any state, including obligations of any municipality or state agency).
 
 
·  
Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.
 
 
·  
Shares issued by money market funds.
 
 
·  
Shares in open-end investment companies (Note:  this does not include open-end investment companies that are advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or any affiliate).
 
 
·  
Exchange traded funds (“ ETFs ”).
 
 
·  
Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by the Adviser or any affiliate.
 
 
·  
Nonfinancial commodities ( e.g ., pork belly contracts).
 
 
-38-

 
 
 
·  
Investments in 529 plans not managed, distributed, marketed or underwritten by the Adviser or any of its affiliates. 1
 
 
8.  
Non-Volitional Transaction
 
For purposes hereof, the term “Non-Volitional Transaction” means any transaction effected for any account over which the applicable Personnel had no direct or indirect influence or control, including transactions such as demutualization, stock splits, stock from mergers or spin-offs, automatic tender offers or stock dividends.
 
 
B.  
Review of Account Statements and Holding Report Notifications

On a monthly basis, compliance shall review any account statement and any Holding Report Notification form submitted by Personnel. Personnel shall arrange for duplicates of account statements and confirmations by using Exhibit VII A2 (or its substantial equivalent). Should an Access Person be designated to review account statements and holding reports, an independent Access Person (independent of and senior to the reviewing Access Person) shall review the primary reviewer’s account statements and holding reports.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer   is responsible for the completion of any required review.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  The Chief Compliance Officer.

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documentation relating to the review of employee trading
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the matter reported related, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(1)(C)
 

_______________
1 See SEC no-action letter, WilmerHale, July 28, 2010.
 
 
-39-

 
 
   
References:
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a) (3):  Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics
            (review of securities transactions and holdings)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(b):  Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics
       (reporting requirements)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1):  Books and Records to be Maintained by
       Investment Advisers (record of report with respect to securities
       transactions)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e):  Books and Records to be Maintained by
      Investment Advisers (holding period for certain records)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(d):  Personal Investment Activities of
     Investment Company Personnel (Reporting Requirements of Access Persons)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e):  Personal Investment Activities of
     Investment Company Personnel (Preapproval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f):  Personal Investment Activities of
     Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)
   
 
 
-40-

 
 
VIII. INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
 
 
A.  
Overview
 
The Companies impose a number of restrictions on trading and investment activities by DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees.  These restrictions are designed to assist the Companies in complying with applicable legal and regulatory requirements; to help avoid conflicts of interest, including apparent conflicts; and, ultimately, to protect the Companies’ reputation.
 
 
B.  
Provisions of General Applicability
 
 
1.  
Prohibition on Doing Indirectly What Cannot Be Done Directly
 
DoubleLine Personnel are expected to comply with both the letter and the spirit of the restrictions and prohibitions set forth in this Code.  Accordingly, to the extent any transaction would put an individual in an economic position that would be substantially equivalent to a prohibited or restricted transaction, such transaction is similarly prohibited or restricted.  By way of illustration, where a long position in an underlying equity would be prohibited, it would be prohibited for an individual to establish a derivative or synthetic position that achieves similar economics.
 
 
2.  
When in Doubt
 
When in doubt as to the applicability of these restrictions and prohibitions to any transaction, Personnel should either refrain from entering into the transaction or discuss the matter with their supervisor or a member of Compliance or Legal.
 
 
3.  
Breaking Trades
 
As all or part of a sanction imposed, the Companies may require that Personnel break or unwind any transaction entered into by any Personnel in violation of these provisions.  In such case, the Companies shall not have any obligation to reimburse the individual for any loss suffered as a result thereof and any realized profits shall be disgorged and provided to a charitable organization chosen by the Companies.
 
 
4.  
Hardship
 
The Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to certain restrictions or prohibitions set forth herein in the case of hardship or for other good cause, provided that any such exemption shall be documented and otherwise in compliance with any applicable legal requirements.
 
 
-41-

 
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documents related to any decision to approve a hardship or other  exception
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer, as applicable
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was given or denied.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best practices and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii) and 204A-1(c)
 
 
C.  
Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability
 
 
1.  
Prohibited Transactions
 
Nonpublic Information .  All DoubleLine Personnel are strictly prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity, including without limitation the making of any recommendation, whether on their own behalf or on behalf of a shareholder or client of the Companies or other third party, on the basis of material nonpublic information or nonpublic client information, including client securities information.
 
Manipulative Conduct .  Personnel are strictly prohibited from engaging in any trading or investment activity that constitutes manipulative conduct.  This would includes trades that do not have a bona fide purpose, e.g ., that are done to influence market price or convey a false appearance of price movement or volume.
 
Fraud .  Personnel are strictly prohibited from participating in any investment activity that is known to any such individual to involve fraudulent activities such as forgery, non-disclosure or misstatement of material facts or the taking of any action that is meant to conceal or misrepresent the actual facts of a matter.  This would include, for example, knowingly backdating a document or recording a trade as occurring at an incorrect time.
 
Restricted List .  Absent an exception specifically granted by the Chief Compliance Officer, Personnel are prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity in any security on the Companies’ Restricted List.
 
Use of Strategy or Research . Personnel are prohibited from engaging in any transaction, other than a transaction on behalf of the Companies, a shareholder or client, involving use of the Companies’ strategy or research.
 
Uncovered Short Trade .  Personnel are prohibited from entering into an uncovered short trade.
 
 
-42-

 
 
Uncovered Option .  Personnel are prohibited from writing an uncovered option.
 
 
2.  
Transactions Requiring Pre-Approval
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from engaging in any Restricted Transaction (as defined below) without first obtaining prior approval by the Approving Officers.  In considering any such trade, Personnel should understand that the Approving Officers will be under no obligation to respond to any request for approval within any stated time and once any such matter is considered may withhold approval for any reason or for no reason at all and, in any event, will withhold approval where it is determined that any such transaction may be legally uncertain, may give the appearance of a conflict of interest, or may expose the Companies to reputational risk, risk of regulatory inquiry or other harm, no matter how remote.  Pre-approval shall be obtained using the form provided as Exhibit VII C (or its equivalent as determined in the judgment of the Chief Compliance Officer).
 
For purposes hereof, a Restricted Transaction shall mean:
 
 
·  
acquiring ownership, directly or indirectly, in any security issued in an initial public offering or a limited offering or private placement (each as defined below), including any interest in a hedge fund
 
 
·  
transfers of interest in private placements sponsored by the Companies, other than transfers for estate planning purposes or that are court-mandated
 
Requests for approval must be submitted directly to the Chief Compliance Officer.  When considering approval of any request, the Approving Officers will take into consideration whether the investment opportunity is one that should have been reserved for the Adviser’s clients and whether the opportunity is being offered by virtue of the individual’s position with the Adviser.
 
(i)   Initial Public Offering Defined
 
For purposes of the foregoing, the term “initial public offering” shall mean an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration was not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
(ii)   Limited Offering and Private Placement Defined
 
For purposes of the foregoing, the terms “limited offering” or “private placement” shall each mean an offering of securities that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2), which provides an exemption for transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, or Section 4(6), which involve offers or sales by an issuer solely to one or more accredited investors, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 of Regulation D, which allow offerings for a limited dollar amount and/or to a limited number of investors.
 
 
-43-

 
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining pre-approval of all Restricted Transactions.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  All Personnel.

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documents related to any decision of a request to approve a Restricted Transaction including the reason supporting any approval
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was given or denied.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e)
 

   
References:
Advisers Act Section 204A:  Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information
 
Advisers Act Section 206:  Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(c):  Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (pre-
       approval of certain investments)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii):  Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of decision regarding certain securities
       acquisitions)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e):  Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Pre-Approval of Investments in IPOs and
       Limited Offerings)
   
 
 
3.  
Transactions Requiring Pre-Clearance
 
Except as otherwise set forth below, all DoubleLine Personnel must obtain pre-clearance for any investment transaction in an account for which notification is required to be given pursuant to Section VII A hereof or as to which a Holdings Report Notification form would be required pursuant to Section VII B hereof.
 
Pre-clearance requests must be made directly to the Chief Compliance Officer or to such persons as the Chief Compliance Officer shall otherwise direct.  Individuals that make a pre-clearance request may be required to supply certain key information and to make certain certifications, such as that they have no knowledge that the financial product is under active consideration for purchase or sale by the Companies for their shareholders and/or clients.  Pre-clearance shall be obtained using the form provided as Exhibit VII C (or its equivalent in the judgment of the Chief Compliance Officer).
 
 
-44-

 
 
Any transaction as to which pre-clearance has been obtained must be completed two business days following the day pre-clearance is obtained.  Transactions, or portions thereof, not completed within these times constraints must be immediately canceled and, thereafter, may only be completed following the obtaining of a new pre-clearance. The Chief Compliance Officer may waive the two day requirement in the CCO’s sole judgment.
 
Limit orders, once approved, are not subject to further pre-approval, unless the limit or other factors is changed.
 
NOTE: Post-approval is not permitted.  Any trade completed before pre-clearance is obtained or after the approval window has terminated may be broken or unwound as provided at Section VIII. B. 4 and may result in disciplinary action.
 
(i)   Pre-clearance is not required for the following types of transactions:
 
 
·  
Purchase or sales involving an Excluded Product;
 
 
·  
Purchase or sales pursuant to an Automated Investment Plan;
 
 
·  
Assignment of options or exercise of an option at expiration;
 
 
·  
Purchase or sales of shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by the Adviser or any affiliate; and
 
 
·  
Investments in unregistered funds sponsored by the Companies.
 
(ii)   De minimis exception
 
Preclearance also is not required for any trade of any equity security of 1,000 shares or $50,000, whichever is less in dollar terms except for trades involving Reportable Funds, IPOs or other items otherwise prohibited or restricted under the Code. Municipal bonds may be traded up through and including the $50,000 level without preclearance.
 
By way of example, the de minimis exception may not be used for:
 
 
-45-

 
 
 
·  
Any bond (debt security) trade (except  trades in direct obligations of the government of the United States or municipal bonds) 2
 
 
·  
Any security issued by a client
 
 
·  
To trade any security for which pre-approval has been denied within the past fifteen days
 
 
·  
To trade any security for which pre-approval is required under this Code  (examples include initial public offerings, private placements and restricted securities)
 
In no event may any Access Person use the de minimis exception to avoid compliance with other aspects of this Code.
 
The de minimis exception shall apply to trades in a Reportable Fund (any fund advised or sub-advised by the Firm) that do not exceed $50,000. Furthermore, the de minimis exception shall cover any Access Person’s payroll deduction purchase of a Reportable Fund within the Adviser’s 401(k) plan.
 
 
D.  
Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons
 
 
1.  
Transactions with a Heightened Approval Requirement
 
To avoid potential conflict situations and the appearance of a conflict, Access Persons shall not enter into any transactions that could reasonably be characterized as a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction, each as described below, unless the particular transaction has been pre-approved by Approving Officers. The applicable Approving Officers shall only approve such a transaction where they (i) have documented their  awareness of such facts as would allow the specific transaction to be characterized as a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction and (ii) have a reasonable belief that the transaction will not adversely impact the client’s position or strategy.  In making such determination, the Approving Officers shall consider such factors, such as the size of the transaction or the liquidity of the market for such product, as they reasonably believe are relevant to such determination.
 
Contrary Transaction .  A contrary transaction is one that that reflects a view that is contrary to:
 
 
·  
any currently contemplated, but unexecuted, shareholder or client transaction or current recommendation made to a shareholder or client or other transaction under active consideration, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such contemplated transaction or recommendation;
 
__________________
2 Municipal bonds currently are not traded for client accounts. Should municipal bonds be traded for client accounts, personal municipal bond trades will no longer be permitted under the de minimis exception.
 
 
-46-

 
 
 
·  
any trade made on behalf of a shareholder or client by such individual or by the Companies during the previous fifteen (15)  days, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such trade; and
 
 
·  
any current position known by the individual to be held by a shareholder or client as a result of either or both of the Companies’ recommendation or decision.
 
For purposes of the foregoing, any strategy or research shall be considered to be a recommendation that has been made to a shareholder or client to the extent it has been made known to the applicable shareholder or client, is being prepared for the benefit of such shareholder or client, or is being used in connection with the exercise by the Companies of trading discretion on behalf of such shareholder or client.
 
Trading Ahead Transaction   A “trading ahead transaction” is one that seeks to take advantage of market movements that are likely to result from an impending trade, e.g. , an increase in price as a result of the purchase of a large position, or the execution of contemplated strategy or  research.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each Access Person is responsible for any pre-approval obtained with respect to a contrary transaction or trading ahead transaction to reflect awareness of such facts as requires the specific transaction to be so characterized.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  All Access Persons
 
 
2.  
Round Trip Transactions within 60 Day Window
 
Access Persons shall forfeit any profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities, other than Excluded Products and pre-cleared ETFs, within any sixty (60) day period.  Such profits will be calculated by matching most recent purchases against a given sale or most recent sales against a given purchase.
 
For the sake of clarity, this provision does not prevent an Access Person from transacting within the sixty-day period to limit losses. However, if any such trades are effected without pre-approval (including trades that otherwise would not require pre-approval under the de minimis provisions of this Code), should such trades prove to be profitable, the profit shall be disgorged under the provisions of this Code.  Other limitations under this Code on such a transaction may apply.
 
Note:  This prohibition effectively limits the utility of options trading and short sales of securities and could make legitimate hedging activities less available.
 
 
-47-

 
 
 
3.  
Additional Restrictions Applicable to Portfolio Managers
 
A portfolio manager is prohibited from:
 
 
·  
purchasing or selling any security for any client account as to which the portfolio manager serves as the portfolio manager within fifteen days after the purchase or sale of such security for an account for which the portfolio manager is required to provide notification pursuant to Subsection A of Section VII hereof.
 
 
·  
purchasing (selling) any security for an account for which the portfolio manager is required to provide notification pursuant to Subsection A of Section VII hereof for a period of fifteen calendar days after that security is sold (bought) on behalf of any Adviser client for which the portfolio manager serves as portfolio manager or any investment company client for which the portfolio manager serves as investment manager.
 
Violation of this policy will result in reversal of the transaction in the portfolio manager’s account, with any profits realized subject to disgorgement.
 
Determination of the status of an individual as a portfolio manager rests in the sole discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer, who may rely on marketing materials, human resource records, or other available information, as ascertained by the CCO in the CCO’s sole discretion.
 

   
References:
Advisers Act Section 204A:  Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic
       Information
 
Advisers Act Section 206:  Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13(ii):  Books and Records to be Maintained by
      Investment Advisers (list of Access Persons)
   

 
 
-48-

 
 
IX. OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
 
 
A.  
General Policy
 
It is the policy of the Companies to require all DoubleLine Personnel to obtain written pre-approval from the Approving Officers before accepting any outside employment or compensation, e.g. ., other than with the Companies, the General Partner or any affiliate thereof.  This includes engaging in any business activity other than a passive investment and would include being an officer, director, limited or general partner, member of a limited liability company, employee or consultant.
 
 
1.  
Non-Profit Entities
 
The foregoing requirement does not apply to service by Personnel, other than investment advisory services, on an uncompensated basis as an officer or director of a charitable, professional, civic or non-profit entity, provided such entity is not an Adviser client and has no business relationship with the Companies.
 
 
2.  
Directorships
 
Approval of any Personnel to serve on the board of directors/trustees of any issuer entity will only be granted based upon a determination that the board service will not create an actual or potential conflict with the interest of the Companies’ shareholders or clients.  Where board service is authorized, the Chief Compliance Officer shall make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or their employees and as is required to comply with any restriction imposed by the issuer on its directors/trustees.
 
Where the board service is within the scope of the individual’s employment by the Companies, whether because the Companies hold a position in the entity or the Adviser’s clients hold a position in the entity, all compensation awarded to directors, in the form of cash or securities, shall be for the benefit of the Adviser’s clients holding such interest, and, if none, for the Companies’ benefit and accordingly individuals serving in such capacity shall disgorge all compensation received.
 
 
3.  
Fiduciary Appointments
 
DoubleLine Personnel may not accept appointment as (i) a fiduciary, including as an executor, trustee, guardian, or conservator, or (ii) a consultant in connection with fiduciary or active money management matters, without the written pre-approval from the Approving Officers. The foregoing prohibition does not apply to appointments involving estates of family members.
 
 
-49-

 
 
 
4.  
Documentation
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for documenting all approvals given, the terms thereof, and the notice given with respect thereto.
 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining written pre-approval of all outside business activities from the Approving Officers .
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  All Personnel
 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documents related to the approval of outside business activities
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   During such time as the employee is engaged in any approved activity and for a minimum of five years thereafter.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best Practice
 
 
B.  
Receipt of Payment of Third Party Compensation
 
Except with the written pre-approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, Personnel are not allowed to accept compensation for their own benefit from, or pay to, a third party regardless of whether the compensation is in the form of cash or non-cash compensation.  All commission and other payments must be paid to, or by, the Companies and cannot be paid directly to, or by, an employee.
 
 
1.  
Documentation
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for documenting all approvals given, the terms thereof, and the notice given with respect thereto.
 
 
-50-

 
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining written pre-approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before accepting or paying any compensation directly to a third party.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  All Personnel
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documents related to the approval of the receipt or payment of third party compensation
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   During such time as the employee is engaged in any approved activity and for a minimum of five years thereafter.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best Practice
 
 
C.  
Annual Attestation
 
Personnel will be required to attest annually to their continued compliance with the foregoing requirements. (See Exhibit XI C .)
 
 
-51-

 
 
X. GIFTS AND GRATUITIES AND POLITICAL ACTIVITIES
 
Giving, receiving or soliciting a gift in a business setting, sponsoring lavish client entertainment or soliciting or making political contributions may create an appearance of impropriety or may raise a potential conflict of interest.  In order to minimize these concerns, the Companies have adopted the following limitations on soliciting, receiving or giving gifts or soliciting or making political contributions.
 
 
A.  
Gifts and Gratuities
 
 
1.  
Solicitations of Gifts
 
Except as otherwise provided at Subsection B below, Personnel are prohibited from soliciting, directly or indirectly, any item of value (a “ Gift ”), e.g ., gifts, loans, favors, or lavish entertainment from any individual employed by any entity with which the Adviser or the Trust has, or hopes to have, a business or client relationship (a “ Covered Individual ”).
 
 
2.  
Receipt of Gifts and Entertainment
 
(i)   General Exclusion
 
DoubleLine Personnel may accept Gifts from any individual if the individual giving the gift is related to the recipient by blood or marriage or a close personal friend and the gift is consistent with such relationship.
 
(ii)   Unsolicited Gifts
 
DoubleLine Personnel may accept unsolicited Gifts from Covered Individuals, provided such Gift falls within one of the following exceptions:
 
 
·  
the gift has a value of less than $100 and is consistent with customary business practices;
 
 
·  
the gift is perishable and the recipient shares it generally with co-workers at the Companies; or
 
 
·  
acceptance of the gift is approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
Personnel may not accept cash gifts from Covered Individuals.
 
Such gifts shall be reported on Exhibit X.A.
 
(iii)   Unsolicited Entertainment
 
DoubleLine Personnel may accept unsolicited entertainment from Covered Individuals, provided (i) such entertainment is consistent with customary business practices and the host is in attendance; (ii) the entertainment is being provided to attendees or participants at a meeting sponsored by the host without Personnel being singled out, or (iii) the entertainment is approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
 
-52-

 
 
(iv)   Exceptions
 
 
·  
Registered persons (i.e. persons carrying a securities license through FINRA) may not give or accept any gifts [is this intended to include entertainment?]exceeding $100 under any circumstances, nor may any exception be granted to the gift limitation rules for registered persons. (See FINRA Rule 3220.)
 
 
·  
Non-registered persons must receive permission from the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel to receive a gift exceeding $100.
 
(v)   Notification of the Receipt of Unsolicited Gifts or Entertainment
 
All employees must declare all gifts received during the calendar year to Compliance using Exhibit X. A . Such reports must be received by January 15 of the subsequent year.
 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel must notify the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis regarding the receipt of any unsolicited gift or entertainment.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  All Personnel
 
 
3.  
Giving of Gifts and Entertainment
 
DoubleLine Personnel are required to obtain the written approval of an Approving Officer 3 prior to giving any Gift, other than “reasonable entertainment costs” (as described below), to any Covered Individual or other person covered by any of the provisions below.
 
(i)   Permitted Entertainment
 
Approving Officers control decisions regarding permitted entertainment. Receipts from such entertainment shall set forth the date, parties in attendance and their employers, the entertainment provided, the business purpose therefore, and include an itemized list of the costs associated therewith.  To be considered reasonable entertainment, both the host and the guest must attend the entertainment together.  Moreover, any entertainment shall be appropriate for business entertainment such as, for example, sporting, civic or cultural events, and meals.
 

______________________
  For purposes of the Gift and Entertainment section of the Code of Ethics, “Approving Officers” is construed to include members of DoubleLine’s Executive Committee or any Principal. The Executive Committee includes the Chief Operating Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Executive Vice President of Marketing and Director of Marketing. Principals is the term used within DoubleLine to refer to equity partners of the firm.
 
 
-53-

 
 
(ii)   Special Treatment Regarding Foreign Officials, Regulators and Pension Plans
 
DoubleLine Personnel may not give any Gift or other thing of value, including entertainment, reasonable or otherwise, to any representative of a governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory organization, pension plans or any foreign official without the written pre-approval of an Approving Officer.  The foregoing restriction shall not include the offering of coffee, tea, a soda or the like, or of a snack or light refreshment to a representative attending a meeting at one of the Companies, any food or drink that is offered generally to other attendees or participants at a meeting sponsored by the Companies, or other offerings of similar character and intent.
 
(iii)   Special Treatment Regarding Unions and Union Officials
 
Special reporting rules apply when officers of the Companies furnish gifts or entertainment to labor unions or union officials.  These special rules are independent of, and in addition to, any approval procedures otherwise applicable under this Code.  The Companies may be required to file Form LM-10 with the Department of Labor by March 31 st of the calendar year following any year in which the Companies or any Personnel made any payments, gave any gifts, or entertained any union officials, including union pension fund trustees.  The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for ensuring that all information required to be reported on Form LM-10 related to gifts or entertainment furnished to labor unions or labor officials (as defined under applicable laws and regulations pertaining to Form LM-10) is captured within accounting records.
 
(iv)   Personnel may not give anything of value, including entertainment, reasonable or otherwise, to any union or union representative, including a union pension fund trustee, without the written pre-approval of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
(v)   Requirements of Clients and Other Third Parties
 
Personnel shall not provide a gift or entertainment to a client, potential client or other third party in violation of any policy established by such client, potential client or other third party.
 
Personnel subject to any Code of Ethics or similar policies of any client, issuer, or other third party must comply with such policies as though such policies were set forth herein and made a part hereof.
 
 
4.  
Notice and Approval Process
 
All requests by DoubleLine Personnel with respect to the approval of a Gift or any entertainment, other than permitted reasonable entertainment costs, shall be in writing and provided to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
 
-54-

 
 
 
5.  
Gift Log
 
The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain a Gift Log, which shall consist of the compilation of each Employee’s Gift Logs, as prepared and presented annually.  (See Exhibit X A ).
 
The Chief Financial Officer shall ensure that the DoubleLine’s accounting records capture such additional information as may be necessary in connection with any filing that may be required in connection with Form LM-10 or any other gift and entertainment reporting scheme to which the Companies and/or their Personnel may be subject.
 
(i)   Review of Gift Log
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for the review of the Gift Log on at least an annual basis for the purpose of identifying patterns that may raise concerns. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for the review of DoubleLine’s accounting records on at least an annual basis for the purpose of identifying patterns that may raise concerns.
 
(ii)   Filing of Forms
 
The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for the timely filing of Form LM-10 and any other gifts and entertainment reports that the Companies may be required to make.
 
(iii)   Documentation
 
In addition to the Gift Log, the Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining documentation relating to the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual review of the Gift Log. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for maintaining documentation relating to the Chief Financial Officer’s annual review of accounting records and all entertainment notices and any filings as to which the Companies are subject.
 
The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for ensuring that accounting records accurately reflect, with sufficient details necessary, any transaction required to be reported on Form LM-10.
 
 
-55-

 
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documents related to Gifts and entertainment, including the Gift and Entertainment Log and any Forms LM-10 filed
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as described above.
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the event occurs.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best Practice
 

References:
Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959
Form LM-10
U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977
   
 
 
B.  
Political Contributions
 
In the U.S., both federal and state laws impose limitations, and in some cases restrictions, on certain kinds of political contributions and activities. These laws apply not only to U.S. citizens, but also to foreign nationals and both U.S. and foreign corporations and other institutions. Accordingly, the Companies have adopted policies and procedures concerning political contributions and activities regarding federal, state, and local candidates, officials and political parties.
 
This policy regarding activities and political contributions applies to the Companies and all Personnel.  Failure to comply with these rules could result in civil or criminal penalties for the Companies and the individuals involved.
 
These policies are intended solely to comply with applicable laws and regulations and to avoid any appearance of impropriety. These policies are not intended to otherwise interfere with an individual’s right to participate in the political process.
 
 
1.  
General Prohibition on Contributions to Obtain Business
 
Both the Companies and DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from making or soliciting political contributions for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisor contracts with government entities.   For purposes hereof, the term political contribution includes contributions to a current office holder, candidate, political party, or party or political committees (including committees supporting or opposing ballot initiatives, e.g. ., referendum).
 
 
2.  
Prohibition and Restrictions on Contributions by the Companies
 
Federal law prohibits political contributions by the Companies or in their name in support of candidates for federal office.  Accordingly, such contributions are prohibited.  Because restrictions may also apply with respect to contributions to state and local officials, no such contributions may be made by the Companies or in their names except to the extent the same is first approved in writing by the Approving Officers.
 
 
-56-

 
 
 
3.  
Contributions by DoubleLine Personnel
 
Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, Personnel are free to give to candidates for federal, state and local office as a matter of personal choice, provided that preclearance from the Chief Compliance Officer must be obtained before any contribution may be made to a candidate or official that serves or is seeking to serve on the governing board of any of the Companies’ shareholders or clients.

Personnel also must seek preclearance before making contributions 4 to officials 5 of government entities 6 who can influence the hiring of an investment adviser in connection with money management mandates. 7 Preclearance is not required for contributions of $350 or less to any one candidate for whom Personnel may vote (per election), and $150 or less to candidates for whom Personnel may not vote (per election, where primaries and general elections are considered two separate elections). Payments to a political party of a state or locality where the investment adviser is providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services to a government entity also are covered by this requirement.
 
Personnel also are prohibited from seeking the assistance of others (including Political Action Committees) to bundle or coordinate the solicitation of such contributions. In sum, Personnel shall not attempt to do indirectly what they may not do directly.
 
Personnel detecting that they have made a contribution without receiving preclearance should report such contributions to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer immediately. In certain cases, it is possible that seeking (and achieving) the return of the contribution can preclude application of the SEC rules and penalties. However, because the rule is new, there can be no assurance that any attempt to preclude application of the statutory penalties will be completely successful. Personnel are advised to comply with the requirements at all times, to avoid the potential difficulty of attempting to unwind an impermissible political contribution.
 
 
______________________
4 A contribution is defined to include a gift, subscription, loan, advance, deposit of money, or anything of value made for the purpose of influencing an election for a federal, state or local office, including any payments for debts incurred in such an election or payments towards the transition or inaugural expenses of the successful candidate for state or local office.
 
5 An official includes an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of a government entity if the office is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser or has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser.
 
6 Government entities include all state and local governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, and all public pension plans and other collective government funds, including participant-directed plans such as 403(b), 457, and 529 plans.
 
7 See SEC Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act.
 
 
-57-

 
 
These prohibitions exist whether the government entity seeks Adviser’s services through a separate account, a covered pooled investment vehicle (such as a hedge fund or other private investment vehicle) or a registered investment company (such as the Funds), if the Funds are an investment option of a plan or program of a government entity that is participant directed.
 
The Adviser is required to retain chronological records of any such contributions made by its Personnel or the Adviser. Any contributions (whether or not subject to the de minimis exclusion) made by Personnel shall be annotated on the quarterly reports submitted on Exhibit VII A.3. Records of contributions by the Adviser to government officials able to influence the selection of investment advisers for money management mandates and to Political Action Committees and other records related to this requirement shall be maintained by Corporate Accounting.
 
As part of the Initial Reports, new Access Persons are required to provide information regarding their political contributions for the two year period prior to becoming an Access Person, to allow the Adviser to verify whether any such contributions have the potential to disqualify Adviser from future or current business opportunities with government entities.
 
See the Compliance Policies and Procedures Manual for a discussion of how DoubleLine conforms to the requirements under California laws pertaining to state and local public pension plans.
 
(i)   Restrictions on Foreign Nationals
 
Political contributions, expenditures and disbursements, whether directly or indirectly, to U.S. candidates by persons who are not U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens are prohibited by law.  Accordingly, Personnel who are not U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens are prohibited from making political contributions, expenditures or disbursements with respect to U.S. candidates.
 
(ii)   Restrictions on Reimbursement of Contributions by Others
 
As such action is against the law, Personnel (and the Companies) are prohibited from reimbursing others for political contributions.
 
 
4.  
Solicitations of Political Contributions by DoubleLine Personnel
 
In soliciting political contributions, Personnel must avoid any confusion that suggests, in any way, that either Company has approved, supports or is otherwise involved in the solicitation.  Without limitation, Personnel involved in soliciting political contributions must not:
 
 
·  
use the address or name of either Company; and
 
 
·  
in soliciting other Personnel must clearly state that the contribution is entirely voluntary on the part of the person being solicited.
 
 
5.  
Prohibition on Use of Paid Third Party Solicitors for Government Entity Advisory Business
 
Personnel of the Adviser shall not engage third parties to solicit government entities for advisory business unless such third parties are certain registered broker-dealers or registered investment advisers. Only the Approving Officers may authorize use of a third party (which must be a registered broker-dealer or registered investment adviser subject to rules prohibiting “pay to play” practices) to solicit government entities for advisory business. Prior to the Approving Officers granting such approval, the Adviser shall adopt appropriate policies and procedures to monitor and oversee such activities.
 
 
-58-

 
 
 
6.  
Use of Companies’ Facilities for Political Purposes
 
The Companies’ facilities may only be used for political purposes to the extent the same is first approved in writing by the Approving Officers.
 
 
7.  
Use of Companies’ Name and Address of the Companies
 
No use of the Companies’ names or addresses may be used in connection with explicit political activities unless required by law or permission has been first obtained in writing from the Approving Officers.  This includes listing of the Companies’ names in biographical or professional descriptions.
 
 
C.  
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 
 
1.  
Discussion
 
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, ("FCPA" or the "Act'), in pertinent part, makes it illegal for a U.S. issuer, domestic concern, or any person other than an issuer or domestic concern while in the territory of the United States, to utilize the mails or any instrumentality of U.S. commerce, corruptly, in furtherance of a payment, or the provision of anything of value, or an offer, promise or authorization thereof directly or indirectly, to a foreign government official, political party or candidate, for the purpose of influencing his or her official actions or securing any improper advantage, or inducing such foreign official to use his or her influence with a foreign government to affect or influence any act or decision of such government in  order to assist the U.S. company in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person. The statute further prohibits payments or gifts of anything of value to any person while “knowing” that such payment or gift will be given to a foreign official for a business purpose.
 
 
2.  
Actions
 
a.   Personnel will be required to complete Exhibit XI. D. upon becoming an Access Person or upon any changes in their status regarding non-US government officials. Also, certain persons that are not Access Persons may be required to complete Exhibit XI. D because of the nature of their responsibilities with the Adviser  or as a result of their contractual relationship with the Adviser.
 
 
-59-

 
 
b.   The CFO shall ensure that any payments made by the Adviser or the Funds to a foreign official are properly recorded in the financial books and records of the Adviser or the Funds.
 

 
 
D.  
Annual Attestation
 
Personnel will be required to attest annually to their continued compliance with the foregoing requirements. (See Exhibit XI E .)

 
 
-60-

 
 
XI. CLIENT COMPLAINTS AND INDICATIONS OF INAPPROPRIATE CONDUCT
 
 
A.  
General Statement of Policy
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are required to promptly bring to the Chief Compliance Officer any communication received, whether verbal, electronic, e.g. , email, text message, instant messenger ( e.g ., “chat”), or fax, hard copy, or otherwise, that contains (or appears to contain) any form of complaint about impermissible or inappropriate conduct of the Companies.  Similarly, and in accordance with Section VI hereof, Personnel should also bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer, any communication received that contains a nonpublic or confidential information about a security or issuer that is inappropriate for receipt by the employee.  Employees should bring to the Chief Compliance Officer’s attention the receipt of any other information that may reasonably be of concern ( e.g. , possible illegal activities, allegations of misconduct on the part of any employee, allegations of mistreatment of any client).

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for bringing to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any client complaints.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  All Personnel.
 
 
B.  
Responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer
 
 
1.  
Review and Reporting
 
Upon being notified of a complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall promptly review the complaint and make a determination as to whether, in light of any such review, the facts underlying the complaint indicate a need to notify the Companies’ legal counsel or otherwise take any immediate action including imposition of restrictions or heightened supervision with respect to any individual or Supervisor and/or is otherwise indicative of a weakness or other shortcoming in the Companies’ procedures or policies.
 
Upon notification of a matter not involving a complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall undertake such review and take such additional action as the Chief Compliance Officer shall think appropriate.
 
 
2.  
Acknowledgement
 
The Chief Compliance Officer, working with the applicable senior management, will arrange for an acknowledgement to be sent in response to all written complaints.
 
 
3.  
Documentation
 
For each written complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall create a record, which shall include the complainant's name and address; the date the complaint was received; the name of any Personnel identified in the complaint and the identification of any Personnel responsible for subject matter of the complaint; a description of the nature of the complaint; and the disposition of the complaint.
 
 
-61-

 
 
For each complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall also maintain a narrative (or correspondence) involving any review or investigation and follow up activities, indicating who undertook the investigation, what the findings were and what follow-up steps have been taken.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Upon notification of a complaint or certain other matters, Chief Compliance Officer shall make such review and make such filings as are appropriate and cause the Companies to acknowledge any such complaint in writing.  The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for appropriate documentation regarding the above.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY :  Chief Compliance Officer
 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Documents related to all client complaints.
 
Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the event occurs.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Best Practice
 

 
XII.ANNUAL REVIEW BY TRUSTEES
 
No less frequently than annually, the Chief of Compliance and other senior management shall furnish a written report to the Trustees, which shall:
 
 
·  
describe any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or “material compliance matter,” as such term is defined at Rule 38a-1(e)(2) of the Investment Company Act, not previously reported to the Trustees, including any information regarding sanctions and remedial actions taken in response thereto;
 
 
-62-

 
 
 
·  
list all waivers given by quantity and type and describe any waivers that might be considered material or important by the Trustees;
 
 
·  
list all approvals of investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings that were granted;
 
 
·  
certify that the Chief Compliance Officer has reviewed the Code and the compliance and supervisor y policies and procedures of the Companies and has found that they are reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Federal Securities Laws and of the Code itself.
 
The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide reports similar to those described above (and elsewhere in the Code) to the boards of trustees (or directors) of other registered investment companies for which the Adviser serves as an adviser or sub-adviser.
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document:   Annual Reports to Trustees/Directors
 
 Responsible Party:  The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report was made, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference:  Advisers Act Rule 204-2 and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1
 
 
-63-

 

 

[Missing Graphic Reference]

DoubleLine New Employee Introduction (as of November 2010)
Exhibit I. A.



o ÿ  
Overview of DoubleLine and affiliates
o ÿ  
Overview of DoubleLine executive management
o ÿ  
Compliance Policies and Procedures
§  
G drive
o ÿ  
Code of Ethics
§  
Overview
§  
Securities Account Reporting – Initial/ Quarterly/ Annual
·  
Initial reports-within ten days
§  
Trading Reporting/Preclearance
§  
Sixty Day Holding Period
§  
Outside Business Activities
§  
Political contributions
§  
Gifts
o ÿ  
Overview of DoubleLine Insider Trading Policy
o ÿ  
Anti-Money Laundering-Customer Identification Procedures (AML-CIP)
o ÿ  
 Briefer to check this box if Anti-Money Laundering Training is required
o ÿ  
Overview of DoubleLine Privacy Policy
o ÿ  
Overview of DoubleLine Email Policy
o ÿ  
Overview of DoubleLine’s BCP procedures

 
I have been briefed on DoubleLine’s compliance policies and procedures and acknowledge that the briefing is not a substitution for reading and referring to DoubleLine’s compliance policies and procedures, including the Code of Ethics.


 
Signature: ________________________________

 
Print Name: ______________________________

 
Date:____________________________________

 
-64-

 
 
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
 
AND
 
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
 

 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT
 
OF
 
CODE OF ETHICS
 

 
This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 

 
I hereby acknowledge that I have read the Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP) and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and the Chief Compliance Officer or other member of the Compliance Department.  By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of the Code of which I become aware.  I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.
 
I acknowledge further that if I use the de minimis exception to make any personal trades while I remain an Access Person under the Code of Ethics that the following statements are true:
 

·  
I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities traded under the de minimis exception.
·  
If selling, I have held the security for more than sixty days.
·  
The purchase was not an IPO or restricted security.
·  
If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)
 

 
Signature:  ______________________________
 
Print Name:  _____________________________
 
Date:  ___________________________________
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
 
AND
 
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
 

 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT
 
OF
 
CODE OF ETHICS (CONSULTANTS)
 

 
This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 

I have received and read the Code of Ethics (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP) for DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine”). I understand that, as a consultant, I may be exposed to certain information pertaining to DoubleLine’s portfolio management or trading strategies, including securities traded by DoubleLine on behalf of its clients.

If I am exposed to such information, I will notify the Chief Compliance Officer immediately. I understand that, in such cases, I may be required to conform to the requirements of the Code of Ethics for access persons.

 
I acknowledge further that if I use the de minimis exception to make any personal trades while I remain an Access Person under the Code of Ethics that the following statements are true:
 

·  
I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities traded under the de minimis exception.
·  
If selling, I have held the security for more than sixty days.
·  
The purchase was not an IPO or restricted security.
·  
If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)

 

 
Signature:  _______________________________
 
Print Name:  ______________________________
 
                Date:  ___________________________________
 
 
-2-

 

 
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
 
AND
 
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF AMENDED
 
CODE OF ETHICS
 

 
This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 

 
I hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of the amended Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP), dated as of _______________, and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department.  By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of the Code of which I become aware.  I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.
 
I acknowledge further that if I use the de minimis exception to make any personal trades while I remain an Access Person under the Code of Ethics that the following statements are true:
 

·  
I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities traded under the de minimis exception.
·  
If selling, I have held the security for more than sixty days.
·  
The purchase was not an IPO or restricted security.
·  
If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)
 

 

 
Signature:  ______________________________
 
Print Name:  _____________________________
 
Date:  ___________________________________
 
 
-3-

 

 
Exhibit VII. A1.
 

 
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
 
AND
 
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
 
Annual or Initial Holdings Report
 

 
Data is complete as of ____________________
 

Account
(Brokerage
firm name)
Account
Number
CUSIP
Security
Name
# shares
Total $
Notes
             
             
             
             
             
 

 
(For initial reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within ten days of the date of hire. If the date of this report is more than ten days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)
 
(For annual reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within forty five days of the date that this report is required to be submitted. If the date of this report is more than forty five days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)
 

                       _____________________________________________
                                               SIGNATURE

                                                                   _____________________________________________
                                                                           TYPE OR PRINT NAME
 
 
 
              ___________________
               DATE
 

 
VII A-3

 
 
Exhibit VII A2

DoubleLine Capital LP
Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements


Date:



[Address of Outside Firm]



RE:           (NAME OF INDIVIDUAL)
ACCOUNT #


Dear Sir/Madam:

Please be advised that [insert employee name] is an employee of DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine”) and in compliance with NASD conduct rule 3050, Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and/or DoubleLine’s employee Code of Ethics, this account is subject to a requirement that duplicate account statements and trade confirmations be sent to our compliance department at the address below:

In connection with the above account, please send duplicate confirmations and account statements to my employer at the following address:

Attn: Chief Compliance Officer
DoubleLine Capital LP
333 South Grand Ave, Suite 1800
Los Angeles, CA 90071

If you have any questions or comments relative to the foregoing, please do not hesitate to contact me.  Thank you for your kind attention to this matter.

 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
VII A-3

 
 
 
Exhibit VII A.3. Code of Ethics – version December 2010
 
QUARTERLY REPORT OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS - Quarter ending                               
 
A.   Trading Activity . Please list all reportable transactions or you may attach current statements and indicate “ no trades other than the trades listed on the attached statements from _____________________ ” [include name(s) of all brokerage accounts]. If duplicate statements for ALL accounts are being provided to DoubleLine, you may indicate “ No reportable trades other than the trades listed on duplicate statements provided to Compliance .”
 
If you have not made any reportable transactions, please check the box for “NO TRADES”.

Date of
Trans.
Type
Security Name
Symbol/Cusip
Quantity
Price
Broker
Account Number
               
               
               
 
 
 
o     “No Reportable trades other than the trades listed on duplicate statements provided to Compliance.”
 
o      No trades.

B.  
New Accounts . Have any new brokerage accounts been established in the most recent quarter in which securities were held for your direct or indirect benefit?      o  Yes    o   No
 
If yes, please list.
Account Name
Brokerage Firm or Bank Name
Account Number
Date Established
 
       
 

 
C.  
Political Contributions : Please list all political contributions made during the prior quarter here. If none, check here:  o
 
 
Recipient
City &
State
(location) of election
Election (year &
type)
Ex: 2009 general
election or 2008
primary election
 
Candidate for office of (ex. President, Governor, Mayor)
Were you eligible
to vote in the election?  (Y or
N)
 
Date of Political Contribution
 
Total $
             
 
 
 
VII A-3

 
 
 
D.  
I confirm that the above information is complete and accurate.
Printed Name
Signature
Date Completed
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VII A-3

 
 
Exhibit VIII C
 
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
 
AND
 
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

REQUEST FOR PREAUTHORIZATION — PERSONAL TRADES

Any transaction as to which pre-clearance/pre-approval has been obtained must be completed two business days following the day pre-clearance/pre-approval is obtained.   Any transaction, or portion thereof, not so completed will require a New Approval. I will apply for an extension if required.

Date:           _____________________________________________

Name:          _____________________________________________
 
 
 
Name of Security
Symbol
CUSIP
Price if
limit order
Buy or Sell
#of
Shares/Units
Brokerage
Firm
Account
Number
Private
Placement?
               
               
               


If an option or warrant, describe the underlying security: _______________________________________________

·  
I request pre-clearance authorization to effect transaction(s) in the security indicated above for my personal account(s) or another account(s) in which I have a beneficial interest. I am familiar with and certify that this request is made in compliance with the Codes of Ethics.
·  
I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities listed above.
·  
If selling, I have held this security for more than sixty days.
·  
Unless indicated, this purchase is not an IPO or restricted security.
·  
If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)


                   
       
Transaction Authorized
 
By: _________________________
 
Date: _______________________
     
----------------------------------------------------- 
                 
 
Signature of Person Requesting Authorization
                 
 
 
VIII C

 

 
Exhibit X. A.
 
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
 
AND
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

ANNUAL NON-CASH COMPENSATION -- ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CERTIFICATION


Instructions : Complete all sections of form. If not applicable, please indicate N/A or None.


Name
 
Date
 


I hereby acknowledge and certify that I understand the rules and procedures under the DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP Code of Ethics regarding Non-Cash Compensation and Gifts.

I further certify that during the last twelve months I have not directly or indirectly accepted or made payments or offers of payments of any non-cash compensation, except for:

 
a)
 
usual and customary promotional items, of de minimis value, such as hats, pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a vendor’s logo
       
 
b)
 
gifts of nominal value (i.e. under $100 to or from any single individual associated with a vendor per year) or;
       
 
c)
 
an occasional meal or entertainment such as a sporting event, a show, or comparable events, with the vendor present. If the vendor does not accompany you to such events then the cost of the tickets are subject to the gift and dollar limitations above. All entertainment or meals should be neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and may not be preconditioned on achievement of a sales target or volume of trades.
       

Report all gifts given or received below (you are not required to report the usual or customary promotional items such as hats, pins, t-shirts, and similar items marked with a vendor’s logo):


For period January 1, ____ through December 31, ______.
             
       
From whom received or to whom given
   
Date
 
Gift Description
 
Name/Organization
 
Est. Value
             
             
             

     
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:_________________________________________________
   

 
 

 

 
DoubleLine Capital LP
 
Code of Ethics
 
Exhibit X.B.
 
Initial Political Contributions Report
 

 
Data is complete as of December 31, 2010
 

 
Please indicate all political contributions made for the two year period prior to the date of this report. Contributions to political parties need not indicate election cycle or candidate, unless the contribution to the political party was earmarked for a particular election or candidate. Political contributions to political action committees also must be indicated on this form. All political contributions must be recorded on this form, regardless of the size of the contribution.
 
Please list in chronological order, starting oldest to newest.
 
ÿ None.
Recipient
City and State (location) of
election
Election (year and
type. Ex. 2009
general election or
2008 primary
election)
Candidate for
office of (ex.
President,
Governor,
Mayor)
Were you eligible to
vote in the election
(Yes or No)
Date of Political  
Contribution
Total $
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
 
I certify that the above information is complete and correct. I further certify that I have not paid or otherwise influenced another to make a political contribution.
                            _____________________________________________
 
SIGNATURE
                            _____________________________________________
                           TYPE OR PRINT NAME
 ___________________
DATE
 
 
 

 
 
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL, LP
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) Questionnaire
 
Exhibit XI D

In keeping with DoubleLine’s adherence to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), we require that all new Access Persons (and certain other persons) complete this questionnaire. Please respond to questions 1 and 2 below.

1.  Are you now or have you ever been a Non-U.S. Government Official?*
Yes ___                        No ___
If you answered yes to this question, please complete the information requested below:
Your Name
 
Official Title
 
Name of Government Body
(Agency, Regulator, State Owned Entity, Ministry, etc.)
 
 
Country
 
 
Dates you were (are)Non-U.S. Government Official
From (mm/dd/year)                    To (mm/dd/year)
 
Describe the Scope of your responsibilities
 
 
   Attach additional information if more than one person and /or with more than one government body.

2. Is any member of your family (e.g., Spouse/Partner, Parent, Grandparent, In-laws, Sibling, Child,) a Non-U.S. Government Official, or do you have a close relationship with a Non-U.S. Government Official who has the ability to influence DoubleLine’s Business?

Yes ___                         No ___

If you answered yes to this question, please complete the information requested below:
Your Name
 
Name of Non-U.S. Government Official
 
Official Title
 
Name of Government Body
(Agency, Regulator, State owned Entity, Ministry, etc.)
 
Country
 
Dates this Individual was (is) Non-U.S. Government Official
From (mm/dd/year)                 To (mm/dd/year)
 
Describe the scope of this Official’s responsibility
 
Did this Non-U.S. Government Official refer you to DoubleLine?
Yes ___                                         No ___
Attach additional information if more than one position and/or with more than one government body.
 
 
_________________________________                     __________________________________                   _______________
Print Name                                                                         Signature                                                                            Date

DoubleLine defines a *Non-U.S. Government Official as:
“Non-U.S. Government Official” is broadly defined and includes any employee, agent or representative of a non-US government, and any non-US political party, party official or candidate. This can include royalty, non-US legislators, representatives of non-US state-owned enterprises and sovereign wealth funds, trade delegations, and employees of public international organizations (including but not limited to the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and many other international agencies), regardless of rank or position, and any individuals acting on behalf of a Non-U.S. Government Official.
This may involve activities done on a paid or unpaid basis.

 
 
 

 
Exhibit XI E
 
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
 
AND
 
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
 
REQUIRED ANNUAL ATTESTATIONS AND DISCLOSURES
 


DATE:

TO:           CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER

FROM:
____________________________________________________________

 
Please read this form carefully.  Answer all questions completely, sign, date and return this form to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
REQUIREMENT TO KEEP THIS INFORMATION CURRENT :  You are required to promptly provide updated information, in writing, to the Chief Compliance Officer in the event any of the information that you report below changes or becomes inaccurate in any way.
 

 
1.  
I have received or have access to the DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”) and DoubleLine Funds Trust (the “Trust”) (together the “Companies”) Code of Ethics (the “Code”).
 
2.  
I am aware that the policies and procedures set forth in the Code are designed to assist me, the Companies and the Companies’ employees in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the Companies’ own internal standards, and to maintaining the trust and confidence of those individual with whom the Companies conducts business and to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics.
 
3.  
I have read and understand the Code and I agree to comply with it fully.
 
 
 

 
 
 
4.  
I understand that any failure on my part to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, or requirements and the policies and procedures set forth in the Code may have serious adverse consequences for both me and the Companies and can lead to disciplinary actions by the Companies against me up to and including termination.
 
5.  
If at any time I have any doubt, whatsoever, as to the correct policy or procedure to follow in relation to any matter covered by the Code, or if I am unclear as to the meaning or effect of anything contained in the Code, I agree to consult with legal or compliance personnel.
 
6.  
If I am a new hire or otherwise new as an Access Person, I will provide records showing any and all political contributions made during the two year period prior to my becoming an Access Person. If this is my annual attestation, I have made all political contributions pursuant to requirements of the Code of Ethics and have made all such reports as are required by the Code of Ethics. If I have made no political contributions during the two year period prior to my becoming an employee or in the year since my last annual attestation, I have indicated “None” on the following line.
 
 


 
7
Since my date of employment with the either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on directorships of public or private companies and, except as otherwise disclosed below, I do not currently serve as a director of any public or private companies.   (If none, please indicate “None”)
 

 
8.   
Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on outside business activities and, except as otherwise disclosed below, I am not currently engaged in any other business activities, or employed or compensated by any other person or serve as an officer, partner or employee of any business organization.   (If none, please indicate “None”)
 

 
9.   
Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on the reporting of accounts and transactions involving securities and other financial products.  Without limiting the foregoing, I have notified the Companies with respect to all outside accounts opened for the purchase, holding or disposition of any financial products that are beneficially owned by: (i) me; (ii) my spouse or domestic partner; (iii) my child or a child of my spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, me; and (iv) any account as to which I have discretionary authority or direct influence or control, including any account for which I act as trustee, executor or custodian, but excluding any account for a client to the extent the  discretion is exercised on behalf thereof.  I have also notified the Companies with respect to accounts beneficially owned by any Immediate Family Member , as hereinafter defined, that shares a household with me, unless I have no direct or indirect influence or control over such account.  For purposes of the foregoing, the term “Immediate Family Member shall mean, any grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, brother-in law, or sister-in-law.  In addition, in connection with each account, I have requested that duplicate copies of confirmations and account statements be provided to the Companies and have notified the Companies of all changes thereto.
 
 
 

 
 
10. 
Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies policies on the filing of Holdings Report Notification forms with respect to transactions in financial products are beneficially owned by: (i) me; (ii) my spouse or domestic partner; (iii) my child or a child of my spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, me; (iv) an Immediate Family Member that shares a household with me, unless I have no direct or indirect influence or control over such transaction.
 
11.   
Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have not received any third party compensation, except as indicated below.   (If none, please indicate “None”)
 
________________________________________________________________________
 
12.  
I acknowledge the confidential nature of nonpublic information regarding our clients.   Consistent with applicable policies and guidelines, I will respect and safeguard the privacy of our clients and the confidential nature of their information.  Without limiting the general nature of this commitment, I will not access or seek to gain access to confidential information regarding any past or present client, except in the course of fulfilling my job responsibilities. I understand that in this context, confidential information is considered to be all nonpublic information that can be personally associated with an individual.
 
I will not use another person’s computer sign-on or computer access code or provide another the use of my sign-on code to gain access to confidential information without proper authorization.  I will not disclose confidential information to those who are not authorized to receive it. In addition, I will not, without proper authorization, copy or preserve by paper writing, electronic, or any other means confidential information, nor will I disseminate any such information without proper authorization.  If I am in doubt about whether the authorization provided is proper, I will consult the Companies’ Compliance or legal personnel for guidance.
 
 
 

 
 
I acknowledge the receipt of my ID’s and Passwords. I understand that passwords are the equivalent of my signature. I understand that I will only access information that is required for me to perform my assigned tasks.  I acknowledge that If I disclose passwords to any other person, I will be fully accountable and responsible for any use or misuse by that individual to the same extent as if I had performed the act or omission. If I have any reason to believe that the confidentiality of my passwords has been violated, I will notify my supervisor immediately and ensure that the passwords are promptly changed.
 
13.  
I have complied fully with the Companies’ insider-trading policy as set forth in the Code.
 
14.  
Authorization is hereby granted to the Companies to open any and all mail and monitor all forms of communication addressed to my attention and delivered to the Companies.
 
15.  
Nothing has changed in my disclosures regarding non-US Government Officials and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act since my last report. (Otherwise, I will complete a new form regarding non-US Government Officials and submit it with this attestation.)
 
16.  
I understand that a willful misstatement or omission of information requested on this form, or a violation of any applicable federal or state law, regulatory or self-regulatory organization requirement, or any of the Adviser’s or the Trust’s policy or procedures, as set forth in the Code, or otherwise, may be considered grounds for termination of my employment and other disciplinary action by the Companies.
 

 
________________________________________________
 
SIGNATURE


                            _____________________________________________
                           TYPE OR PRINT NAME
 
 
 
___________________
DATE


 


 
  LOOMIS, SAYLES & CO., L.P.
Code of Ethics
 
 
Policy on Personal Trading and
Related Activities
by Loomis Sayles Personnel

EFFECTIVE:
January 14, 2000
AS AMENDED:
April 26, 2011



 
 

 
 
Table of Contents
 
1.
INTRODUCTION
3
2.
STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES
3
3.
A FEW KEY TERMS
4
3.1.
Covered Security
4
3.2
Beneficial Ownership
5
3.3.
Investment Control
6
3.4.
Maintaining Personal Accounts
6
4
SUBSTANTIVE RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING
7
4.1.
Preclearance
7
4.2.
Good Until Canceled and Limit Orders
8
4.3.
Short Term Trading Profits
8
4.4.
Restrictions on Round Trip Transactions in Loomis Advised Funds
9
4.5.
Futures and Related Options
10
4.6.
Short Sales
0
4.7.
Competing with Client Trades
0
4.8.
Large Cap/De Minimis Exemption
0
4.9.
Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule
11
4.10.
Research Analyst Three-Day Blackout Before a Recommendation
12
4.11.
Access Person Seven-Day Blackout After Recommendation Change
12
4.12.
Initial Public Offerings
13
4.13.
Private Placement Transactions
13
4.14.
Exemptions Granted by the Chief Compliance Officer
13
5.
PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES
14
5.1.
Public Company Board Service and Other Affiliations
14
5.2.
Participation in Investment Clubs and Private Pooled Vehicles
14
6.
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
14
6.1.
Initial Holdings Reporting, Account Disclosure and Acknowledgement of Code
15
6.2.
Brokerage Confirmations and Brokerage Account Statements
15
6.3.
Quarterly Transaction Reporting and Account Disclosure
16
6.4.
Annual Reporting
16
6.5.
Review of Reports by Chief Compliance Officer
17
6.6.
Internal Reporting of Violations to the Chief Compliance Officer
17
7.
SANCTIONS
17
8.
RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
18
9.
 MISCELLANEOUS
19
9.1.
Confidentiality
19
9.2.
Disclosure of Client Trading Knowledge
19
9.3.
Notice to Access Persons, Investment Personnel and Research Analysts as to Status
19
9.4.
Notice to Personal Trading Compliance of Engagement of Independent Contractors
19
9.5.
Questions and Educational Materials
20
 
 
 

 

LOOMIS, SAYLES & CO., L.P.
Code of Ethics

 
Policy on Personal Trading and
Related Activities

1.  INTRODUCTION

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) has been adopted by Loomis, Sayles & Co., L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”) to govern certain conduct of Loomis Sayles’ Supervised Persons and personal trading in securities and related activities of those individuals who have been deemed Access Persons thereunder, and under certain circumstances, those Access Persons’ family members and others in a similar relationship to them.
 
The policies in this Code reflect Loomis Sayles’ desire to detect and prevent not only situations involving actual or potential conflicts of interest or unethical conduct, but also those situations involving even the appearance of these.
 
2.  STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES
 
It is the policy of Loomis Sayles that no Access Person or Supervised Person as such terms are defined under the Loomis Sayles’ Code, (please note that Loomis Sayles treats all employees as Access Persons ) shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct that would violate the Code, the fiduciary duty owed by Loomis Sayles and its personnel to Loomis Sayles’ clients, Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or the provisions of Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and Rule 17j-1 there under. It is required that all Access Persons must comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations including, but not limited to the Federal Securities Laws . The fundamental position of Loomis Sayles is, and has been, that it must at all times place the interests of its clients first. Accordingly, your personal financial transactions (and in some cases, those of your family members and others in a similar relationship to you) and related activities must be conducted consistently with this Code and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or abuse of your position of trust and responsibility.
 
Without limiting in any manner the fiduciary duty owed by Loomis Sayles to its clients, it should be noted that Loomis Sayles considers it proper that purchases and sales be made by Access Persons in the marketplace of securities owned by Loomis Sayles’ clients, provided that such securities transactions comply with the spirit of, and the specific restrictions and limitations set forth in the Code. In making personal investment decisions, however, you must exercise extreme care to ensure that the provisions of the Code are not violated and under no circumstances, may an Access Person use the knowledge of Covered Securities purchased or sold by any client of Loomis Sayles or Covered Securities being considered for purchase or sale by any client of Loomis Sayles to profit personally, directly or indirectly, by the market effect of such transactions.
 
Improper trading activity can constitute a violation of the Code. The Code can also be violated by an Access Person’s failure to file required reports, by making inaccurate or misleading reports or statements concerning trading activity, or by opening an account with a non- Select Broker .
 
 
-3-

 
 
It is not intended that these policies will specifically address every situation involving personal trading. These policies will be interpreted and applied, and exceptions and amendments will be made, by Loomis Sayles in a manner considered fair and equitable, but in all cases with the view of placing Loomis Sayles’ clients’ interests paramount. It also bears emphasis that technical compliance with the procedures, prohibitions and limitations of this Code will not automatically insulate you from scrutiny of, and sanctions for, securities transactions which indicate an abuse of Loomis Sayles’ fiduciary duty to any of its clients.
 
You are encouraged to bring any questions you may have about the Code to Personal Trading Compliance . Please do not guess at the answer.
 
Personal Trading Compliance , the Chief Compliance Officer and the Ethics Committee will review the terms and provisions of the Code at least annually and make amendments as necessary. Any amendments to the Code will be provided to you.
 
3.   A FEW KEY TERMS
 
Boldfaced terms have special meaning in this Code. The application of a particular Code requirement to you may hinge on the elements of the definition of these terms. See the Glossary at the end of this Code for definitions of these terms. In order to have a basic understanding of the Code, however, you must have an understanding of the terms “ Covered Security ”, “ Beneficial Ownership ” and “ Investment Control ” as used in the Code.
 
3.1.  Covered Security
 
This Code generally relates to transactions in and ownership of an investment that is a Covered Security . Currently, this means any type of equity or debt security (such as common and preferred stocks, and corporate and government bonds or notes), any equivalent (such as ADRs), any derivative, instrument representing, or any rights relating to, a Covered Security , and any closely related security (such as certificates of participation, depository receipts, collateral–trust certificates, put and call options, warrants, and related convertible or exchangeable securities and securities indices). Shares of closed-end funds, municipal obligations and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government (e.g. GNMA obligations) are also considered Covered Securities under the Code.
 
Additionally, the shares of any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act that is advised, sub-advised, or distributed by Loomis Sayles, Natixis, or a Natixis affiliate (“ Reportable Funds ”) are deemed to be Covered Securities for purposes of certain provisions of the Code. Reportable Funds include any open-ended or closed-end funds advised, sub-advised, or distributed by Loomis Sayles, Natixis, or a Natixis affiliate, but exclude money market funds. A current list of Reportable Funds is attached as Exhibit One and will be maintained on the firm’s intranet site under the Legal and Compliance page.
 

Explanatory Note: 
While the definition of Reportable Funds encompasses funds that are advised, sub-advised and/or distributed by Natixis and its affiliates, only those funds advised or sub-advised by Loomis Sayles ("Loomis Advised Fund") are subject to certain trading restrictions of the Code (specifically, the Short-Term Trading Profit and Round Trip Transaction restrictions). Please refer to Section 4.3 and 4.4 of the Code for further explanation of these trading restrictions. Additionally, Exhibit One distinguishes between those funds that are subject to reporting only under the Code (all Reportable Funds) and those that are subject to both reporting and the aforementioned trading restrictions (Loomis Advised Funds).
 
 
-4-

 
 
Shares of exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and closed-end funds are deemed to be Covered Securities for the purposes of certain provisions of the Code. Broad based open-ended ETFs with either a market capitalization exceeding U.S. $1 billion OR an average daily trading volume exceeding 1 million shares (over a 90 day period) (“ Exempt ETFs ”) are exempt from certain provisions of the Code. A current list of Exempt ETFs is attached as Exhibit Two and will be maintained on the firm’s intranet site under the Legal and Compliance page.
 
All Access Persons are expected to comply with the spirit of the Code, as well as the specific rules contained in the Code. Therefore, while the lists of Reportable Funds and Exempt ETFs are subject to change, it is ultimately the responsibility of all Access Persons to review these lists which can be found in Exhibit(s) One and Two , prior to making an investment in a Reportable Fund or ETF.
 
Please see Exhibit Three for the application of the Code to a specific Covered Security or instrument, including exemptions from preclearance.
 
It should be noted that private placements, hedge funds and investment pools are deemed to be Covered Securities for purposes of the Code whether or not advised, sub-advised, or distributed by Loomis Sayles or a Natixis investment adviser. Investments in such securities are discussed under sections 4.13 and 5.2.

     3.2.  Beneficial Ownership
 
The Code governs any Covered Security in which an Access Person has any direct or indirect “ Beneficial Ownership .” Beneficial Ownership for purposes of the Code means a direct or indirect “pecuniary interest” that is held or shared by you directly or indirectly (through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise) in a Covered Security . The term “pecuniary interest” in turn generally means your opportunity directly or indirectly to receive or share in any profit derived from a transaction in a Covered Security, whether or not the Covered Security or the relevant account is in your name and regardless of the type of account (i.e. brokerage account, direct account, or retirement plan account). Although this concept is subject to a variety of U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and interpretations, you should know that you are presumed under the Code to have an indirect pecuniary interest as a result of:
 
·  
ownership of a Covered Security by your spouse or minor children;
 
·  
ownership of a Covered Security by a live-in partner who shares your household and combines his/her financial resources in a manner similar to that of married persons;

·  
ownership of a Covered Security by your other family members sharing your household (including an adult child, a stepchild, a grandchild, a parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, sister- or brother-in-law, and son- or daughter-in-law);

·  
your share ownership, partnership interest or similar interest in Covered Securities held by a corporation, general or limited partnership or similar entity you control;
 
·  
your right to receive dividends or interest from a Covered Security even if that right is separate or separable from the underlying securities;
 
 
-5-

 
 
·  
your interest in a Covered Security held for the benefit of you alone or for you and others in a trust or similar arrangement (including any present or future right to income or principal); and
 
·  
your right to acquire a Covered Security through the exercise or conversion of a “derivative Covered Security .”

Explanatory Note:
All accounts in which an Access Person has Beneficial Ownership are subject to the Code (such accounts include, but are not limited to, personal brokerage accounts, mutual fund accounts, accounts of your spouse, accounts of minor children living in your household, Family of Fund accounts, transfer agent accounts holding mutual funds or book entry shares, IRAs, 401Ks, trusts, DRIPs, ESOPs, etc).
 
Please see Exhibit Four to this Code for specific examples of the types of interests and accounts subject to the Code.
 
     3.3.   Investment Control
 
The Code governs any Covered Security in which an Access Person has direct or indirect “ Investment Control .” The term Investment Control encompasses any influence (i.e., power to manage, trade, or give instructions concerning the investment disposition of assets in the account or to approve or disapprove transactions in the account), whether sole or shared, direct or indirect, you exercise over the account or Covered Security .
 
You should know that you are presumed under the Code to have Investment Control as a result of having:
 
 
·  
Investment Control (sole or shared) over your personal brokerage account(s)

 
·  
Investment Control (sole or shared) over an account(s) in the name of your spouse or minor children, unless, you have renounced an interest in your spouse’s assets (subject to the approval of the Chief Compliance Officer )
 
 
·  
Investment Control (sole or shared) over an account(s) in the name of any family member, friend or acquaintance
 
 
·  
Involvement in an Investment Club

 
·  
Trustee power over an account(s)
 
 
·  
The existence and/or exercise of a power of attorney over an account
 
  Please see Exhibit Four to this Code for specific examples of the types of interests and accounts subject to the Code.
 
     3.4.   Maintaining Personal Accounts
 
All Access Persons who have personal accounts that hold or can hold Covered Securities in which they have direct or indirect Investment Control and Beneficial Ownership are required to maintain such accounts at one of the following firms: Charles Schwab, Citi SmithBarney,

 
-6-

 
 
E*TRADE, Fidelity Investments, Merrill Lynch or TD Ameritrade (collectively, the “ Select Brokers ”). Additionally, an Access Person may only purchase and hold shares of Reportable Funds through either a Select Broker , directly from the Reportable Fund through its transfer agent, or through one or more of Loomis Sayles’ retirement plans.
Accounts in which the Access Person only has either Investment Control or Beneficial Ownership ; certain retirement accounts with an Access Person’s prior employer; and/or the retirement accounts of an Access Person’s spouse may be maintained with a firm other than the Select Brokers with the approval of Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer .

Explanatory Note: 
While certain accounts may be granted an exemption from certain provisions of the Code, inclusive of the Select Broker requirement (accounts managed by an outside adviser in which the Access Person exercises no investment discretion, accounts in which the Access Person ' s spouse is employed by another investment firm and must abide by that firm's Code of Ethics, etc.), such accounts are still subject to the reporting requirements of the Code and may be subject to the pre-clearance requirements of the Code (e.g. joint accounts). The terms of a specific exemption will be outlined in an exemption memorandum which is issued to the Access Person by Personal Trading Compliance. An Access Person ' s failure to abide by the terms and conditions of an account exemption issued by Personal Trading Compliance could result in a violation of the Code.
 
  4.   SUBSTANTIVE RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING
 
The following are substantive prohibitions and restrictions on Access Persons’ personal trading and related activities. In general, the prohibitions set forth below relating to trading activities apply to accounts holding Covered Securities in which an Access Person has Beneficial Ownership and Investment Control .
 
  4.1.   Preclearance
 
Each Access Person must pre-clear through the PTA Preclearance System (“PTA”) all Volitional transactions in Covered Securities (i.e. transactions in which the Access Person has determined the timing as to when the purchase or sale transaction will occur and amount of shares to be purchased or sold) in which he or she has Investment Control and in which he or she has or would acquire Beneficial Ownership . Exceptions to the preclearance requirement include, but are not limited to: Open-ended mutual funds including Reportable Funds , Exempt ETFs listed in Exhibit Two , and US Government Agency bonds (i.e. GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC), as set forth in Exhibit(s) Three and Five .
 

Explanatory Note: 
Futures, options and swap transactions in Covered Securities must be manually pre-cleared by Personal Trading Compliance since PTA cannot handle such transactions. Initial public offerings, private placement transactions, including hedge funds whether or not they are advised, sub-advised, or distributed by Loomis Sayles or a Natixis investment adviser, participation in investment clubs and private pooled vehicles require special preclearance as detailed under Sections 4.12, 4.13 and 5.2 of the Code.
 
 
-7-

 
 
Explanatory Note:
Broad based open-ended ETFs with either a market capitalization exceeding $1billion OR an average daily trading volume exceeding 1 million shares (over a 90 day period )are exempt from the preclearance and trading restrictions set forth in Sections 4.1, 4.3, 4.6, 4.7, 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11 of the Code. A list of the Exempt ETFs is provided in Exhibit Two of the Code. All closed end-funds, closed-end ETFs, sector based/narrowly defined ETFs and broad based open-ended ETFs with a market capitalization below U.S. $1 billion AND an average daily trading volume below 1 million shares (over a 90 day period) are subject to the preclearance and trading restrictions detailed under Section 4 of the Code.
 
All ETFs, including those that are exempt from preclearance, and closed-end funds are subject to the reporting requirements detailed in Section 6 of the Code.
 
Any transaction approved pursuant to the preclearance request procedures must be executed by the end of the trading day on which it is approved unless Personal Trading Compliance , extends the preclearance for an additional trading day. If the Access Person’s trade has not been executed by the end of the same trading day (or the next trading day in the case of an extension), the “preclearance” will lapse and the Access Person may not trade without again seeking and obtaining preclearance of the intended trade.
 
Preclearance requests can only be submitted through PTA and/or to Personal Trading Compliance Monday – Friday from 9:30am-4:00pm Eastern Standard Time.
 
If after preclearance is given and before it has lapsed, an Access Person becomes aware that a Covered Security as to which he or she obtained preclearance has become the subject of a buy or sell order or is being considered for purchase or sale for a client account, the Access Person who obtained the preclearance must consider the preclearance revoked and must notify Personal Trading Compliance immediately . If the transaction has already been executed before the Access Person becomes aware of such facts, no violation will be considered to have occurred as a result of the Access Person’s transactions.
 
If an Access Person has actual knowledge that a requested transaction is nevertheless in violation of this Code or any provision thereof, approval of the request will not protect the Access Person’s transaction from being considered in violation of the Code. The Chief Compliance Officer or Personal Trading Compliance may deny or revoke preclearance for any reason that is deemed to be consistent with the spirit of the Code.
 
     4.2.  Good Until Canceled and Limit Orders
 
No Access Person shall place a “good until canceled,” “limit” or equivalent order with his/her broker except that an Access Person may utilize a “day order with a limit” so long as the transaction is consistent with provisions of this Code, including the preclearance procedures. All orders must expire at the end of the trading day on which they are pre-cleared unless otherwise extended by Personal Trading Compliance.
 
4.3.   Short Term Trading Profits
 
No Access Person may profit from the Volitional purchase and sale, or conversely the Volitional sale and purchase, of the same or equivalent Covered Security ( including Loomis Advised Funds) within 60 calendar days (unless the sale involved shares of a Covered Security that were acquired more than 60 days prior). Hardship exceptions may be requested (in advance) from Personal Trading Compliance .
 
 
-8-

 
 
An Access Person may sell a Covered Security (including Loomis Advised Funds ) or cover an existing short position at a loss within 60 calendar days. Such requests must be submitted through the PTA System and to Personal Trading Compliance for approval because the PTA System does not have the capability to determine whether the Covered Security will be sold at a gain or a loss.

Explanatory Note: 
For purposes of calculating the 60 day holding period, the trade date of a given purchase or sale is deemed to be day zero. 60 full days must pass before an Access Person can trade that same Covered Security for a profit and therefore, allowing the Access Person to do so on the 61st day.
 
Explanatory Note:
The Short Term Trading Profits provision is applicable to transactions that are executed across all of an Access Person's accounts. For example, if an Access Person sold shares of ABC in Fidelity brokerage account 1234 today, that Access Person would not be allowed to buy shares of ABC in Charles Schwab IRA account 4567 at a profit (lower price) within 60 days following the sale.
 
Explanatory Note: 
Please refer to Exhibit One for a current list of Loomis Advised Funds. Please also note that all closed-end funds are subject to the trading restrictions of Section 4.3 of the Code.
 
     4.4.   Restrictions on Round Trip Transactions in Loomis Advised Funds
 
In addition to the 60 day holding period requirement for purchases and sales of Loomis Advised Funds, an Access Person is prohibited from purchasing, selling and then re-purchasing shares of the same Loomis Advised Fund within a 90 day period (“Round Trip Restriction"). The Round Trip Restriction does not limit the number of times an Access Person can purchase a Loomis Advised Fund or sell a Loomis Advised Fund during a 90 day period. In fact, subject to the holding period requirement described above, an Access Person can purchase a Loomis Advised Fund (through one or multiple transactions) and can liquidate their position in that fund (through one or several transactions) during a 90 day period. However, an Access Person cannot then reacquire a position in the same Loomis Advised Fund previously sold within the same 90 day period.
The Round Trip Restriction will only apply to Volitional transactions in Loomis Advised Funds . Therefore, shares of Loomis Advised Funds acquired through a dividend reinvestment or dollar cost averaging program, and automatic monthly contributions to the firm’s 401K plan will not be considered when applying the Round Trip Restriction.
Finally, all Volitional purchase and sale transactions of Loomis Advised Funds, in any share class and in any employee account (i.e., direct account with the Loomis Advised Fund , Select Broker account, 401K account, etc.) will be matched for purposes of applying the Round Trip Restriction.

Explanatory Note:
Only Loomis Advised Funds are subject to Section 4.4 of the Code. Please refer to Exhibit One for a current list of Loomis Advised Funds.
 
 
-9-

 
 
    4.5.   Futures and Related Options
 
No Access Person shall use derivatives including but not limited to options, futures, swaps or warrants on a Covered Security to evade the restrictions of the Code. In other words, no Access Person may use derivative transactions with respect to a Covered Security if the Code would prohibit the Access Person from taking the same position directly in the underlying Covered Security .
 
4.6.   Short Sales
 
No Access Person may purchase a put option, sell a call option, sell a Covered Security short or otherwise take a short position in a Covered Security then being held long in a Loomis Sayles client account, unless, in the cases of the purchase of a put or sale of a call option, the option is on a broad based index.
 
4.7.   Competing with Client Trades
 
Except as set forth in Section 4.8, an Access Person may not, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell a Covered Security ( Reportable Funds are not subject to this rule.) when the Access Person knows, or reasonably should have known, that such Covered Securities transaction competes in the market with any actual or considered Covered Securities transaction for any client of Loomis Sayles, or otherwise acts to harm any Loomis Sayles client’s Covered Securities transactions.
 
Generally preclearance will be denied if:
 
 
·  
a Covered Security or a closely related Covered Security is the subject of a pending “buy” or “sell” order for a Loomis Sayles client until that buy or sell order is executed or withdrawn.
 
 
·  
the Covered Security is being considered for purchase or sale for a Loomis Sayles client, until that security is no longer under consideration for purchase or sale.
 
 
·  
the Covered Security is on the Loomis Sayles “Restricted List” or “Concentration List” (or such other trading restriction list as Loomis Sayles, may from time to time establish).

  For those transactions pre-cleared through the PTA System, such system will have the information necessary to deny preclearance if any of these situations apply. Therefore, you may assume the Covered Security is not being considered for purchase or sale for a client account unless you have actual knowledge to the contrary, in which case the preclearance you received is null and void. For Covered Securities requiring manual preclearance (i.e. futures, options and other derivative transactions in Covered Securities ), the applicability of such restrictions will be determined by Personal Trading Compliance upon the receipt of the preclearance request.
 
    4.8.   Large Cap/De Minimis Exemption

          An Access Person who wishes to make a trade in a Covered Security that would otherwise be denied preclearance solely because the Covered Security is under consideration or pending execution for a client as provided in Section 4.7 will nevertheless receive approval when submitted for preclearance provided that:
 
 
-10-

 
 
 
·  
the issuer of the Covered Security in which the Access Person wishes to transact has a market capitalization exceeding U.S. $5 billion (a “Large Cap Security”); AND
 
 
·  
the aggregate amount of the Access Person’s transactions in that Large Cap Security on that day across all personal accounts does not exceed $10,000 USD.

Such transactions will be subject to all other provisions of the Code.

     4.9.   Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule
 
No Investment Person shall, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell any Covered Security ( Reportable Funds are not subject to this rule) within a period of seven (7) calendar days (trade date being day zero) before and after the date that a Loomis Sayles client, with respect to which he or she has the ability to influence investment decisions or has prior investment knowledge regarding associated client activity, has purchased or sold such Covered Security or a closely related Covered Security . It is ultimately the Investment Person’s responsibility to understand the rules and restrictions of the Code and to know what Covered Securities are being traded in his/her client(s) account(s) or any account(s) with which he/she is associated.
 
Explanatory Note: 
The “seven days before” element of this restriction is based on the premise that an Investment Person who has the ability to influence investment decisions or has prior investment knowledge regarding associated client activity can normally be expected to know, upon execution of his or her personal trade, whether any client as to which he or she is associated, has traded, or will be trading in the same or closely related Covered Security within seven days of his or her personal trade. Furthermore, an Investment Person who has the ability to influence investment decisions has a fiduciary obligation to recommend and/or affect suitable and attractive trades for clients regardless of whether such trades may cause a prior personal trade to be considered an apparent violation of this restriction. It would constitute a breach of fiduciary duty and a violation of this Code to delay or fail to make any such recommendation or transaction in a client account in order to avoid a conflict with this restriction.
 
 
It is understood that there may be particular circumstances (i.e. news on an issuer, a client initiated liquidation, subscription or rebalancing) that may occur after an Investment Person’s personal trade which gives rise to an opportunity or necessity for an associated client to trade in that Covered Security which did not exist or was not anticipated by that person at the time of that person’s personal trade. Personal Trading Compliance , will review any extenuating circumstances which may warrant the waiving of any remedial actions in a particular situation involving an inadvertent violation of this restriction. In such cases, an exception to the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule will be granted upon approval by the Chief Compliance Officer .
 
 
The Chief Compliance Officer, or designee thereof, may grant a waiver of the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule if the Investment Person's proposed transaction is conflicting with client "cash flow" trading in the same security (i.e., purchases of a broad number of portfolio securities in order to invest a capital addition to the account or sales of a broad number of securities in order to generate proceeds to satisfy a capital withdrawal from the account). Such "cash flow" transactions are deemed to be non-volitional at the security level since they do not change the weighting of the security being purchased or sold in the portfolio.
 
 
-11-

 
 
Explanatory Note:
The trade date of an Investment Person 's purchase or sale is deemed to be day zero. Any associated client trade activity executed, in either that Covered Security or a closely related Covered Security, 7 full calendar days before or after an Access Person 's trade will be considered a violation of the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule. For example, if a client account purchased shares of company ABC on May 4th, any Access Person who is associated with that client account cannot trade ABC in a personal account until May 12th without causing a potential conflict with the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule.
 
Explanatory Note: 
While the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule is designed to address conflicts between Investment Persons and their clients, it is the fiduciary obligation of all Access Persons to not affect trades in their personal account if they have prior knowledge of any Loomis Sayles client trade activity that could potentially cause harm to clients or by which the Access Person could potentially benefit. The personal trade activity of all Access Persons is monitored by Personal Trading Compliance for potential conflicts with client account trading activity.
 
    4.10.   Research Analyst Three-Day Blackout Before a Recommendation
 
During the three (3) business day period before a Research Analyst issues a Recommendation on a Covered Security , that Research Analyst may not purchase or sell Covered Securities of that same issuer.
 
Explanatory Note: 
It is understood that there may be particular circumstances such as a news release, change of circumstance or similar event that may occur after a Research Analyst’s personal trade which gives rise to a need, or makes it appropriate, for a Research Analyst to issue a Recommendation on said Covered Security. A Research Analyst has an affirmative duty to make unbiased Recommendations and issue reports, both with respect to their timing and substance, without regard to his or her personal interest. It would constitute a breach of a Research Analyst’s fiduciary duty and a violation of this Code to delay or fail to issue a Recommendation in order to avoid a conflict with this restriction.
 
Personal Trading Compliance will review any extenuating circumstances which may warrant the waiving of any remedial sanctions in a particular situation involving an inadvertent violation of this restriction. In such cases, an exception to the Research Analyst 3-Day Blackout Rule will be granted upon approval by the Chief Compliance Officer .
 
    4.11.   Access Person Seven-Day Blackout After Recommendation Change
 
During the seven (7) calendar day period after a Recommendation is issued for a Covered Security , no Access Person may purchase or sell Covered Securities of that same issuer . A request to pre-clear a transaction in a Covered Security will be denied if there has been a Recommendation published for the issuer of such Covered Security during the past seven (7) calendar days.
 

Explanatory Note:  
The date of issuance for a given recommendation is deemed to be day zero. 7 full days must pass before an Access Person can trade in a Covered Security of that same issuer. In addition, a bond recommendation change will restrict an employee's interest in purchasing the equity securities of the same issuer, and vice versa.
 
    4.12.   Initial Public Offerings
 
Investing in Initial Public Offerings of Covered Securities is prohibited unless such opportunities are connected with your prior employment compensation (i.e. options, grants, etc.) or your spouse’s employment compensation. No Access Person may, directly or indirectly, purchase any securities sold in an Initial Public Offering without obtaining prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer .
 
4.13.   Private Placement Transactions
 
No Access Person may, directly or indirectly, purchase any Covered Security offered and sold pursuant to a Private Placement Transaction without obtaining the advance written approval of Personal Trading Compliance, the Chief Compliance Officer and the applicable Access Person’s supervisor or other appropriate member of senior management. Private Placement investments include hedge funds. A Private Placement Investment Approval can be obtained by completing an automated Private Placement Approval Form which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Intranet Homepage under 'Personal Trading Compliance Forms'.

Explanatory Note: 
If you have been authorized to acquire a Covered Security in a Private Placement Transaction, you must disclose to Personal Trading Compliance if you are involved in a client’s subsequent consideration of an investment in the issuer of the Private Placement, even if that investment involves a different type or class of Covered Security . In such circumstances, the decision to purchase securities of the issuer for a client must be independently reviewed by an Investment Person with no personal interest in the issuer.
 
The purchase of additional shares or the subsequent sale of an approved Private Placement Transaction does not require preclearance provided there are no publicly traded Covered Securities in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company whose shares the Access Person owns. However, if the issuer of the Private Placement has publicly traded Covered Securities, then the sale of such Private Placements must be pre-cleared with Personal Trading Compliance. Further, additional purchases and any subsequent sales of an approved private placement, regardless of whether or not the issuer is publicly traded, must be reported quarterly and annually as detailed in Section 6 of the Code.

    4.14.   Exemptions Granted by the Chief Compliance Officer
 
Subject to applicable law, Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance
 
 
-13-

 
 
Officer may from time to time grant exemptions, other than or in addition to those described in Exhibit Five , from the trading restrictions, preclearance requirements or other provisions of the Code with respect to particular individuals such as non-employee directors, consultants, temporary employees, interns or independent contractors, and types of transactions or Covered Securities , where, in the opinion of the Chief Compliance Officer , such an exemption is appropriate in light of all the surrounding circumstances.
 
  5.   PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES
 
    5.1.   Public Company Board Service and Other Affiliations
 
To avoid conflicts of interest, inside information and other compliance and business issues, the firm prohibits Access Persons from serving as officers or members of the board of any publicly traded entity. This prohibition does not apply to service as an officer or board member of any parent or subsidiary of the firm.
 
In addition, in order to identify potential conflicts of interests, compliance and business issues, before accepting any service, employment, engagement, connection, association, or affiliation in or within any enterprise, business or otherwise, (herein after, collectively outside activity(ies)), an Access Person must obtain the advance written approval of Personal Trading Compliance, the Chief Compliance Officer and the applicable Access Person’s supervisor or other appropriate member of senior management.
 
An Outside Business Activity approval can be obtained by completing an automated Outside Business Activity Approval Form which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Intranet Homepage under 'Personal Trading Compliance Forms'. In determining whether to approve such Outside Activity, Personal Trading Compliance and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider whether such service will involve an actual or perceived conflict of interest with client trading, place impediments on Loomis Sayles’ ability to trade on behalf of clients or otherwise materially interfere with the effective discharge of Loomis Sayles’ or the Access Person’s duties to clients.
 
Explanatory Note: 
Examples of Outside Activities include, but are not limited to, family businesses, acting as an officer, partner or trustee of an organization or trust, political positions, second jobs, professional associations, etc. Outside Activities that are not covered by the Code are activities that involve a charity or foundation, as long as you do not provide investment or financial advice to the organization. Examples would include: volunteer work, homeowners' organizations (such as condos or coop boards), or other civic activities.
 
    5.2.   Participation in Investment Clubs and Private Pooled Vehicles
 
No Access Person shall participate in an investment club or invest in a hedge fund, or similar private organized investment pool (but not an SEC registered open-end mutual fund) without the express permission of Personal Trading Compliance, the Chief Compliance Officer and the applicable Access Person’s supervisor or other appropriate member of senior management, whether or not the investment vehicle is advised, sub-advised or distributed by Loomis Sayles or a Natixis investment adviser.
 
 
-14-

 
 
  6.  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

    6.1.   Initial Holdings Reporting, Account Disclosure and Acknowledgement of Code
 
               Within 10 days after becoming an Access Person, each Access Person must file with Personal Trading Compliance , a report of all Covered Securities holdings (including holdings of Reportable Funds ) in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership or Investment Control . The information contained therein must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the individual becoming an Access Person .
 
Additionally, within 10 days of becoming an Access Person , such Access Person must report all brokerage or other accounts that hold or can hold Covered Securities in which the Access Person has Beneficial Ownership or Investment Control . The information must be as of the date the person became an Access Person . An Access Person can satisfy these reporting requirements by providing Personal Trading Compliance with a current copy of his or her brokerage account or other account statements, which hold or can hold Covered Securities . An automated Initial Code of Ethics Certification and Disclosure Form can be found on the Legal and Compliance Intranet Homepage under 'Personal Trading Compliance Forms'. This form must be completed and submitted to Personal Trading Compliance by the Access Person within 10 days of becoming an Access Person. The content of the Initial Holdings information must include, at a minimum:

The title and type of security, the ticker symbol or CUSIP, number of shares, and principal amount of each Covered Security (including Reportable Funds) and the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the securities are held.
 
Explanatory Note: 
Loomis Sayles treats all of its employees as Access Persons . Therefore, you are deemed to be an Access Person as of the first day you begin working for the firm.
 
Explanatory Note:  
Types of accounts in which Access Persons are required to report include, but are not limited to, personal brokerage accounts, mutual fund accounts, accounts of your spouse, accounts of minor children living in your household, Family of Fund accounts, transfer agent accounts holding mutual funds or book entry shares, IRAs, 401Ks, trusts, DRIPs, ESOPs etc. In addition, physically held shares of Covered Securities must also be reported. An Access Person should contact Personal Trading Compliance if they are unsure as to whether an account or personal investment is subject to reporting under the Code so the account or investment can be properly reviewed.
 
Upon becoming an Access Person, each Access Person will receive a copy of the Code. Within the 10 day initial disclosure period and annually thereafter, each Access Person must acknowledge that he or she has received, read and understands the Code and recognize that he or she is subject hereto, and certify that he or she will comply with the requirements of the Code.
 
     6.2.   Brokerage Confirmations and Brokerage Account Statements
 
Each Access Person must notify Personal Trading Compliance immediately upon the opening of an account that holds or may hold Covered Securities (including Reportable Funds ), in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership or Investment Control and must assist Personal Trading Compliance in ensuring that Loomis Sayles receives copies of the account's confirmations and statements. Upon the opening of an account, an automated Personal Account Information Form must be completed and submitted to Personal Trading Compliance . This form can be found on the Legal and Compliance Intranet Homepage under 'Personal Trading Compliance Forms'.
 
 
-15-

 
 
Explanatory Note: 
If the opening of an account is not reported immediately to Personal Trading Compliance, but is reported during the corresponding quarterly certification period, and there has not been any trade activity in the account, then the Access Person will be deemed to have met their reporting obligations under this Section of the Code.
 
        6.3.   Quarterly Transaction Reporting and Account Disclosure

Utilizing the PTA System, each Access Person must file a report of all Volitional transactions in Covered Securities (including Volitional transactions in Reportable Funds ) made during each calendar quarterly period in which such Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires or disposes of, any Beneficial Ownership of a Covered Security (even if such Access Person has no direct or indirect Investment Control over such Covered Security ), or as to which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Investment Control (even if such Access Person has no Beneficial Ownership in such Covered Security ). Non-volitional transactions in Covered Securities (including Reportable Funds ) such as automatic monthly payroll deductions, changes to future contributions within the Loomis Sayles Retirement Plans, dividend reinvestment programs, dollar cost averaging programs, and transactions made within the Guided Choice Program are subject to annual reporting only. If no transactions in any Covered Securities, required to be reported, were effected during a quarterly period by an Access Person , such Access Person shall nevertheless submit a report through PTA within the time frame specified below stating that no reportable securities transactions were affected. The following information will be available in electronic format for Access Persons to verify on their Quarterly Transaction report:

The date of the transaction, the title of the security, ticker symbol or CUSIP, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security, nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition), the price of the transaction, and the name of the broker, dealer or bank with which the transaction was effected. However, the Access Person is responsible for confirming the accuracy of this information and informing Personal Trading Compliance if his or her reporting information is inaccurate or incomplete.

With the exception of those accounts described in Exhibit Four, Access Persons are also required to report each account that may hold or holds Covered Securities (including accounts that hold or may hold Reportable Funds ) in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership or Investment Control opened or closed during the reporting period.

Every quarterly report must be submitted no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the close of each calendar quarter.

      6.4.   Annual Reporting
 
On an annual basis, as of a date specified by Personal Trading Compliance, each Access Person must file with Personal Trading Compliance a dated annual certification which identifies all holdings in Covered Securities (including Reportable Funds ) in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership and/or Investment Control . This reporting requirement also applies to shares of Covered Securities , including shares of Reportable Funds that were acquired during the year in Non-volitional transactions. Additionally, each Access Person must identify all personal accounts which hold or may hold Covered Securities (including Reportable Funds), in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership and/or Investment Control . The information in the Annual Package shall reflect holdings in the Access Person’s account(s) that are current as of a date specified by Personal Trading Compliance . The following information will be available in electronic format for Access Persons to verify on the Annual Holdings report:
 
 
-16-

 
 
The title of the security, the ticker symbol or CUSIP, number of shares, and principal amount of each Covered Security (including Reportable Funds ) and the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the securities are held. However, the Access Person is responsible for confirming the accuracy of this information and informing Personal Trading Compliance if his or her reporting information is inaccurate or incomplete.
 
Furthermore, on an annual basis, each Access Person must acknowledge and certify that during the past year he/she has received, read, understood and complied with the Code, Insider Trading Policies and Procedures, and policies and procedures on political contributions found in the Policies and Procedures on Gifts, Business Entertainment, and Political Contributions, except as otherwise disclosed in writing to Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer . Finally, as part of the annual certification, each Access Person must acknowledge and confirm any Outside Activities in which he or she currently participates.

Every annual report must be submitted no later than (45) calendar days after the date specified by Personal Trading Compliance .

      6.5.   Review of Reports by Chief Compliance Officer

         The Chief Compliance Officer shall establish procedures as the Chief Compliance Officer may from time to time determine appropriate for the review of the information required to be compiled under this Code regarding transactions by Access Persons and to report any violations thereof to all necessary parties.
 
    6.6.   Internal Reporting of Violations to the Chief Compliance Officer
 
Prompt internal reporting of any violation of the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer or Personal Trading Compliance is required under Rule 204A-1. While the daily monitoring process undertaken by Personal Trading Compliance is designed to identify any violations of the Code and handle any such violations immediately, Access Persons and Supervised Persons are required to promptly report any violations they learn of resulting from either their own conduct or those of other Access Persons and Supervised Persons to the Chief Compliance Officer or Personal Trading Compliance . It is incumbent upon Loomis Sayles to create an environment that encourages and protects Access Persons and Supervised Persons who report violations. In doing so, individuals have the right to remain anonymous in reporting violations. Furthermore, any form of retaliation against an individual who reports a violation could constitute a further violation of the Code, as deemed appropriate by the Chief Compliance Officer . All Access Persons and Supervised Persons should therefore feel safe to speak freely in reporting any violations.
 
  7.   SANCTIONS
 
Any violation of the substantive or procedural requirements of this Code will result in the imposition of a sanction as set forth in the firm’s then current Sanctions Policy, or as the Ethics Committee may deem appropriate under the circumstances of the particular violation. These sanctions may include, but are not limited to:
 
 
·  
a letter of caution or warning (i.e. Procedures Notice);
   
 
-17-

 
 
 
·  
payment of a fine,
 
 
·  
requiring the employee to reverse a trade and realize losses or disgorge any profits;
 
 
·  
restitution to an affected client;
 
 
·  
suspension of personal trading privileges;
 
 
·  
actions affecting employment status, such as suspension of employment without pay, demotion or termination of employment; and
 
 
·  
referral to the SEC, other civil authorities or criminal authorities.
 
  Serious violations, including those involving deception, dishonesty or knowing breaches of law or fiduciary duty, will result in one or more of the most severe sanctions regardless of the violator’s history of prior compliance.

Explanatory Note: 
Any violation of the Code, following a "first offense" whether or not for the same type of violation, will be treated as a subsequent offense.
 
Fines, penalties and disgorged profits will be donated to a charity selected by the Loomis Sayles Charitable Giving Committee.
 
  8.   RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
 
Loomis Sayles shall maintain and preserve records, in an easily accessible place, relating to the Code of the type and in the manner and form and for the time period prescribed from time to time by applicable law. Currently, Loomis Sayles is required by law to maintain and preserve:
 
 
·  
in an easily accessible place, a copy of this Code (and any prior Code of Ethics that was in effect at any time during the past five years) for a period of five years;
 
 
·  
in an easily accessible place a record of any violation of the Code and of any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 
·  
a copy of each report (or information provided in lieu of a report including any manual preclearance forms and information relied upon or used for reporting) submitted under the Code for a period of five years, provided that for the first two years such copy must be preserved in an easily accessible place;
 
 
·  
copies of Access Persons’ and Supervised Persons’ written acknowledgment of receipt of the Code;
 
 
·  
in an easily accessible place, a record of the names of all Access Persons within the past five years, even if some of them are no longer Access Persons, the holdings and transactions reports made by these Access Persons, and records of all Access Persons’ personal securities reports (and duplicate brokerage confirmations or account statements in lieu of these reports);
 
 
·  
a copy of each report provided to any Investment Company as required by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act or any successor provision for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which such report is made, provided that for the first two years such record shall be preserved in an easily accessible place; and
 
 
-18-

 
 
 
·  
a written record of any decision, and the reasons supporting any decision, to approve the purchase by an Access Person of any Covered Security in an Initial Public Offering or Private Placement Transaction or other limited offering for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

Explanatory Note:
Under Rule 204-2, the standard retention period required for all documents and records listed above is five years, in easily accessible place, the first two years in an appropriate office of Personal Trading Compliance .
 
  9.   MISCELLANEOUS
 
      9.1.   Confidentiality
 
Loomis Sayles will keep information obtained from any Access Person hereunder in strict confidence. Notwithstanding the forgoing, reports of Covered Securities transactions and violations hereunder will be made available to the SEC or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organizations to the extent required by law rule or regulation, and in certain circumstances, may in Loomis Sayles’ discretion be made available to other civil and criminal authorities. In addition, information regarding violations of the Code may be provided to clients or former clients of Loomis Sayles that have been directly or indirectly affected by such violations.
 
9.2.   Disclosure of Client Trading Knowledge
 
No Access Person may, directly or indirectly, communicate to any person who is not an Access Person or other approved agent of Loomis Sayles (e.g., legal counsel) any non-public information relating to any client of Loomis Sayles or any issuer of any Covered Security owned by any client of Loomis Sayles, including, without limitation, the purchase or sale or considered purchase or sale of a Covered Security on behalf of any client of Loomis Sayles, except to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or to effectuate Covered Securities transactions on behalf of the client of Loomis Sayles.
 
9.3.   Notice to Access Persons, Investment Personnel and Research Analysts as to Status
 
Personal Trading Compliance will initially determine an employee’s status as an Access Person, Research Analyst or Investment Person and the client accounts to which Investment Persons should be associated, and will inform such persons of their respective reporting and duties under the Code.

All Access Persons and/or the applicable Supervisor thereof, have an obligation to inform Personal Trading Compliance if an Access Person’s responsibilities change during the Access Person’s tenure at Loomis Sayles.

      9.4.   Notice to Personal Trading Compliance of Engagement of Independent Contractors
   
Any person engaging a consultant, temporary employee, intern or independent contractor shall notify Personal Trading Compliance of this engagement and provide to Personal Trading Compliance , the information necessary to make a determination as to how the Code shall apply to such consultant, temporary employee, intern or independent contractor, if at all.
 
 
-19-

 
 
9.5.   Questions and Educational Materials
 
Employees are encouraged to bring to Personal Trading Compliance any questions you may have about interpreting or complying with the Code about Covered Securities , accounts that hold or may hold Covered Securities or personal trading activities of you, your family, or household members, about your legal and ethical responsibilities or about similar matters that may involve the Code.
 
Personal Trading Compliance will from time to time circulate educational materials or bulletins or conduct training sessions designed to assist you in understanding and carrying out your duties under the Code. On an annual basis, each Access Person is required to successfully complete a Code of Ethics and Fiduciary Duty tutorial designed to educate Access Persons on their responsibilities under the Code.
 
 
 
 
 
 
-20-

 
 
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
 
The boldface terms used throughout this policy have the following meanings:
 
1. 
Access Person ” means an “access person” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j- 1 under the 1940 Act or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means any director, or officer of Loomis Sayles, or any Advisory Person (as defined below) of Loomis Sayles, but does not include any director who is not an officer or employee of Loomis Sayles or its corporate general partner and who meets all of the following conditions:
 
 
a.
He or she, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, does not make, participate in or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a registered investment company, and whose functions do not relate to the making of recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales;

 
b.
He or she does not have access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund ; and
 
 
c.
He or she is not involved in making securities recommendations to clients, and does not have access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.
 
Loomis Sayles treats all employees as Access Persons.
 
2.
Advisory Person ” means an “advisory person” and “advisory representative” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204-2(a)(12) under the Advisers Act, respectively, or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means (i) every employee of Loomis Sayles (or of any company in a Control relationship to Loomis Sayles), who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Covered Security by Loomis Sayles on behalf of clients, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) every natural person in a Control relationship to Loomis Sayles who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client with regard to the purchase or sale of a Covered Security. Advisory Person also includes: (a) any other employee designated by Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer as an Advisory Person under this Code; (b) any consultant, temporary employee, intern or independent contractor (or similar person) engaged by Loomis Sayles designated as such by Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer as a result of such person’s access to information about the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by Loomis Sayles on behalf of clients (by being present in Loomis Sayles offices, having access to computer data or otherwise).
 
3.
Beneficial Ownership ” is defined in Section 3.2 of the Code.
 
4.
Chief Compliance Officer ” refers to the officer or employee of Loomis Sayles designated from time to time by Loomis Sayles to receive and review reports of
 
 
-1-

 
 
5.
Exempt ETF ” is defined in Section 3.1 of the Code and a list of such funds is found in Exhibit Two.
 
6.
Federal Securities Laws ” refers to the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted there under by the SEC or the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and any amendments to the above mentioned statutes.
 
7.
Investment Control ” is defined in Section 3.3 of the Code. This means “control” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204-2(a)(12) under the Advisers Act or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of Loomis Sayles, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with Loomis Sayles.
 
8.
Initial Public Offering ” means an “initial public offering” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-l under the 1940 Act or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means any offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 the issuer of which immediately before the offering, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
9.
Investment Company ” means any Investment Company registered as such under the 1940 Act and for which Loomis Sayles serves as investment adviser or subadviser or which an affiliate of Loomis Sayles serves as an investment adviser.
 
10.
Investment Person ” means all Portfolio Managers of Loomis Sayles and other Advisory Persons who assist the Portfolio Managers in making and implementing investment decisions for an Investment Company or other client of Loomis Sayles, including, but not limited to, designated Research Analysts and traders of Loomis Sayles. A person is considered an Investment Person only as to those client accounts or types of client accounts as to which he or she is designated by Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer as such. As to other accounts, he or she is simply an Access Person .
 
11.
Non-volitional ” transactions are any transaction in which the employee has not determined the timing as to when the purchase or sale will occur and the amount of shares to be purchased or sold, i.e. changes to future contributions within the Loomis Sayles Retirement Plans, dividend reinvestment programs, dollar cost averaging program, automatic monthly payroll deductions, and any transactions made within the Guided Choice Program. Non-volitional transactions are not subject to the preclearance
 
 
-2-

 
 
12.
Portfolio Manager ” means any individual employed by Loomis Sayles who has been designated as a Portfolio Manager by Loomis Sayles. A person is considered a Portfolio Manager only as to those client accounts as to which he or she is designated by the Chief Compliance Officer as such. As to other client accounts, he or she is simply an Access Person .
 
13.
Private Placement Transaction ” means a “limited offering” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-l under the 1940 Act or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or 4(6) or Rule 504, 505 or 506 under that Act, including hedge funds.
 
14.
Recommendation ” means any initial rating or change therein, in the case of an equity Covered Security, or any initial rating or status, or change therein in the case of a fixed income Covered Security in either case issued by a Research Analyst .
 
15.
Reportable Fund ” is defined in Section 3.1 of the Code, and a list of such funds is found in Exhibit One .
 
16.
"Loomis Advised Fund" is any Reportable Fund advised or sub-advised by Loomis Sayles. A list of these funds can be found in Exhibit One .
 
17.
Research Analyst ” means any individual employed by Loomis Sayles who has been designated as a Research Analyst or Research Associate by Loomis Sayles. A person is considered a Research Analyst only as to those Covered Securities which he or she is assigned to cover and about which he or she issues research reports to other Investment Personnel . As to other securities, he or she is simply an Access Person .
 
18.
Covered Security ” is defined in Section 3.1 of the Code.
 
19.
Select Broker ” is defined in Section 3.4 of the Code.
 
20.
Supervised Person ” is defined in Section 202(a)(25) of the Advisers Act and currently includes any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of Loomis Sayles, or other person who provides investment advice on behalf of Loomis Sayles and is subject to the supervision and control of Loomis Sayles.
 
21.
Volitional ” transactions are any transactions in which the employee has determined the timing as to when the purchase or sale transaction will occur and amount of shares to be purchased or sold, i.e. making changes to existing positions or asset allocations within the Loomis Sayles retirement plans, sending a check or wire to the Transfer Agent of a Reportable Fund , and buying or selling shares of a Reportable Fund in a brokerage account or direct account held with the applicable fund’s Transfer Agent. Volitional transactions are subject to the preclearance and reporting requirements under the Code.


 
-3-
 


 
JOINT CODE OF ETHICS

The Arbitrage Funds
Water Island Capital, LLC

1.
Statement of General Fiduciary Principles

This Code of Ethics is based on the principles that (i) Access Persons (as such term is hereinafter defined) owe a fiduciary duty to, among others, the shareholders of the Fund to conduct their personal transactions in Securities in a manner which neither interferes with Fund portfolio transactions nor otherwise takes unfair or inappropriate advantage of an Access Person’s relationship to the Fund; (ii) in complying with this fiduciary duty, Access Persons owe shareholders the highest duty of trust and fair dealing; and (iii) Access Persons must, in all instances, place the interests of the shareholders of the Fund ahead of the Access Person’s own personal interests or the interests of others.  For example, in order to avoid the appearance of conflict from a personal transaction in a Security, the failure to recommend that Security to, or the failure to purchase that Security for, the Fund may be considered a violation of this Code.

Access Persons must adhere to these general fiduciary principles, as well as comply with the specific provisions of this Code.  Technical compliance with the terms of this Code will not automatically insulate an Access Person from scrutiny in instances where the personal transactions in a Security undertaken by such Access Person show a pattern of abuse of such Access Person’s fiduciary duty to the Fund and its shareholders or a failure to adhere to these general fiduciary principles.

2.
Definitions

 
(a)  
“Fund” means The Arbitrage Funds, a registered investment company and any series or portfolios of such Fund that adopts this Code.

 
(b)  
“Access Person” means any director, trustee, officer, managing general partner, general partner, or Advisory Person, and all relatives living within the same household as such Access Person.

 
(c)  
“Compliance Officer” means Matthew Hemberger, and with respect to Matthew Hemberger’s personal securities transactions, John S. Orrico.

 
(d)  
The “1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 
(e)  
“Advisory Person” means (i) any employee of either the Fund, Water Island Capital, LLC (the “investment adviser”) or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund who, in connection with the employee’s regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or normally obtains information regarding the current purchases or sales of a Security by the Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund or the investment adviser who normally obtains information concerning current recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchases or sales of a Security.

 
(f)  
A Security is “being considered for purchase or sale” when a recommendation to purchase or sell a Security has been made and communicated and, with respect to the person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

 
(g)  
“Beneficial ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder, except that the determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all Securities which an Access Person has or acquires.  As a general matter, “beneficial ownership” will be attributed to an Access Person in all instances where the Access Person (i) possesses the ability to purchase or sell the Securities (or the ability to direct the disposition of the Securities); (ii) possesses voting power (including the power to vote or to direct the voting) over such Securities; or (iii) receives any benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership.
 
 
Page 1 of 5

 

 
 
(h)  
“Control” shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

 
(i)  
“Disinterested trustee” means a trustee of the Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 
(j)  
“Purchase or sale of a Security” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

 
(k)  
Security” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, and shall include equity and debt securities; options on and warrants to purchase equity or debt securities; shares of closed-end investment companies; and Related Securities.  “Related Securities” are instruments and securities that are related to, but not the same as, a Security.  For example, a Related Security may be convertible into a Security, or give its holder the right to purchase the Security.  For purposes of reporting, “Security” shall include futures contracts.  “Security” shall not include: securities issued by the Government of the United States (including short term debt securities which are U.S. government securities pursuant to Section 2(a)(16) of the 1940 Act); bankers’ acceptances; bank certificates of deposit; commercial paper; shares of registered open-end investment companies; and other high quality short-term debt instrument, including repurchase agreements.

 
(l)  
“Public Company” means any entity subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

3.            Pre-Clearance Requirements

 
All Access Persons (except Disinterested trustees) shall clear in advance through the Compliance Officer any purchase or sale, direct or indirect, of any Security in which such access person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest.  The applicable Compliance Officer shall retain written records of such clearance requests.

 
The applicable Compliance Officer will not grant clearance for any purchase or sale if the Security is currently being considered for purchase or sale or being purchased or sold by the Fund or is currently being held by the Fund.  If the Security proposed to be purchased or sold by the access person is an option, clearance will not be granted if the Securities subject to the option is being considered for purchase or sale as indicated above.  If the Security proposed to be purchased or sold is a convertible security, clearance will not be granted if either that security or the securities into which it is convertible are being considered for purchase or sale as indicated above.

 
The applicable Compliance Officer may refuse to preclear a transaction if he or she deems the transaction to involve a conflict of interest, possible diversion of corporate opportunity, or an appearance of impropriety.

 
Clearance is effective, unless earlier revoked, until the earlier of (1) the close of business on the fifth trading day, beginning on and including the day on which such clearance was granted, or (2) the access person learns that the information provided to the Compliance Officer in such access person's request for clearance is not accurate.  If an access person places an order for a transaction within the five trading days but such order is not executed within the five trading days (e.g., a limit order), clearance need not be reobtained unless the person who placed the original order amends such order in any way.  Clearance may be revoked at any time and is deemed revoked if, subsequent to receipt of clearance, the access person has knowledge that a security to which the clearance relates is being considered for purchase or sale.
 
 
Page 2 of 5

 
 
4.        Exempted Transactions

 
The pre-clearance requirement of Section 3 and the prohibitions of  Section 5 of this Code shall not apply to:

 
(a)  
Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 
(b)  
Purchase or sales of Securities which are not eligible for purchase or sale by the Fund.

 
(c)  
Purchases or sales that are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Fund, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of this Code.

 
(d)  
Purchases which are either: made solely with the dividend proceeds received in a dividend reinvestment plan; or part of an automatic payroll deduction plan, whereby an employee purchases securities issued by an employer.

 
(e)  
Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, arid any sales of such rights so acquired.

5.
Prohibited Transactions and Activities

 
(a)  
No Access Person shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest and which he or she knows, or should have known, at the time of such purchase or sale:
 
(i)  
is being considered for purchase or sale by the Fund; or
 
(ii)  
is being purchased or sold by the Fund.

 
(b)  
No Access Person shall induce or cause the Fund to take action, or to fail to take action, for the purpose of achieving a personal benefit, rather than to benefit the Fund.  Examples of this would include causing the Fund to purchase a Security owned by the Access Person for the purpose of supporting or driving up the price of the Security, and causing the Fund to refrain from selling a Security in an attempt to protect the value of the Access Person’s investment, such as an outstanding option.

 
(c)  
No Access Person shall use knowledge of the Fund’s portfolio transactions to profit by the market effect of such transactions.  One test that will be applied in determining whether this prohibition has been violated will be to review the Securities transactions of Access Persons for patterns.  However, it is important to note that a violation could result from a single transaction if the circumstances warranted a finding that the provisions of Section 1 of this Code have been violated.

 
(d)  
All Access Persons are prohibited from acquiring any Security distributed in an initial public offering, until trading of the Security commences in the secondary market.

 
(e)  
All Access Persons are prohibited from acquiring Securities for their personal accounts in a private placement made by an issuer that is a Public Company, without the express prior approval of the President of the Fund’s investment adviser (or his designee).  In instances where an Access Person, after receiving prior approval, acquires a Security in a private placement, the Access Person has an affirmative obligation to disclose this investment to the President of the Fund’s investment adviser (or his designee) if the Access Person participates in any subsequent consideration of any potential investment, by the Fund, in the issuer of those Securities.  The Fund’s decision to purchase Securities of such an issuer (following a purchase by an Access Person in an approved personal transaction) will be subject to an independent review by the President of the Fund’s investment adviser, or his designee, so long as the person conducting such review has no personal interest in the issuer.
 
 
Page 3 of 5

 
 
 
(f)  
All Access Persons are prohibited from executing a personal transaction in any Security on a day during which the Fund has a pending “buy” or “sell” order for that Security, until the Fund’s order is either executed or withdrawn.

 
(g)  
All Access Persons are prohibited from serving on the boards of directors of any Public Company, absent express prior authorization from the President of the Fund’s investment adviser (or his designee).  Authorization to serve on the board of a Public Company may be granted in instances where the President of the Fund’s investment adviser (or his designee) determines that such board service would be consistent with the interests of the Fund and its shareholders.  If prior approval to serve as a director of a Public Company is granted, an Access Person has an affirmative duty to recuse himself from participating in any deliberations by the Fund regarding possible investments in the securities issued by the Public Company on whose board the Access Person sits.

 
(h)  
Notwithstanding the other restrictions of this Code to which trustees are subject, subparagraphs (d) through (f) and (i) through (j) of this Section 4 shall not apply to Disinterested trustees or to a director who has no position with the Fund or its investment adviser or principal underwriter (or their respective affiliates) which would afford him access to portfolio trading activities conducted for the Fund.

 
(i)  
If Access Persons own a security that subsquently is purchased by the Fund, the security may not be sold on any day the Fund has activity in that security.

 
(j)  
Access Persons will not be permitted to buy and sell the same security within the same trading day (“Day-Trading” is prohibited).


6.
Reporting

 
(a)
Every Access Person shall report to the Fund the information described in Section 6(c) of this Code with respect to transactions in any Security in which such Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership.

 
(b)
A Disinterested trustee of the Fund need only report a personal transaction in a Security if such trustee, at the time of that personal transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of the Fund, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or following the date of the personal transaction by the trustee, such Security was purchased or sold by the Fund or was being considered for purchase or sale by the Fund or its investment adviser.

 
(c)
Every report shall be made not later than 45 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected, shall be dated and signed by the Access Person submitting the report, and shall contain the following information:

 
(i)  
the date of the transaction, the title and the number of shares, and the principal amount of each Security involved;
 
 
(ii)  
the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
 
 
(iii)  
the price at which the transaction was effected;
 
 
(iv)  
the name of the broker, dealer or bank through whom the transaction was effected;
 
 
(v)  
if there were no personal transactions in Securities during the period, either a statement to that effect or the word “None” (or some similar designation); and
 
 
Page 4 of 5

 
 
 
(vi)  
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
 
(d)
Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Security to which the report relates.

 
(e)
Every Access Person (except Disinterested trustees) is required to direct his or her broker to forward to the President of the Fund’s investment adviser (or his designee), on a timely basis, duplicate copies of both confirmations of all personal transactions in Securities effected for any account in which such Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest and periodic statements relating to any such account.

 
(f)  
Every Access Person (except Disinterested trustees) shall report annually to the Fund the following information with respect to all Securities held by such Access Person, which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report was submitted:

 
(i)  
the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
 
 
(ii)  
the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
 
 
(iii)  
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
In addition, all Access Persons are required, on an annual basis, to certify that they have received, read, and understand the provisions of this Code, and that they recognize that they are subject to its provisions. Such certification shall also include a statement that the Access Person has complied with the requirements of this Code and that the Access Person has disclosed or reported all holdings of or personal transactions in Securities that are required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of this Code.

 
(g)  
Every Access Person (except Disinterested trustees), not later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, is required to report the following information:
 
 
(i)  
the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;
 
 
(ii)  
the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and
 
 
(iii)  
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
7.      Sanctions

Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Board of Trustees of the Fund may take such actions or impose such sanctions, if any, as it deems appropriate, including, among other things, a letter of censure or suspension, a fine, or a recommendation of the termination of the employment of the violator.  (In instances where a member of the Access Person’s household commits the violation, any sanction would be imposed on the Access Person.)  The filing of any false, incomplete or untimely reports, as required by Section 5 of this Code, may (depending on the circumstances) be considered a violation of this Code.

 
____________________________
Secretary

 
 
 
Page 5 of 5